<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Latter-day Conservative &#187; conspiracy</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.latterdayconservative.com/tag/conspiracy/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com</link>
	<description>LDS Prophets, America, Freedom, Liberty, Constitution, Mormon Politics</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2012 16:58:58 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.3.1</generator>
		<item>
		<title>I Have Awakened to Our Awful Situation, Now What Should I Do?</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/blog/i-have-awakened-to-our-awful-situation-now-what-should-i-do/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/blog/i-have-awakened-to-our-awful-situation-now-what-should-i-do/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 May 2010 14:24:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LDS Conservative</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Awakening to our Awful Situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret combination]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/?p=1592</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I'm going to attempt to answer a question that has been asked by many people. The answer regarding what a person should do after waking up to their awful situation is different for everyone. My simple answer to everyone is...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1594" title="our awful situation" src="http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/oas-300x226.jpg" alt="" width="240" height="181" />I&#8217;m going to attempt to answer a question that has been asked by many  people:</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;I have awakened to our awful situation, now what should I do?&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<p>The answer regarding what a person should do after waking up to their  awful situation is different for everyone. My simple answer to everyone  is to pray and ask the Lord what He would have you do. We each have  different talents, knowledge and abilities and can be effective in  different ways. It&#8217;s up to each of us to discover what the Lord has  called us to do, and what role to play in furthering His Kingdom on  earth.</p>
<h3>Not Always Wise to Expose Evil</h3>
<p>Consider this statement by the Prophet Joseph Smith&#8230;</p>
<blockquote><p><em>&#8220;Our lives have already become jeopardized by revealing the wicked  and bloodthirsty purposes of our enemies; and for the future we must  cease to do so. All we have said about them is truth, but it is not  always wise to relate all the truth. Even Jesus, the Son of God, had to  refrain from doing so, and had to restrain His feelings many times for  the safety of Himself and His followers, and had to conceal the  righteous purposes of His heart in relation to many things pertaining to  His Father&#8217;s kingdom. When still a boy He had all the intelligence  necessary to enable Him to rule and govern the kingdom of the Jews, and  could reason with the wisest and most profound doctors of law and  divinity, and make their theories and practice to appear like folly  compared with the wisdom He possessed; but He was a boy only, and lacked  physical strength even to defend His own person; and was subject to  cold, to hunger and to death. So it is with the Church of Jesus Christ  of Latter-day Saints; we have the revelation of Jesus, and the knowledge  within us is sufficient to organize a righteous government upon the  earth, and to give universal peace to all mankind, if they would receive  it, but we lack the physical strength, as did our Savior when a child,  to defend our principles, and we have a necessity to be afflicted,  persecuted and smitten, and to bear it patiently until Jacob is of age,  then he will take care of himself.&#8221;</em></p>
<p>(Teaching of Joseph Smith. Section Six 1843-44, p.392 &#8212; June 27,  1844.)</p></blockquote>
<p>Now also considering this seemingly contrasting statement from <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/123/13#13" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 123:13" target="_dc12313">D&amp;C 123:13</a>:<em></em></p>
<blockquote><p><em>For there are many yet on the earth among all sects, parties, and denominations, who are blinded by the subtle craftiness of men, whereby they lie in wait to deceive, and who are only kept from the truth because they know not where to find it — Therefore, that we should waste and wear out our lives in bringing to light all the hidden things of darkness, wherein we know them; and they are truly manifest from heaven — These should then be attended to with great aearnestness. Let no man count them as small things; for there is much which lieth in futurity, pertaining to the saints, which depends upon these things.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Keeping in mind the first statement I believe that in doing what we feel is our responsibility in bringing to light the hidden things of darkness, we must also consider strategy and tactic in how we pursue this cause.</p>
<h3>How Do We Fight the Secret Combinations?</h3>
<p>I&#8217;m not sure that a direct frontal assault on the Secret Combination  is the right way to fight evil. I don&#8217;t think we (as a Church, and as  Saints who have awakened) are strong enough to fight this battle, as  Joseph Smith alluded to.  We must bare some things patiently.  There are  many things we can do now. I believe in the indirect approach; fight  evil by being informed, involved, and righteous. Personally I feel  education is the key. I feel it is important to wake up as many as  possible, so that more people will be found on the Lord&#8217;s side of this  continuation of the war in Heaven on Earth. As I said before, ask the  Lord what His will is for you. Some people will create blogs, websites,  videos, some will organize and/or teach Constitution classes. Some  people might be inspired to run for office, become a delegate, and so  on. There are many possibilities. The correct answer for one person may  be different for another.</p>
<p>We are counseled to &#8220;search, ponder, and pray&#8221; over the scriptures to  understand the truth. You may have already &#8220;searched&#8221; and have, as Moroni  termed it, <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/24#24" target="_blank">awakened to our awful situation</a>. I recommend that you ponder  these things, consider what you have learned about the Secret  Combination and the threats to our Freedom. Take your questions to the  Lord, regarding what you should do about these things, and seek to  discover His will for you. Often it is after we have received  information that we receive revelation and inspiration. Those who are  awakened have the information; next seek revelation.</p>
<p>Also, there are some talks by the prophets with general advice regarding what  to do&#8230;</p>
<p><a title="Constitution a heavenly banner ezra taft benson" href="http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/ezra-taft-benson/the-constitution-a-heavenly-banner" target="_self">The Constitution: A Heavenly Banner by Ezra Taft Benson</a></p>
<p><a title="protecting freedom gospel of jesus christ" href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gWpZhguoxxE">Protecting Freedom: A Basic Part of the Gospel of Jesus Christ (YouTube video)</a> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/blog/i-have-awakened-to-our-awful-situation-now-what-should-i-do/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>13</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hiding In Plain Sight (Ken Bowers)</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/recommended-books/hiding-in-plain-sight-ken-bowers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/recommended-books/hiding-in-plain-sight-ken-bowers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 09:12:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LatterdayConservative.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Ken Bowers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommended Books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[america]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awake and arise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awful situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Constitution]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Freedom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gadianton robbers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Liberty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quotes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Secret Combinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret society]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp/?p=569</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Author: Ken Bowers &#8220;A secret combination that seeks to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries is increasing its evil influence and control over America and the entire world.&#8221; (Ezra Taft Benson, General Conference, 1988) This overall combination composed of religious, financial, and political committees cooperates and co-ordinates with all the other groups [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1555174981?ie=UTF8&#038;tag=latterdaycons-20&#038;linkCode=as2&#038;camp=1789&#038;creative=9325&#038;creativeASIN=1555174981"><img class="alignleft" style="margin-right: 10px;" src="http://www.latterdayconservative.com/images/books/hiding.jpg" alt="Hiding In Plain Sight" width="120" height="174" /></a>Author: Ken Bowers</p>
<p>&#8220;A secret combination that seeks to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries is increasing its evil influence and control over America and the entire world.&#8221; (Ezra Taft Benson, General Conference, 1988)</p>
<p>This overall combination composed of religious, financial, and political committees cooperates and co-ordinates with all the other groups to accomplish their ultimate plan which is a one-world government called the New World Order.</p>
<p>That plan also entails the creation of a one-world religion, to the exclusion of all others. To accomplish the dual goal of a one-world government and religion, they have already engaged the services of a man who is and will be the Anti-Christ.</p>
<p>This book examines these financial, political and religious combinations and shows the false reasoning they use to deceive us. Also examined is the important role of the media in obscuring the actions of this great conspiracy, allowing them to truly &#8220;hide in plain sight.&#8221;</p>
<p>ISBN: 1-55517-498-1, SIZE: 204 pages, 6&#215;9&#8243; Paperback<br />
PUB. DATE: Revised 2001, CATEGORY: LDS Non-Fiction.</p>
<p>Purchase <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1555174981?ie=UTF8&#038;tag=latterdaycons-20&#038;linkCode=as2&#038;camp=1789&#038;creative=9325&#038;creativeASIN=1555174981">Hiding In Plain Sight</a><img src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=latterdaycons-20&#038;l=as2&#038;o=1&#038;a=1555174981" width="1" height="1" border="0" alt="" style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" /> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/recommended-books/hiding-in-plain-sight-ken-bowers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Beneath the Tide: Who Really Runs the World? (Ken Bowers)</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/recommended-books/beneath-the-tide-who-really-runs-the-world-ken-bowers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/recommended-books/beneath-the-tide-who-really-runs-the-world-ken-bowers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 09:10:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LatterdayConservative.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Ken Bowers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recommended Books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[america]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awake and arise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awful situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Constitution]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Freedom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gadianton robbers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Liberty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quotes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Secret Combinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret society]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp/?p=567</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Author: Ken Bowers &#8220;The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control&#8230; Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00338J17E?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=latterdaycons-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=9325&amp;creativeASIN=B00338J17E"><img class="alignleft" style="margin-right: 10px;" src="http://www.latterdayconservative.com/images/books/beneath.gif" alt="Beneath the Tide: Who Really Runs the World?" width="120" height="179" /></a>Author: Ken Bowers</p>
<p>&#8220;The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control&#8230; Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.&#8221;<br />
-Congressman Larry P. McDonald, 1976, killed in the Korean Airlines 747 that was shot down by the Soviets.</p>
<p>This book is an overview of the conspiracies that encompass the world today. They slowly move our world in the direction of The New World Order, a one-world government ruled by rich and powerful cliques and organizations. Certain people such as Larry McDonald knew of their existence and paid with their lives. This overall conspiracy consists of many organizations which fall into three main categories or arms: 1) a financial arm, 2) a political arm, and 3) a religious arm.</p>
<p>With the religious arm the conspirators aim to create a one-world religion which will supplant all others. To that end, they have engaged the services of the Anti-Christ.</p>
<p>The conspiracy also employs the news media and education establishments to disguise their actions and words, giving them relative anonymity while they pursue their one-world goals. They are thus able to make changes on the surface called the world while they hide Beneath the Tide.</p>
<p>Control over the media and educational establishments has enabled the conspiracy to ridicule with impunity any who dare to call public attention to their machinations. Such ridicule and defamation has resulted in a public mind set that, today, automatically rejects all attempts to bring the truth to light. So the truth swims against a strong public sentiment of rejection, which was carefully created by the conspiracy many years ago.</p>
<p>Beneath the Tide makes many claims which are backed up by this web site. There are over two hundred source documents listed herein which is enough to convince any open minded person that the charges made in this book are true. The page number on each original article refers to the page in the book where that particular document is found. Enjoy browsing.</p>
<p>- Ken Bowers</p>
<p>Purchase <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00338J17E?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=latterdaycons-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=9325&amp;creativeASIN=B00338J17E">Beneath the Tide &#8211; Who Really Rules the World?</a><img style="border: none !important; margin: 0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=latterdaycons-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00338J17E" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /> or <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000EOWA8W?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=latterdaycons-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=9325&amp;creativeASIN=B000EOWA8W">go here</a><img style="border: none !important; margin: 0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=latterdaycons-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000EOWA8W" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" />. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/recommended-books/beneath-the-tide-who-really-runs-the-world-ken-bowers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Red Pill (Statements on Freedom)</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/the-red-pill-statements-on-freedom/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/the-red-pill-statements-on-freedom/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 06:49:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LatterdayConservative.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Other]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[america]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awake and arise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awful situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Constitution]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Freedom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gadianton robbers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Liberty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quotes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Secret Combinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret society]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp/?p=547</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[&#8220;The Red Pill&#8221; (Statements on Freedom). Compiled by Elden &#38; Jared Van Hauwaert. &#8220;When your freedom and eternal welfare are at stake, your information had better be accurate.&#8221;(Teachings of Ezra T. Benson p. 658) &#8220;Men occasionally stumble over the truth, but most of them pick themselves up and hurry off as if nothing happened.&#8221; Winston [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>&#8220;The Red Pill&#8221; (Statements on Freedom). Compiled by Elden &amp; Jared Van Hauwaert.<span id="more-547"></span></em></p>
<p>&#8220;When your freedom and eternal welfare are at stake, your information had better be accurate.&#8221;(Teachings of Ezra T. Benson p. 658)</p>
<p>&#8220;Men occasionally stumble over the truth, but most of them pick themselves up and hurry off as if nothing happened.&#8221; Winston Churchill</p>
<h2>What is Freedom?</h2>
<p>&#8220;A nation of well-informed men who have been taught to know and prize the rights which God has given them cannot be enslaved. It is in the region of ignorance that tyranny begins.&#8221; Benjamin Franklin</p>
<p>&#8220;Free agency means that a man may serve either God or the devil, without external compulsion. How can a man be compelled to serve the one or the other? It must, in the nature of the case, be a matter for free choice. He has his free agency to commit all sorts of crime, even to murder. But he will very soon learn that he has no legal right to do so. The idea of non-interference with the lives, the property, and the peace of others are commonly taken as a basic principle in determining legal rights.&#8221;<br />
(Concerning the Education of Young Men. by Milton Bennion, M. A., Professor of Philosophy, University of Utah., Improvement Era, 1906, Vol. Ix. April,)</p>
<p>&#8220;An intelligent, responsible being, be it man, woman or child, in the peaceable, harmless exercise of its personal agency, has the heaven-born right to be let alone to pursue any purpose or exercise any privilege which the eternal Parent of all parents has placed at its disposal.&#8221; (Orson F. Whitney, Contributor, vol. 3 October 1881-September 1882, Vol. Iii. July 1882. No. 10. 300 &#8211; 301.)</p>
<p>&#8220;[If] we yield to force or give unwillingly obedience to law which of necessity must be obeyed then the liberty of free agency is at the zero point.&#8221;<br />
(Prophecies and Promises of the Lord as Recorded in the Book of Doctrine and Covenants, Improvement Era, 1919, Vol. Xxiii. December, 1919. No. 2.)</p>
<p>&#8220;…the Latter-day Saint belief in man’s uncreated individuality and in the sanctity of his agency—an agency so sacrosanct that God himself will not infringe upon it—denies the legitimacy of force as a means of attaining the community’s ends. Man’s goal is seen as being the perfection of his individuality in the image of his Heavenly Father, until he is able to enjoy a celestial community. The attainment of such a goal, however, can only be accomplished by loving persuasion<strong>, not by force</strong>.&#8221;(<a href="http://library.lds.org/library/lpext.dll/ArchMagazines/Ensign/1976.htm/ensign%20june%201976.htm/Eternal%20Principles%20of%20Government%20A%20Theological%20Approach%20.htm/pop00000.htm">Edwin Brown Firmage</a>, Ensign June 1976)</p>
<p>&#8220;My independence is sacred to me—it is a portion of that same Deity that rules in the heavens. There is not a being upon the face of the earth who is made in the image of God, who stands erect and is organized as God is, that should be deprived of the free exercise of his agency so far as he <strong>does not infringe upon others’ rights, save by good advice and a good example</strong>.&#8221;(<em>JD, </em>10:191. Brigham Young)</p>
<p>&#8220;Lucifer&#8217;s plan would, according to his reasoning, remove the possibility of any child of God committing sin. Man should not be given the opportunity to sin; therefore either he should not be given any commandments, (thus could not sin,) or if he is given commandments he should not be given the right of choice as to whether or not he will keep the commandments but should be forced to keep them&#8221;(Joseph F. Smith, Gospel. Doctrine 1952)<br />
&#8220;The right to direct ones own life is Gods greatest gift to man. Free Agency is the impelling source of the soul&#8217;s progress. It is the purpose of the Lord that man become like Him. In order for man to achieve this it was necessary for the Creator first to make him free, even God could not make men like Himself without making them Free&#8221;<br />
(Joseph Fielding Smith &#8220;Doctrines of Salvation&#8221; Vol. I pp58-59)</p>
<p>&#8220;Wherefore Satan rebelled against me, and sought to destroy the agency of man, which I, the Lord God, had given unto him. And he became Satan, yea, even the devil, the father of all lies…&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/moses/4/3-4#3" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Moses 4:3&ndash;4" target="_moses43-4">Moses 4:3&ndash;4</a>)</p>
<p><a id="rights" name="rights">&#8220;Rights are either God-given as part of the divine plan, or they are granted by government as part of the political plan. If we accept the premise that human rights are granted by government, then we must be willing to accept the corollary that they can be denied by government. I, for one, shall never accept that premise.&#8221; (Ezra Taft Benson, BYU Devotional, 16 September, 1986) </a></p>
<p>&#8220;The freedom and independence afforded by the Constitution and Bill of Rights are divine rights &#8211; sacred, essential, and inalienable.&#8221; (M. Russell Ballard, Religion in a Free Society, Ensign October 1992)</p>
<p>&#8220;Today, brethren, we are in danger of actually surrendering our personal and property rights. This development, if it does occur in full form, will be a sad tragedy for our people. We must recognize that property rights are essential to human liberty.</p>
<p>Former United States Supreme Court Justice George Sutherland, from our own State [Utah], carefully stated it as follows: &#8220;It is not the right of property which is protected, but the right to property. Property, per se has no rights; but the individual &#8211;the man&#8211;has three great rights, equally sacred from arbitrary interference: the right to</p>
<p>his life, the right to his liberty, and the right to his property. The three rights are so bound together as to be essentially one right. To give a man his life, but deny him his liberty, is to take from him all that makes life worth living. To give him liberty, but take from him</p>
<p>the property which is the fruit and badge of his liberty, is to still leave him a slave.&#8221; (From George Sutherland&#8217;s speech before the New York State Bar Association, January 21, 1921 President David O. McKay, Oct. 1962 General Conference)</p>
<p>&#8220;We see abroad in the world an increase in these coercive systems. We witness millions of God&#8217;s children in bondage, who have had their blessings of liberty and freedom taken from them. Great numbers of liberty-loving people no longer have their free agency, no longer have freedom of choice such as we enjoy here. They no longer have the privilege of living where they wish, taking advantage of any educational or work opportunity, but on the contrary they are under the power of these coercive systems and have lost completely their God-given free agency.&#8221;(Elder Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, April 1948, Second Day-Morning Meeting 85.)</p>
<p>&#8220;The central issue in that pre-mortal council was: Shall the children of God have untrammeled agency to choose the course they should follow, whether good or evil, or shall they be coerced and forced to be obedient? Christ and all who followed Him stood for the former proposition—freedom of choice; Satan stood for the latter—coercion and force. The war that began in heaven over this issue is not yet over. The conflict continues on the battlefield of mortality. And one of Lucifer’s primary strategies has been to restrict our agency through the power of earthly governments.&#8221; (BYU devotional held Tuesday, 16 September 1986, President Ezra Taft Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;Yes, we all love the gospel&#8211;or should do. We should all strive to live according to its precepts. But the basic thread running through the gospel plan is the freedom, the right of choice, of the individual. The gospel can prosper only where there is freedom.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, Conf., Oct. 1966)</p>
<p><a id="sovereignty" name="sovereignty">&#8220;Perhaps the most important of the great fundamentals of the inspired Constitution is the principle of popular sovereignty: The people are the source of government power. Along with many religious people, Latter-day saints affirm that God gave the power to people, and the people consented to a constitution that delegated certain powers to the government. Sovereignty is not inherent in a state or nation just because it has the power that comes from the force of arms. Sovereignty does not come from the divine right of a king, who grants his subjects such power as he pleases or is forced to concede…The sovereign power is in the people.&#8221; (Dallin H. Oaks, The Divinely Inspired Constitution, Ensign February 1992)</a></p>
<h2>Socialism/Forced Charity (i.e. Social Programs) and Forced Morality</h2>
<p>&#8220;No true Latter-day Saint or true American can be a socialist or support programs leading in that direction. These evil philosophies are incompatible with Americanism, with Mormonism, and with the truth of the gospel of Jesus Christ&#8221;</p>
<p>(Title of Liberty p. 190 Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;In reply to the argument that a little bit of socialism is good so long as it doesn&#8217;t go too far, it is tempting to say that, in like fashion, just a little bit of theft or a little bit of cancer is all right, too! History proves that the growth of the welfare state is difficult to check before it comes to its full flower of dictatorship. But let us hope that this time around, the trend can be reversed. If not then we will see the inevitability of complete socialism, probably within our lifetime.&#8221;(The Proper Role of Government, Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;As important as are all other principles of the gospel, it was the freedom issue that determined whether you received a body. To have been on the wrong side of the freedom issue during the War in Heaven meant eternal damnation. How then can Latter-day Saints expect to be on the wrong side in this life and escape the eternal consequences? The War in Heaven is raging on earth today. The issues are the same: Shall men be compelled to do what others claim is for their best welfare or will they heed the counsel of the prophets and their freedom?</p>
<p>We believe that the gospel is the greatest thing in the world; why then do we not force people to join the Church if they are not smart enough to see it on their own? Because this is Satan’s way, the Lord uses persuasion and love.&#8221;</p>
<p>(God, Family, Country pg. 384/Teachings of Ezra T. Benson p. 658)</p>
<p>&#8220;Peace will come and be maintained only through the triumph of the principles of peace, and by the consequent subjection of the enemies of peace, which are hatred, envy, ill-gotten gain, the exercise of unrighteous dominion of men. Yielding to these evils brings misery to the individual, unhappiness to the home, war among nations.&#8221;(<em>Gospel Ideals,</em> Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1953, p. 280. President David O. McKay)</p>
<p>&#8220;What about the lame, the sick and the destitute?&#8221; Is an often-voiced question. Most other countries in the world have attempted to use the power of government to meet this need. Yet, in every case, the improvement has been marginal at best and has resulted in the long run creating more misery, more poverty, and certainly less freedom than when government first stepped in.</p>
<p>Most of the major ills of the world have been caused by well-meaning people who ignored the principle of individual freedom, except as applied to themselves, and were obsessed with fanatical zeal to improve the lot of man kind-in-the-mass through some pet formula of their own… The harm dome by ordinary criminals, murderers, gangsters, and thieves is negligible in comparison with the agony inflicted upon human beings by the professional ‘do-gooder,’ who attempt to set themselves up as gods on earth and who would ruthlessly force their views on all others—with the abiding assurance that the end justifies the means.&#8221;(The Proper Role of Government, Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8221; It has been fundamental to our way of life that charity must be voluntary if it is to be charity. Compulsory benevolence is not charity. Today’s egalitarian are using the federal government to redistribute wealth in our society, not as a matter of voluntary charity, but as a matter of right.&#8221;(This nation shall Endure p.91 Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;For behold, if a man being evils giveth a gift, he doeth it grudgingly; wherefore it is counted unto him the same as if he had retained the gift; wherefore he is counted evil before God.&#8221;(Moro.7:8)</p>
<p>&#8220;…profit motive DIMINISHES as government controls, regulations and taxes INCREASE to deny the fruits of success to those who produce. Therefore, any attempt THROUGH GOVERNMENTAL INTERVENTION to redistribute the material rewards of labor can only result in the eventual destruction of the productive base of society, without which real abundance and security for more than the ruling elite is quite impossible.</p>
<p>England was killed by an idea: the idea that the weak, indolent and profligate must be supported by the strong, industrious, and frugal &#8211; to the degree that tax-consumers will have a living standard comparable to that of taxpayers; the idea that government exists for the purpose of plundering those who work to give the product of their labor to those who do not work. The economic and social cannibalism produced by this communist-socialist idea will destroy any society which adopts it and clings to it as a basic principle.</p>
<p>No one has the authority to grant such powers, as welfare programs, schemes for re-distributing the wealth, and activities which coerce people into acting in accordance with a prescribed code of social planning. There is one simple test. Do I as an individual have a right to use force upon my neighbor to accomplish this goal? If I do have such a right, then I may delegate that power to my government to exercise on my behalf. If I do not have that right as an individual, then I cannot delegate it to government, and I cannot ask my government to perform the act for me.&#8221;(The Proper Role of Government, Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;Assume, for example, that we were farmers, and that we received a letter from the government telling us that we were going to get a thousand dollars this year for plowed up acreage. But rather than the normal method of collection, we were to take this letter and collect $69.71 from Bill Brown, at such and such an address, and $82.47 from Henry Jones, $59.80 from a Bill Smith, and so on down the line; that these men would make up our farm subsidy. &#8220;Neither you nor I, nor would 99 percent of the farmers, walk up and ring a man&#8217;s doorbell, hold out a hand and say, &#8216;Give me what you&#8217;ve earned even though I have not.&#8217; We simply wouldn&#8217;t do it because we would be facing directly the violation of a moral/(<em>criminal</em>) law, &#8216;Thou shalt not steal.&#8217; In short, we would be held accountable for our actions.&#8221;(Proper Role of Government, Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p><a id="taxation" name="taxation">&#8220;The difficulty with all governments, and one to which our own has fallen heir, is that the majority, by virtue of its right to place limitations on man&#8217;s free agency, has undertaken to infringe upon the rights reserved to the individual, for the direct and immediate benefit of law and order. For example: the Constitution expressly prohibits taking of personal property for public purposes without just compensation. Under the guise of taxation, the Constitution is violated and property is taken from one and given to another.&#8221;(Henry D. Moyle, an Apostle, Relief Society Magazine, 1957.)</a></p>
<p>&#8220;Yea, and thus they were supported in their laziness, and in their idolatry, and in their whoredoms, by the taxes which king Noah had put upon his people; thus did the people labor exceedingly to support iniquity&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/mosiah/11/6#6" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Mosiah 11:6" target="_mosiah116">Mosiah 11:6</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;For behold, we are in bondage to the Lamanites, and are taxed with a tax which is grievous to be borne. And now, behold, our brethren will deliver us out of our <sup>b</sup>bondage or out of the hands of the Lamanites, and we will be their slaves; for it is better that we be slaves to the Nephites than to pay tribute to the king of the Lamanites.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/mosiah/17/15#15" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Mosiah 17:15" target="_mosiah1715">Mosiah 17:15</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;And he did erect him an exceedingly beautiful throne; and he did build many prisons, and whoso would not be subject unto taxes he did cast into prison; and whoso was not able to pay taxes he did cast into prison; and he did cause that they should labor continually for their support; and whoso refused to labor he did cause to be put to death.&#8221;</p>
<p>(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/10/6#6" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 10:6" target="_ether106">Ether 10:6</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;Is the united order a communal system? Emphatically not. It never has been and never will be. It is &#8220;intensely individualistic.&#8221; Does the united order eliminate private ownership of property? No. &#8220;The fundamental principle of this system is the private ownership of property.&#8221;(Teaching of Ezra T. Benson p.122, quoting J. Reuben Clark 1977 BYU speech)</p>
<p>&#8220;…the best way to achieve progress in our country is through individual efforts and not government force, which in the end will destroy all progress and all freedom…the moment government steps in and dictates… the individual’s rights begin to diminish and are in danger ultimately of vanishing.&#8221;(Ezra T. Benson The Red Carpet pg. 691)</p>
<p>&#8220;There hath no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_cor/10/13#13" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Corinthians 10:13" target="_1_cor1013">1 Corinthians 10:13</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is tried, he shall receive the Crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love him.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/james/1/12#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: James 1:12" target="_james112">James 1:12</a>)</p>
<h2>The proper role of government</h2>
<p>&#8220;We believe that no government can exist in <a href="../../dc/134/2a?phpMyAdmin=6c4a571819t596532e3#2a">peace</a>, except such laws are framed and held inviolate as will secure to each individual the <a href="../../dc/134/2b?phpMyAdmin=6c4a571819t596532e3#2b">free</a> exercise of <a href="../../dc/134/2c?phpMyAdmin=6c4a571819t596532e3#2c">conscience</a>, the right and control of property, and the <a href="../../dc/134/2d?phpMyAdmin=6c4a571819t596532e3#2d">protection</a><sup> </sup>of life.&#8221;(<a href="../../dc/134/2?phpMyAdmin=6c4a571819t596532e3#2">D&amp;C 134: 2</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;The sole function of government is to protect life, liberty, and property and anything more than this is usurpation and oppression.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, An Enemy Hath Done This, 1969)</p>
<p>&#8220;And that <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/dc/dc/98/5a#5a">law</a> of the land which is <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/dc/dc/98/5b#5b">constitutional</a>, supporting that principle of freedom in maintaining rights and privileges, belongs to all mankind, and is justifiable before me.<br />
Therefore, I, the Lord, justify you, and your brethren of my church, in befriending that law which is the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/dc/dc/98/6a#6a">constitutional</a> law of the land;<br />
And as pertaining to law of man, whatsoever is more or less than this, cometh of evil.</p>
<p>I, the Lord God, make you <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/dc/dc/98/8a#8a">free</a>, therefore ye are free indeed; and the law also maketh you free.<br />
Nevertheless, when the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/dc/dc/98/9a#9a">wicked</a> <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/dc/dc/98/9b#9b">rule</a> the people mourn.&#8221;</p>
<p>(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/98/5-9#5" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 98:5&ndash;9" target="_dc985-9">D&amp;C 98:5&ndash;9</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;I am for the Kingdom of God. I like a good government, and then I like to have it wisely and justly administered. The government of heaven, if wickedly administered, would become one of the worst governments upon the face of the earth. No matter how good a government is, unless it is administered by righteous men, an evil government will be made of it.&#8221; Brigham Young</p>
<p>&#8220;The biggest problem facing America today is that no one looks to freedom as a solution to problems anymore. They look to government.&#8221; (Glenn Kimber, founder of Kimber Academy, son-in-law of W. Cleon Skousen)</p>
<p>&#8220;It is impossible that there can be any other legitimate rule, government, power or authority under the face of the heavens, except that which is the kingdom of God&#8221;(John Taylor, journal of Discourses book 1 pg.225)</p>
<p>&#8220;The kingdom of God is an order of government established by divine authority. It is the only legal government that can exist in any part of the universe. All other governments are illegal and unauthorized-any people attempting to govern themselves by laws of their own making (laws of man) and by officers of their own appointment are in direct rebellion against the kingdom of God.&#8221;(Orson Pratt&#8217;s Kingdom of God, part 1, page 1)</p>
<p>&#8220;God, having made all beings and worlds, has the only supreme right to govern them by His own laws. Any people attempting to govern themselves by laws of there own making and officers of there own appointment, are in direct rebellion against the Kingdom of God&#8221;(Hyrum Andrus, doctrines of the kingdom)</p>
<p>&#8220;In Time ye will have no ruler, for I will be your King and watch over for you wherefore hear my voice and follow Me, and you will be a free people, and there will be no laws but my laws when I come, for I am your lawgiver, and who can stay my hand?&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/38/21-22#21" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 38:21&ndash;22" target="_dc3821-22">D&amp;C 38:21&ndash;22</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;There is one lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy: who art thou that judges another?&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/james/4/12#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: James 4:12" target="_james412">James 4:12</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;[T]he Lord in his wisdom saw the necessity of giving us a nation in which we could thrive. In no other nation under heaven could the Church have been organized and gone forward as we have in this nation. The founding of the United States was not an accident. The giving to us of the Constitution of the United States was not an accident. Our Heavenly Father knew what would be needed, and so he paved the way to give us the Constitution. It came under the influence of prayer, and he guided those who framed that wonderful document.</p>
<p>I hope that the membership of this Church will not be deceived into thinking that other plans, other forms of government, other systems of direction whatsoever, are desirable. I want to say to you without any hesitation that <strong>no form of government in the world</strong> can be compared favorably with the government God gave to us. This is his plan.&#8221;(CR 1947 Apr:163 President George Albert Smith)</p>
<p>&#8220;Next to being one in worshiping God, there is nothing in this world upon which this Church should be more united than in upholding and defending the Constitution of the United States.&#8221;(President McKay, The Instructor, Feb. 1956, p. 34.)</p>
<p>&#8220;[T]he Constitution of the United States is a glorious standard; it is founded in the wisdom of God. It is a heavenly banner; it is to all those who are privileged with the sweets of liberty, like the cooling shades and refreshing waters of a great rock in a thirsty and weary land. It is like a great tree under whose branches men from every clime can be shielded from the burning rays of the sun.&#8221;(Epistle to the Church from Liberty Jail, March 25, 1839 TPJS:147 Joseph Smith, quoted by Elder Joseph Fielding Smith)</p>
<p>&#8220;If we would make the world better, let us foster a keener appreciation of the freedom and Liberty guaranteed by the constitution of the United States. Here and again self-proclaimed progressives cry that such old time adherence is out of date, but there are some fundamental principals of a Republic which, like eternal truths, never get out of date and which are applicable at all times to liberty-loving people. Such are the underlying principals of the Constitution, a document framed by patriotic, freedom-loving men who latter-day saints declare were inspired by the Lord.&#8221;(David O. McKay &#8220;Teachings of Ezra T. Benson&#8221;)</p>
<p>&#8220;The Church unequivocally declares, nothing doubting, that God Himself set up the Constitution of the United States, and that He so declared, saying: &#8220;I established the Constitution of this land, by the hands of wise men whom I raised up unto this very purpose,&#8221; and the Constitution shall &#8220;be maintained for the rights and protection of all flesh, according to just and holy principles.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/101/80%2C77#80" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 101:80,77" target="_dc10180%2C77">D&amp;C 101:80,77</a>/ J. Reuben Clark, Jr.)</p>
<p>&#8220;Cursed is he that putteth his <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/2_ne/28/31a#31a">trust</a> in man, or maketh flesh his arm, or shall hearken unto the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/2_ne/28/31b#31b">precepts</a><sup> </sup>of men, save their precepts shall be given by the power of the Holy Ghost.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/28/31#31" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2Nephi 28:31" target="_2_ne2831">2Nephi 28:31</a>)</p>
<p><a name="patriot"></a></p>
<p>&#8220;In the nature of things there is not within the United States, a people more patriotic than the Latter-day Saints. I know of no sect that assumes the position that the constitution of the United States was written as it were by the very finger of God. Surely that belief is an inspiration to the highest patriotism&#8230;&#8221;(Heber J. Grant, General Conference, April 1920)</p>
<p>&#8220;There has not been another such group of men in all [the 200 years of our history] that even challenged the supremacy of the founding fathers.&#8221;(J. Reuben Clark,, Conference, April 1957)</p>
<p><a id="founders" name="founders">&#8220;I am going to bear my testimony to this assembly, if I never do it again in my life, that those men who laid the foundation of this American government and signed the Declaration of Independence were the best spirits the God of Heaven could find on the face of the earth. They were choice spirits&#8230;inspired of the Lord.&#8221;(Wilford Woodruff, Conference, April 1898) </a></p>
<p>&#8220;The men who actively participated in the work of framing the Constitution were the most eminent, the most trained, and the most competent group of statesmen that were ever assembled under one roof at one time in the know history of the world.&#8221;(Bruce R. McConkie, The Deseret News, 19 March 1945 through 10 April 1945)</p>
<p>&#8220;We recognize the right of every man to worship God according to the dictates of his own conscience, and think that people ought not to be molested in that worship, and that they should be perfectly free to carry out their religious convictions, so long as they do not infringe upon the rights and liberties of others. That is the line we draw, and when men step beyond that, the designs and wicked acts of those who seek to infringe upon them.&#8221;(A Discourse by Charles W. Penrose. Delivered in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Sunday Afternoon, August 19, 1900)</p>
<p>&#8220;As Bastiat pointed out over a hundred years ago, once government steps over this clear line between the protective or negative role into the aggressive role of redistributing the wealth and providing so-called &#8220;benefits&#8221; for some of its citizens, it then becomes a means for what he accurately described as legalized plunder. It becomes a lever of unlimited power which is the sought-after prize of unscrupulous individuals and pressure groups, each seeking to control the machine to fatten his own pockets or to benefit its favorite charities &#8211; all with the other fellow&#8217;s money, of course.&#8221;(THE LAW, 1850, reprinted by the Foundation for Economic Education, Irvington-On-Hudson, N.Y. from the Proper Role of Government Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;When Alma, as High Priest over the Church and Chief Judge over the Nephite nation, Confronted a situation of &#8220;great inequality among the people,&#8221; he did not seek a solution through the state, though being Chief Judge he could have. Instead, he resigned his political office in favor of &#8220;a wise man&#8221; who would not &#8220;enact laws…and…put them in force according to the wickedness and the crimes of the people.&#8221; In this action, he shored up the state in its role of establishing freedom and civil justice. Alma then went &#8220;among the people of Nephi, that he might preach the word of God unto them, to stir them up in remembrance to their duty, and that he might pull down, by the word of God, all the pride and craftiness and all the contentions which were among his people.&#8221;(Hyrum L. Andrus Doctrines of the Kingdom p.361)</p>
<p>&#8220;I believe that God has endowed men with certain inalienable rights as set forth in the Declaration of Independence and that no legislature and no majority, however great, may morally limit or destroy these: that the sole function of government is to protect life, liberty and property and anything more than this is usurpation and oppression.&#8221;(Teachings of Ezra T. Benson pg.617)</p>
<p>I consider it a violation of the Constitution for the Federal Government to levy taxes for the support of state or local government; that no State or local government can accept funds from the Federal and remain independent in performing its functions, nor can the citizens exercise their rights of self-government under such conditions.</p>
<p>I deem it a violation of the right of private property guaranteed under the Constitution for the Federal Government to forcibly deprive the citizens of this nation of their property through taxation or otherwise, and make a gift thereof to foreign governments or their citizens.</p>
<p>I am unalterable opposed to Socialism, either in whole or in part, and regard it as an unconstitutional usurpation of power and a denial of the right of private property for government to own or operate the means of producing and distributing goods and services in competition with private enterprise, or to regiment owners in the legitimate use of private property.</p>
<p>I am hereby resolved that under no circumstances shall the freedoms guaranteed by the Bill of Rights be infringed. In particular I am opposed to any attempt on the part of the Federal Government to deny the people their right to bear arms, to worship and pray when and where they choose, or to own and control private property.&#8221;(The Proper Role of Government, Ezra t. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;The history of the world with all its contentions and strife is largely an account of man&#8217;s effort to free himself from bondage and usurpation. Man&#8217;s free agency is an eternal principle of progress, and any form of government that curtails or inhibits its free exercise is wrong. Satan&#8217;s plan in the beginning was one of coercion, and it was rejected<br />
because he sought to destroy the agency of man which God had given him. When man uses this God-given right to encroach upon the rights of another, he commits a wrong. Liberty becomes license, and the man, a transgressor. It is the function of the state to curtail the violator and to protect the individual.(President David O. McKay, Oct. 1965)</p>
<p>&#8220;Force rules in the world today. Individual freedom is threatened by international rivalries and false political ideals. Unwise legislation, too often prompted by political expediency, if enacted, will seductively undermine man&#8217;s right of free agency, rob him of his rightful liberties, and make him but a cog in the crushing wheel of regimentation.&#8221;</p>
<p>(President David O. McKay, Oct. 1965)</p>
<p>&#8220;Then why does any honest, patriotic, intelligent citizen of America prefer socialism to free enterprise? Is it not in free enterprise that free agency, a divine gift to every human being, finds an environment favorable to growth and development and to living in harmony with our beautiful doctrine of eternal progression?&#8221;(Joseph F. Merrill, Conference, April 1950)</p>
<p><a id="role" name="role">&#8220;…people are superior to the governments they form. Since God created people with certain inalienable rights, and they in turn, created government to help secure and safeguard those rights, it follows that the people are superior to the creature they created…governments should have only limited powers. The important thing to keep in mind is that the people who have created their government can give to that government only such powers as they, themselves, have in the first place. Obviously, they cannot give that which they do not possess. By deriving its just powers from the governed, government becomes primarily a mechanism for defense against bodily harm, theft, and involuntary servitude. It cannot claim the power to redistribute money or property nor to force reluctant citizens to perform acts of charity against their will. Government is created by the people. The creature cannot exceed the creator.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, BYU Devotional, 16 September, 1986)</a></p>
<p>&#8220;I am a libertarian. I want to be known as a libertarian and as a constitutionalist in the tradition of the early James Madison ~ father of the Constitution. Labels change and perhaps in the old tradition I would be considered one of the original whigs. The new title I would wear today is that of conservative ~ though in its original British connotation the term liberal fits me better than the original meaning of the word, conservative.&#8221;(Ezra T. Benson, The Red Carpet p.206)</p>
<h2>Satan still wishes to destroy our freedom</h2>
<p>&#8220;The secret combinations are a group of minds connected with a diabolical plan for the destruction of our liberties and freedom, and our divinely-inspired constitution and our original government our Fathers set up there under, and the wiping out of our constitutional guarantees and free lives.&#8221;(Elder J. Reuben Clark Jan. 24 1945 &#8220;some elements of post-war life)</p>
<p>&#8220;The government has once flourished under the guidance of trusty servants, but since the fathers have fallen asleep, wicked and designing men have unrobed the government of its glory; and the people if not in dust and ashes or sackcloth, have to lament in poverty her departed greatness, while demagogues build fires in the north, south, east and west to keep up their spirits till it is better times. But year after year has left the people to hope till the very name, Congress or State Legislature is horrible.&#8221;(Joseph Smith Jr., History of the Church 6:203, The reform, Jeffersonian Democracy, free trade and Sailors rights Party)</p>
<p>&#8220;Gadianton robbers fill the judgment seats in many nations. An evil power seeks to overthrow the freedom of all nations and countries. Satan reigns in the hearts of men; it is the great day of his power.&#8221; (Bruce R. McConkie, &#8220;The Coming Tests and Trials and Glory,&#8221; <em>Ensign,</em> May 1980, p.73</p>
<p>&#8220;At the age then of sixty years, our blooming Republic began to decline under the withering touch of Martin Van Buren! Disappointed ambition, thirst for power, pride, corruption, party spirit, faction, patronage, prerequisites, fame, tangling alliances, priestcraft, and spiritual weakness in high places, struck hands and reveled in midnight splendor.&#8221;(Joseph Smith Jr., History of the Church 6:203)<br />
&#8220;Secret Combinations seek to overthrow the united states and the free people of the world, ever increasing un-American thought influence is being exerted amongst us, boring termite-like into our whole nations structure &#8211; financial, economical, social and political ect. They have already hollowed out large portions of the great beams of the structure of liberty; they are at work upon others. They are to be stopped!&#8221;(Elder J. Reuben Clark oct. 7 1943 government and economic patterns pg.3-4)</p>
<p>&#8220;We have learned by sad experience that it is the nature and disposition of almost all men, as soon as they get a little authority, as they suppose, they will immediately begin to exercise unrighteous dominion.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/121/39#39" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 121:39" target="_dc12139">D&amp;C 121:39</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;What luck for rulers that men do not think.&#8221;</p>
<p>(Adolf Hitler)</p>
<p>&#8220;Pernicious efforts and sinister schemes are cunningly and stealthily being fostered to deprive man of his individual freedom and have him revert to the life of the jungle. With faith in the revealed word of God, let all true believers in individual freedom cherish the spiritual ideals of the Christ, and ever strive to make real the dream that all men shall be free, and that some day many nations will unite, not for war, but for peace and the establishing of the kingdom of God on earth.&#8221;</p>
<p>(President David O. McKay Oct. 1965)</p>
<p>&#8220;Now I tell you it is time the people of the United States were waking up with the understanding that if they don&#8217;t save the Constitution from the dangers that threaten it, we will have a change of government.&#8221; <em>Republic to Democracy to Socialism to Dictatorship.</em> (Elder Joseph Fielding Smith April 1950 General Conference)</p>
<p>&#8220;In the ancient American civilization there was no word which struck greater terror to the hearts of the people than the name of the Gadiantons. It was a secret political party which operated as a murder cult. Its object was to infiltrate legitimate government, plant its officers in high places, and then seize power and live off the spoils appropriated from the people. (It would start out as a small group of &#8220;dissenters&#8221; and by using secret oaths with the threat of death for defectors it would gradually gain a choke hold on the political and economic life of whole civilizations.)</p>
<p>The object of the Gadiantons, like modern communists/<em>(statist), </em>was to destroy the existing government and set up a ruthless criminal dictatorship over the whole land.</p>
<p>One of the most urgent, heart-stirring appeals made by Moroni as he closed the Book of Mormon was addressed to the gentile nations of the last days. He foresaw the rise of a great world-wide secret combination among the gentiles which &#8221; . . . seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries; . . .&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/25#25" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:25" target="_ether825">Ether 8:25</a>.) He warned each gentile nation of the last days to purge itself of this gigantic criminal conspiracy which would seek to rule the world.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson Conference Report, October 1961)</p>
<p>&#8220;If America is destroyed, it will be Americans who salute the flag, sing the national anthem, march in patriotic parades, cheer Fourth of July speakers-normally &#8220;good&#8221; Americans, but Americans who fail to comprehend what is required to keep our country strong and free, Americans who have been lulled away into a false security.</p>
<p>Great nations are never conquered from outside unless they are rotten inside. Our greatest national problem today is erosion of tradition Law and order.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, BYU Speeches of the year, 1970)</p>
<p>&#8220;These defamers say that the Constitution, and our government under it, are outmoded; not responsive to present-day conditions of life and living; not sufficient to meet and solve present-day problems; and that we need a modern, up-to-date system of government. They let us know what should be done to meet their ideas and plans, which seem always to run to despotism.</p>
<p>I have observed that numbers of these defamers take advantage to the utmost of every liberty and freedom created and protected by the Constitution in order to destroy it and its guarantees, so to make easy the setting up of a tyranny that would deprive the common man of his freedom and liberties under it, so permitting these defamers to set up a government that would give place, power, and privilege to them in a despotism to be imposed upon the mass of mankind.&#8221;(J. Reuben Clark Jr. April 1957 General Conference)</p>
<p>&#8220;Satan is making war against&#8230;the very foundations upon which society, government, and religion rest&#8230;He plans to destroy freedom–economic, political, and religious, and to set up in place thereof the greatest, most widespread, and most complete tyranny that has ever oppressed men. He is working under such perfect disguise that many do not recognize either him or his methods&#8230;He comes as a thief in the night; he is a wolf in sheep’s clothing. Without their knowing it, the people are being urged down paths that lead only to destruction&#8230;&#8221; (First Presidency Heber J. Grant, J. Reuben Clark Jr., David O. McKay, Conference Report, October 1942, p. 14)</p>
<p>&#8220;Satan has control now. No matter where you look, he is in control, even in our own land. He is guiding the governments as far as the Lord will permit him. That is why there is so much strife, turmoil, confusion all over the earth. One master mind is governing the nations. It is not the President of the United States&#8230;it is not the king or government of England or any other land; it is Satan himself.&#8221; (Joseph Fielding Smith, <em>Doctrines of Salvation</em>, Vol. 3, pp.<em> </em>314-315)</p>
<p>&#8220;I consider ourselves at war with international Communism which is committed to the destruction of our government, our right of property, and our freedom; that it is treason as defined by the Constitution to give aid and comfort to this implacable enemy.&#8221;(The Proper Role of Government, Ezra t. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;I heard Joseph say, nearly thirty years ago, &#8220;Mobs will not decrease, but will increase until the whole government becomes a mob, and eventually it will be state against state, city against city, neighborhood against neighborhood, it will be Christian against Christian, man against man.&#8221;(Brigham Young (may 1 1861) Deseret News Vol. II p.51)</p>
<p>&#8220;I have seen the end of this nation and it is terrible. I will tell you in the name of the LORD that a secret band will sap the life of this nation.&#8221;(Mormon Apostle Moses Thatcher Stated in 1882 journal of discourses 20:318)</p>
<p>&#8220;There are rugged times ahead. It is time for every man who wishes to do his duty to get himself prepared-physically, spiritually and psychologically-for the task which may come at any time, as suddenly as the whirlwind. It is time therefore, that every American and lover of liberty become informed about the aims, tactics and schemes of socialistic-communism. This becomes particularly important when it is realized that communism/socialism is turning out to be the earthly image of the plan which Satan presented in the pre-existence. The whole program of socialistic-communism is essentially a war against God and the plan of salvation-the very plan which we fought to uphold during the war in heaven.&#8221;(Ezra T Benson &#8220;American Heritage of Freedom&#8221;p45)</p>
<p>&#8220;But what about the American nation? That war that destroyed the lives of hundreds of thousands of people, (the second war of independence) was nothing, compared to that which will eventually devastate the country… What then will be the condition of that people, when this great and terrible war shall come? It will be very different from the war between the north and south. Do you wish me to describe it? I will do so. It will be a war of neighborhood against neighborhood, city against city, town against town, country against country, state against state, and they will go forth, destroying and being destroyed and manufacturing will in a great measure cease for a time among the American nation. Why?? Because in these terrible wars, they will not be privileged to manufacture, there will be to much bloodshed, too much MOBOCRACY, too much going forth in bands and destroying and pillaging the land to suffer people to pursue any local vocation with any degree of safety.&#8221;(Elder Orson Pratt journal of discourse 20:151 pg.50-51)</p>
<p>&#8220;There is no need to get involved in the fight for freedom-all you need to do is live the gospel. Of course this is a contradiction, because we cannot fully live the gospel and not be involved in the fight for freedom. We would not say to someone, ‘There is no need to be baptized-all you need to do is live the gospel.’ That would be ridiculous because baptism is part of the gospel. How would you have reacted if during the War in Heaven someone had said to you, ‘look, just do what is right; there is no need to get involved in the fight for free agency.&#8221; It is obvious what the devil is trying to do, but it is sad to see many of us fall for his destructive line. The cause of freedom is a most basic part of our religion. Our position on freedom helped get us to the earth and it can make the difference as to whether we get back home or not.&#8221;(Ezra T. Benson, An Enemy Hath Done This, p.314)</p>
<p>&#8220;The devil knows that if the elders of Israel should ever wake up, they could step forth and help preserve freedom and extend the gospel. Therefore the devil has concentrated, and to a large extent successfully, on neutralizing much of the priesthood. He has reduced them to sleeping giants. His arguments are clever. Here are a few samples.</p>
<p>&#8220;<strong>We really haven&#8217;t received much instruction about freedom,&#8221;</strong> the devil says. This is a lie, for we have been warned time and again. No prophet of the Lord has ever issued more solemn warning than President David O. McKay.</p>
<p>&#8220;<strong>You want to be loved by everyone,&#8221; says the devil, &#8220;and this freedom battle is so controversial you might be accused of engaging in politics.&#8221;</strong> Of course, the government has penetrated so much of our lives that one can hardly speak for freedom without being accused of being political. Some might even call the War in Heaven a political struggle&#8211;certainly it was controversial. Yet the valiant entered it with Michael (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/rev/12/7#7" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Revelation 12:7" target="_rev127">Revelation 12:7</a>). Those who support only the popular principles of the gospel have their reward. And those who want to lead the quiet, retiring life but still expect to do their full duty can&#8217;t have it both ways.</p>
<p><strong>&#8220;Wait until it becomes popular to do,&#8221; says the devil, &#8220;or, at least, until everybody in the Church agrees on what should be done.&#8221;</strong> This fight for freedom might never become popular in our day. And if you wait until everybody agrees in this Church, you will be waiting through the second coming of the Lord. Would you have hesitated to follow the inspired counsel of the Prophet Joseph Smith simply because some weak men disagreed with him? God&#8217;s living mouthpiece has spoken to us&#8211;are we for him or against him? Where do you stand?</p>
<p><strong>&#8220;It might hurt your business or your family,&#8221;</strong> says the devil, <strong>&#8220;and besides, why not let the Gentiles save the country? They aren&#8217;t as busy as you are.&#8221;</strong> Well, there were many businessmen who went along with Hitler because it supposedly helped their business. They lost everything. Many of us are here today because our forefathers loved truth enough that they fought at Valley Forge or crossed the plains in spite of the price it cost them or their families. We had better take our small pain now than our greater loss later. There were souls who wished afterwards that they had stood and fought with Washington and the Founding Fathers, but they waited too long&#8211;they passed up eternal glory. There has never been a greater time than now to stand up against entrenched evil. And while the Gentiles established the Constitution, we have a divine mandate to preserve it. But, unfortunately, today in this freedom struggle many Gentiles are showing greater wisdom in their generation than the children of light (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/luke/16/8#8" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Luke 16:8" target="_luke168">Luke 16:8</a>).</p>
<p>&#8220;<strong>Don&#8217;t worry,&#8221; says the devil; &#8220;the Lord will protect you, and besides, the world is so corrupt and heading toward destruction at such a pace that you can&#8217;t stop it, so why try?&#8221;</strong> Well, to begin with, the Lord will not protect us unless we do our part. This devilish tactic of persuading people not to get concerned because the Lord will protect them no matter what they do is exposed by the Book of Mormon. Referring to the devil, it says: &#8220;And others will he pacify, and lull them away into carnal security, that they will say: All is well in Zion; yea, Zion prospereth, all is well&#8211;and thus the devil cheateth their souls, and leadeth them away carefully down to hell&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/28/21#21" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Nephi 28:21" target="_2_ne2821">2 Nephi 28:21</a>).</p>
<p>I like that word carefully. In other words, don&#8217;t shake them&#8212;you might wake them. The Book of Mormon warns us that when we see these murderous conspiracies in our midst, we should awaken to our awful situation (see <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/24#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:24" target="_ether824">Ether 8:24</a>). Now, why should we awaken if the Lord is going to take care of us anyway? Let us suppose that it is too late to save freedom. It is still accounted unto us for righteousness&#8217; sake to stand up and fight. Some Book of Mormon prophets knew of the final desolate end of their nations, but they still fought on, and they saved some souls, including their own, by so doing. For, after all, the purpose of life is to prove ourselves, and the final victory will be for freedom.(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/abr/3/24-25#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Abraham 3:24&ndash;25" target="_abr324-25">Abraham 3:24&ndash;25</a>)</p>
<p>The last neutralizer that the devil uses most effectively is simply this: <strong>&#8220;Don&#8217;t do anything in the fight for freedom until the Church sets up its own specific program to save the Constitution.&#8221;</strong> This brings us right back to the scripture about the slothful servants who will not do anything until they are &#8220;compelled in all things&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/58/26#26" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 58:26" target="_dc5826">D&amp;C 58:26</a>). Maybe the Lord will never set up a specific Church program for the purpose of saving the Constitution. Perhaps if He set one up at this time it might split the Church asunder, and perhaps He does not want that to happen yet, for not all the wheat and tares are fully ripe (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/86/5-7#5" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 86:5&ndash;7" target="_dc865-7">D&amp;C 86:5&ndash;7</a> CR April 1965, Improvement Era 68 [June 1965]: 537-39.</p>
<p>Ezra Taft Benson Teachings of Ezra T. Benson Chapter 5 Pg 659 – 661)</p>
<p>&#8220;Joseph Smith said that the Book of Mormon was the &#8216;keystone of our religion&#8217; and the &#8216;most correct&#8217; book on Earth&#8221;. This most correct book on Earth states that the downfall of two great American civilizations came as a result of secret conspiracies whose desire was to overthrow the freedom of the people. &#8216;And they have caused the destruction of this people of whom I am now speaking&#8217;, says Moroni, &#8216;and also the destructions of the people of Nephi (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/21#21" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:21" target="_ether821">Ether 8:21</a>).&#8217; Now undoubtedly Moroni could have pointed out many factors that led to the destruction of the people, but notice how he singled out the secret combinations, just as the Church today could point out many threats to peace, prosperity, and the spread of God&#8217;s work, but it has singled out the greatest threat as the godless conspiracy. There is no conspiracy theory in the Book of Mormon&#8211;it is a conspiracy fact. Then Moroni speaks to us in this day and says, &#8216;wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you . . .&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, CR, April 1972, Ensign, pg. 49-53)</p>
<p>&#8220;The need for such a Church position has never been greater. I realize that it is sometimes unpopular to speak the solemn warning truth. As a people, we do not like to be disturbed from our comfortable complacency. But today we are face to face with an increasingly successful, ruthless conspiracy. Our remaining liberties are hanging in the balance.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson Conf., Oct. 1966)</p>
<p>&#8220;&#8230;the Federal Judiciary&#8230;[is] an irresponsible body, working like gravity by night and by day, gaining a little today and a little tomorrow, and advancing it&#8217;s noiseless step like a thief over the field of jurisdiction until all shall be usurped from the States; and the governments of all be consolidated into one.&#8221; (Thomas Jefferson)</p>
<p>&#8220;So one constitutional right after another yielded without any real contest, our backs getting nearer to the wall with each retreat. It is now proposed we retreat still further. Is not this suicide? Is there anyone so naive as to think that things will right themselves without a fight? There has been no more fight in us than there is in a bunch of sheep, and we have been much like sheep. Freedom was never brought to a people on a silver platter, nor maintained with whisk brooms and lavender sprays&#8230;. The whole course is deliberately planned and carried out, its purpose is to destroy the Constitution and our constitutional government; then to bring chaos out of which the new Statism,, with its Slavery, is to arise, with a cruel, relentless, selfish, ambitious crew in the saddle, riding hard with whip and spur, a red-shrouded band of night riders for despotism.</p>
<p>. . . if we do not vigorously fight for our liberties, we shall go clear through to the end of the road and become another Russia, or worse.&#8221;(President J. Reuben Clark, Church News, Sept. 25, 1949)</p>
<p>&#8220;We face a war to the death, a gigantic worldwide struggle. We must face it, enter it, take part in it. In fact, we are all taking part in the struggle, whether we will or not. Upon its final issue, liberty lives or dies.&#8221;(President J. Reuben Clark, The Improvement Era May 1944)</p>
<h2>Internationalism</h2>
<p><a id="global" name="global"></a>&#8220;There is one and only one legitimate goal of United States foreign policy. It is a narrow goal, a nationalistic goal: the preservation of our national independence. Nothing in the Constitution grants that the president shall have the privilege of offering himself as a world leader. He is our executive; he is on our payroll; he is supposed to put our best interests in front of those of other nations. Nothing in the Constitution nor in logic grants to the president of the United States or to Congress the power to influence the political life of other countries, to ‘uplift&#8217; their cultures, to bolster their economies, to feed their people, or even to defend them against their enemies.&#8221;(The Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson, p. 614; see also p. 682 &amp; 704)</p>
<p>&#8220;America goes not abroad in search of monsters to destroy. She is the well-wisher of freedom and independence to all. She is the champion and vindicator only of her own&#8230;. She well knows that by once enlisting under other banners than her own, were they even the banners of foreign independence, she would involve herself beyond the power of extrication in all the wars of interest and intrigue, of individual avarice, envy and ambition, which assume the colors and usurp the standards of freedom.&#8221;(John Quincy Adams founding father)</p>
<p>&#8220;During the first half of the twentieth century we have traveled far into the soul-destroying land of socialism and made strange alliances through which we have become involved in almost continuous hot and cold wars over the whole of the earth. In this retreat from freedom the voices of protesting citizens have been drowned by raucous shouts of intolerance and abuse from those who led the retreat and their millions of gullible youth, who are marching merrily to their doom, carrying banners on which are emblazoned such intriguing and misapplied labels as social justice, equality, reform, patriotism, and social welfare.&#8221;(President McKay, Gospel Ideals, p. 273.)</p>
<p>&#8220;Perhaps it is a universal truth that the loss of liberty at home is to be charged against provisions against danger, real or pretended from abroad.&#8221;<br />
(Letter to Thomas Jefferson, May 13, 1798, James, Madison, page 141)</p>
<p>&#8220;The people never give up their liberties but under some delusion.&#8221;(<em>Edmund Burke 1784</em>).</p>
<p>&#8220;Those who would place security over liberty shall deserve, nor receive neither.&#8221; – (Benjamin Franklin)</p>
<p>&#8220;Today the devil as a wolf in a supposedly new suit of sheep&#8217;s clothing is enticing some men, both in and out of the Church, to parrot his line by advocating planned government guaranteed security programs at the expense of our liberties. Latter-day Saints should be reminded how and why they voted as they did in heaven. If some have decided to change their vote they should repent &#8212; throw their support on the side of freedom &#8212; and cease promoting this subversion.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson Conference Report, October 1961)</p>
<p>Of all the enemies to public liberty, war is, perhaps, the most to be dreaded . . .<br />
(Political Observations April 20 1795, James Madison,, page 491)</p>
<p>&#8220;The Constitution will never reach its destiny through force. God&#8217;s principles are taken by men because they are eternal and true and touch the divine spirit in men. This is the only true way to permanent world peace, the aspiration of men since the beginning. God never planted his Spirit, his truth, in the hearts of men from the point of a bayonet.&#8221;</p>
<p>(J. Reuben Clark, April 1957)<a id="war" name="war"></a></p>
<p>&#8220;This is the very issue that, twenty years ago, we alleged we sent our young America to Europe to settle. It was our fighting there which gave to the Principal Allied and Associated Powers their victory. We got nothing out of the conflict but the ill-will of everyone&#8211;of our foes because they were our foes, and of each of our allies because of our unbounded generosity; and our naive, unsophisticated, unselfishness at Versailles. But we did not then settle the issue. It has risen again. We would not settle it now by joining in this conflict. This is one of those questions which can be settled only by the parties themselves by themselves.&#8221;(J. Reuben Clark, Jr, Conference, October 1939).</p>
<p>&#8220;The shaft of the arrow had been feathered with one of the eagle&#8217;s own plumes. We often give our enemies the means of our own destruction.&#8221; -Aesop</p>
<h2>What can we do?</h2>
<p><a id="inform" name="inform"></a>&#8220;A milk-and-water allegiance kills; while a passionate devotion gives life and soul to any cause and its adherents. The troubles of the world may largely be laid at the doors of those who are neither hot nor cold; who always follow the line of least resistance; whose timid hearts flutter at taking sides for truth. As in the great Council in the heavens, so in the Church of Christ on earth, there can be no neutrality. We are, or we are not, on the side of the Lord. An unrelenting faith, contemptuous of all compromise, will lead the Church and every member of it, to triumph and the achievement of our high destiny.&#8221; (Ezra Taft Benson July, 1973 Conference report)</p>
<p>&#8220;As we have progressed the mist has been removed, and in relation to these matters, the Elders of Israel begin to understand that they have something to do with the world politically as well as religiously, that it is as much their duty to study correct political principles as well as religious, and to seek to know and comprehend the social and political interests of man, and to learn and be able to teach that which would be best calculated to promote the interests of the world.&#8221;(John Taylor, JD: 9:340)</p>
<p>&#8220;The spirit that rebels against governmental meddling in the affairs of the people of this nation is one that should be fostered. If the day comes that Mr. Average Citizen meekly submits to government intervention and control of his economic and social affairs then he will be in line to have his rights and freedoms curtailed. We need to develop the desire to keep our freedoms and rights alive. To do this we should know what these rights are both our inalienable or natural rights and our political rights.&#8221;(Bruce R. McConkie, The Deseret News, 19 March 1945 through 10 April 1945)</p>
<p>&#8220;It is time, therefore, that every American and especially every member of the priesthood, become informed about the aims, tactics, and schemes of socialistic-communism.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, Conference, October 1961)</p>
<p>&#8220;Every member of the priesthood should understand the divine plan designed by the Lord to raise up the first free people in modern times.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, Conference, October 1961)</p>
<p>&#8220;Members of the Church are free to join anti-communist/statist organizations if they desire and their membership in the Church is not jeopardized by doing so. The Church is not opposing the John Birch Society or any other organization of like nature&#8230;&#8221;(The First Presidency, Church News, March 1963)</p>
<p>&#8220;Less Government, More Responsibility, and – With God’s Help – a Better World.&#8221;  (John Birch Society’s mission statement)</p>
<p>&#8220;We should know why paternalism, collectivism, or federal supervision will hold our standard of living down and reduce productivity just as it has in every country where it has been tried. We should also know why the communist leaders consider socialism the highroad to communism.</p>
<p>We should accept the command of the Lord and treat socialistic communism as the tool of Satan. We should follow the counsel of the President of the Church and resist the influence and policies of the socialist-communist conspiracy wherever they are found &#8212; in the schools, in the churches, in governments, in unions, in businesses, in agriculture.</p>
<p>We should help those who have been deceived or who are misinformed to find the truth. Unless each person who knows the truth will &#8220;stand up and speak up&#8221; it is difficult for the deceived or confused citizen to find his way back.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, Conference, October 1961)</p>
<p><a id="gospel" name="gospel">&#8220;Many of the Latter-day Saints have surrendered their independence; they have surrendered their free thought, politically, and we have got to get back to where we are not surrendering the right. We must stay with what’s right and if we do so God will bless us.&#8221; (Heber J. Grant, Conference, October 1941) </a></p>
<p>&#8220;Besides the preaching of the Gospel, we have another mission, namely, the perpetuation of the free agency of man and maintenance of liberty, freedom and the rights of man.&#8221; (John Taylor, Journal of Discourses 23:63)</p>
<p><a id="welfare" name="welfare"></a>&#8220;We who hold the priesthood must beware concerning ourselves, that we do not fall in the traps Satan lays to rob us of our freedom. We must be careful that we are not led to accept or support in any way any organization, cause or measure which in its remotest effort, would jeopardize free agency, whether it be in politics, government, religion, employment, education, or in any other field. It is not enough for us to be sincere in what we support. We must be right!&#8221;(Marion G. Romney, Conference, October 1960)</p>
<p>&#8220;Enlighten the people generally, and tyranny and oppressions of body and mind will vanish like evil spirits at the dawn of day.&#8221;(Thomas Jefferson)</p>
<p>&#8220;No greater immediate responsibility rests upon members of the Church, upon all citizens of this Republic and of neighboring Republics than to protect the freedom vouchsafed by the Constitution of the United States.&#8221;(President David O. McKay, Oct. Conf., 1966)</p>
<p>&#8220;This nation and other nations will be overthrown, not because of their virtue but because of their corruption and iniquity. The time will come, for the prophecies will be fulfilled, when kingdoms will be destroyed, thrones cast down, and the powers of the earth shaken, and God&#8217;s wrath will be kindled against the nations of the earth, and it is for us to maintain correct principles, political, religious, and social, and to feel towards all men as God feels&#8221; John Tylor</p>
<p>&#8220;Sometimes, from behind the pulpit, in our classrooms, in our council meetings, and in our Church publications, we hear, read, or witness things that do not square with the truth. This is especially true where freedom is involved. Now, do not let this serve as an excuse for your own wrong doing. The Lord is letting the wheat and the tares mature before He fully purges the Church. He is also testing you to see if you will be misled. The devil is trying to deceive the very elect.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson, An Enemy Hath Done This, pg. 317</p>
<h2>Would God favor separation and Independence?</h2>
<p>&#8220;WE hold these Truths to be self-evident, that all Men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness &#8212; That to secure these Rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just Powers from the Consent of the Governed, that whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these Ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its Foundation on such Principles, and organizing its Powers in such Form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.&#8221;(Declaration of Independence, second paragraph)</p>
<p>&#8220;And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/2a#2a">Babylon</a> the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/2b#2b">hold</a><sup> </sup>of every foul spirit, and a <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/2c#2c">cage</a> of every unclean and hateful bird.<br />
For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/3a#3a">fornication</a>, and the kings of the earth have committed <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/3b#3b">fornication</a><sup>•</sup> with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/3c#3c">abundance</a><sup>•</sup> of her delicacies.<br />
And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/4a#4a">Come</a> out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/rev/rev/18/4c#4c">sins</a>, and that ye receive not of her plagues.<br />
For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/rev/18/3-5#3" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Rev. 18:3&ndash;5" target="_rev183-5">Rev. 18:3&ndash;5</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;And it came to pass that the Lord commanded my father, even in a dream that he should take his family and depart into the wilderness.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/2/2#2" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1Nephi 2:2" target="_1_ne22">1Nephi 2:2</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;And the LORD said, I have surely seen the affliction of my people which are in <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/7b#7b">Egypt</a> and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows;<br />
And I am come <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/8a#8a">down</a> to <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/8b#8b">deliver</a> them out of the hand of the Egyptians, and to bring them up out of that land unto a good land and a large, unto a land <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/8c#8c">flowing</a><sup> </sup>with milk and honey;…Now therefore, behold, the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/9a#9a">cry</a><sup> </sup>of the children of Israel is come unto me: and I have also seen the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppress them.<br />
Come now therefore, and I will send thee unto Pharaoh, that thou mayest <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/10b#10b">bring</a> forth my people the <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/10c#10c">children</a> of Israel <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/ex/ex/3/10d#10d">out</a> of Egypt.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ex/3/7-10#7" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Exodus 3:7&ndash;10" target="_ex37-10">Exodus 3:7&ndash;10</a>)</p>
<p>&#8220;But my people will I preserve…And righteousness will I send down out of heaven; and truth will I send forth out of the earth, to bear testimony of mine Only Begotten: and righteousness and truth will I cause to sweep the earth as with a flood, to gather out mine elect from the four quarters of the earth, unto a place which I shall prepare.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/moses/7/62#62" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Moses 7:62" target="_moses762">Moses 7:62</a>, Teachings of Ezra T. Benson p.105)</p>
<p>&#8220;For behold, it is not meet that I should command in all things; for he that is compelled in all things, the same is a slothful and not a wise servant; wherefore he receiveth no reward.<br />
Verily I say, men should be anxiously engaged in a good cause, and do many things of their own free will, and bring to pass much righteousness;<br />
For the power is in them, wherein they are agents unto themselves. And inasmuch as men do good they shall in nowise lose their reward.&#8221;(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/58/26-28#26" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 58:26&ndash;28" target="_dc5826-28">D&amp;C 58:26&ndash;28</a>)</p>
<p><em>&#8220;Where Liberty dwells, there is my country.&#8221;</em>(Benjamin Franklin, 1783)</p>
<h2>A Few Thoughts</h2>
<p>&#8220;It was the struggle over free agency that divided us before we came here; may well be the struggle over the principal which will divide us again.&#8221;(Title of liberty p220 Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;How strong is our will to remain free—to be good? False thinking and false ideologies, dressed in the most pleasing forms, quietly—almost without our knowing it—seek to reduce our moral defenses and to captivate our minds. They entice with bright promises of security, cradle-to-grave guarantees of many kinds. They masquerade under various names, but all may be recognized by one thing—one thing they all have in common: to erode away character and man’s freedom to think and act for himself. Effort will be made to lull us away into a false security. Proposals will be and are being offered and programs sponsored that have wide appeal. Attractive labels are usually attached to the most dangerous programs, often in the name of public welfare and personal security. Again, let us not be misled.&#8221;(Ezra Taft Benson July, 1973 Conference report)</p>
<p>&#8220;…If one man stood alone in this position, and millions of men were to say it is not so, that lone man would still be right. We have that right, God has given it to us under the Constitution of the land in which we dwell, and if men enact laws and pile one law upon another until they reach the sky, it would not change this. It is an Eternal principle, and it will stand-this principle of liberty, the liberty that God has given to every human being –the right to do that which seemeth good in his own sight, to follow the dictates of his own conscience, as long as, in so doing, he does not trespass upon the rights of his fellow man. We stand by that fearlessly, and stand by it ourselves, and for our children after us.&#8221; (Journal of discourses info on Liberty 26:143-146)<br />
&#8220;This is still God&#8217;s world. The forces of evil, working through some mortals, have made a mess of a good part of it. But it is still God&#8217;s world. In due time, when each of us has had a chance to prove ourselves&#8211;including whether or not we are going to stand up for freedom&#8211;God will interject himself, and the final and eternal victory shall be for free agency. And then shall those complacent people on the sidelines, and those who took the wrong but temporarily popular course, lament their decisions. To the patriots I say this: Take that long eternal look. Stand up for freedom, no matter what the cost. Stand up and be counted. It can help to save your soul&#8211;and maybe your country.&#8221;(Teachings of Ezra T. Benson Chapter 5 P. 592)</p>
<p>&#8220;When nations and rulers set the pattern, they generally find plenty to follow their example; hence, covetousness, fraud, rapine, bloodshed, and murder prevail to an alarming extent. If a nation is covetous, an individual thinks he may be also; if a nation commits a fraud, it sanctions his acts in a small way; and if a nation engages in wholesale robbery, an individual does not see the impropriety of doing it in retail; if a strong nation oppresses a weak one, he does not see why he may not have the same privilege. Corruption follows corruption, fraud treads on the heels of fraud, and all those noble, honorable, virtuous principles that ought to govern men are lost sight of and chicanery and deception ride rampant through the world. The welfare, happiness, exaltation, and glory of man are sacrificed at the shrine of ambition, pride, covetousness, and lasciviousness. By these means nations are overthrown, kingdoms destroyed, communities broken up, families rendered miserable, and individuals ruined&#8221;</p>
<p>John Taylor</p>
<p>&#8220;I have faith that the Constitution will be saved, as prophesied by Joseph Smith. It will be saved by the righteous citizens of this nation who love and cherish freedom. It will be saved by the en-lighted members of the Church-among others-men and women who understand and abide the principles of the Constitution.&#8221;(October 1987 Ensign 17 6-7 Ezra T. Benson)</p>
<p>&#8220;Liberty means responsibility. That is why most men dread it.&#8221;<br />
(George Bernard Shaw)</p>
<p>&#8220;Those who expect to reap the blessings of freedom must undergo the fatigue of supporting it&#8221;.<br />
(Patrick Henry)</p>
<p>&#8220;If ye love wealth greater than liberty, the tranquility of servitude better than the animating contest for freedom, go home and leave us in peace. We seek not your council nor your arms. Crouch down and lick the hand that feeds you; May your chains set lightly upon you<strong> </strong>and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen.&#8221;(Samuel Adams founding father). </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/the-red-pill-statements-on-freedom/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Quotations from Lectures on Secret Combinations</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/quotations-from-lectures-on-secret-combinations/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/quotations-from-lectures-on-secret-combinations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 06:45:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LatterdayConservative.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Other]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awake and arise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awful situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gadianton robbers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quotes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Secret Combinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret society]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp/?p=542</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Quotations from Lectures on Secret Combinations. from excerptsandevidences.com. Compiled by Ken Bowers. LDS Quotations Even this nation will be on the verge of crumbling to pieces and tumbling to the ground and when the Constitution is on the brink of ruin this people will be the staff upon which the nation shall lean and they [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Quotations from Lectures on Secret Combinations. <a href="http://excerptsandevidences.com/TransparencyQuotationsFromLecturesandandSeminars.htm">from excerptsandevidences.com</a>. Compiled by Ken Bowers.<span id="more-2277"></span></em></p>
<div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> LDS Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p>Even this nation will be      on the verge of crumbling to pieces and tumbling to the ground and when the      Constitution is on the brink of ruin <strong>this people will be the staff upon        which the nation shall lean</strong> and they shall bear the Constitution away      from the very verge of destruction. (Joseph Smith papers      LDS Church Historical Archives Box 1, March 10, 1844)</p>
<p>And for this purpose have I established the      Constitution of this land, <strong>by the hands of wise men whom I raised up unto        this very purpose,</strong> and redeemed the land by the shedding of blood. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/101/80#80" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 101:80" target="_dc10180">D&amp;C 101:80</a>)</p>
<p>And that law of the land which is constitutional, supporting that principle of freedom in maintaining rights and privileges, belongs to all mankind, and is justifiable before me. Therefore, I, the Lord, justify you, and your brethren of my church, in befriending that law which is the constitutional law of the land; <strong>And        as pertaining to law of man, whatsoever is more or less than this, cometh of        evil.</strong> (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/98/5-7#5" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 98:5&ndash;7" target="_dc985-7">D&amp;C 98:5&ndash;7</a>)</p>
<p>And Whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret      combinations to get power and gain&#8230;<strong>shall be destroyed</strong>. Wherefore, O ye Gentiles, it is wisdom in God that these things      should be shown unto you that&#8230;ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not      that these murderous combinations shall get above you&#8230;even the sword of      the justice of the Eternal God shall fall upon you&#8230;if ye shall suffer      these things to be. Wherefore, the Lord <strong>commandeth</strong> you&#8230;that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful      situation&#8230;For&#8230;whosoever buildeth it up seeketh to overthrow the freedom      of all lands, nations, and countries&#8230; Wherefore, I,             Moroni          , am <strong>commanded</strong> to write these things&#8230;      (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/22-26#22" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:22&ndash;26" target="_ether822-26">Ether 8:22&ndash;26</a>)</p>
<p>And behold, in the end of this book, (The Book      of Mormon), ye shall see that this Gadianton did prove the overthrow, yea,      almost the <strong>entire destruction of the people of Nephi.</strong> (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/hel/2/13#13" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Helaman 2:13" target="_hel213">Helaman 2:13</a>)</p>
<p>And they, (the secret combinations of the      Jaredites), have caused the <strong>destruction of this people of whom I am        speaking, and also the destruction of the people of Nephi.</strong> (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/21#21" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:21" target="_ether821">Ether 8:21</a>)</p>
<p>Satan is making war against&#8230;the very      foundations upon which society, government, and religion rest&#8230;<strong>He plans        to destroy freedom–economic, political, and religious, and to set up in        place thereof the greatest, most widespread, and most complete tyranny that        has ever oppressed men. </strong>He is working under such      perfect disguise that many do not recognize either him or his methods&#8230;<strong>He comes as a thief in the night; he is a wolf in sheep’s clothing. Without their knowing it, the people are being urged down paths that lead only to destruction&#8230; (</strong>First Presidency Heber      J. Grant, J. Reuben Clark Jr., David O. McKay, Conference Report, October      1942, p. 14)</p>
<p>I testify that wickedness is rapidly expanding      in every segment of our society. It is more highly      organized, more cleverly disguised, and more powerfully promoted than ever      before. Secret combinations lusting for power, gain, and      glory are flourishing. A secret combination that seeks      to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries is <strong> increasing its evil influence and control over                 America              and the entire world.</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">I Testify</span> by President Ezra Taft Benson, October Conference,      LDS Church, reported in Nov. <em>Ensign,</em> 1988, p. 87)</p>
<p>The biggest problem facing             America          today is that no one looks to freedom as a solution to problems anymore. They look to government. (Glenn Kimber, founder      of            Kimber        Academy          , son-in-law of W. Cleon Skousen)</p>
<p><strong> Except the spirit of the Gospel of Jesus      Christ and principles contained within the Constitution of the United States      are inherent in world plans now being formulated, they are but building on      sand and the Lord is not in that building.</strong> [Comment: This was said in 1945 when the United Nations was being        established.]<em> </em>(<em>Youth and the Church</em> by Harold B. Lee, Deseret        Book Company, 1970, p. 220)<strong> </strong></div>
<div class="Section2">
<p>Unless the spirit of Christianity permeate the      deliberations of the United Nations, <strong>dire tragedies await humanity.</strong> (<em>Gospel Ideals</em>, by David O. McKay, p. 275)</p>
<p>&#8230;He (Satan) is right in      the system. <strong>In fact, the system is his.</strong> That’s how he is able to form secret combinations of murder&#8230;that      fill the world today. <strong>Remember, he told us when he        lost his temper what he was going to do. He was going to        take money and buy up the power and rule in a horrible way upon this earth,        and that’s what he has done</strong>&#8230;He says, <strong>“You can have anything in this          world for money, and I’m the one that has it.”</strong>&#8230;That’s what he      says&#8230;buy up the authority, the power, kings and presidents, armies and      navies, and he will rule that way&#8230;Consider the elections. What wins elections now? Every expert will tell      us it’s <strong>money.</strong> (<em>Teachings of the Book of        Mormon</em>, by Hugh Nibley, Semester 1, p.294-295)</p>
<p><strong> Satan has control now.</strong> No matter where you look, he is in control, <strong>even in our own land. He is guiding the governments as far as the Lord will permit him</strong>. That is why there is so much strife, turmoil, confusion all over the      earth. One master mind is governing the nations. It is not the President of the     United        States     &#8230;it is not the king or government of             England          or any other land; it is Satan      himself. (Joseph Fielding Smith, <em>Doctrines of        Salvation</em>, Vol. 3, pp.<em> </em>314-315)</p>
<p>Our great Constitution has been beaten and      torn until now it hangs by a single thread, and that thread is our <strong> franchise to vote.</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson, 1976, Freeman      Institute, Provo, Utah)</p>
<p>¼ to vote for wicked men, <strong>it would be sin.</strong> (Hyrum      Smith, <em>Documentary History of the Church,</em> vol. 6, p. 323)</p>
<p>The function of government is to protect life,      liberty, and property, <strong>and anything more or less than this is usurpation        and oppression.</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference      Report, April 1968)</p>
<p>No greater immediate responsibility rests upon      members of the Church, than to protect the freedom vouchsafed by the      Constitution of the             United States          .  (President David O. Mckay, Conference Report, April 1950)</p>
<p>We honor our founding fathers of this      republic&#8230;God raised up these patriotic partners to perform their mission,      and He called them “wise men.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/101/80#80" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 101:80" target="_dc10180">D&amp;C 101:80</a>) The First      Presidency acknowledged that wisdom when they gave us the guideline a few      years ago of supporting political candidates <strong>“who are truly dedicated to        the Constitution in the tradition of our Founding Fathers.”</strong>(<em>Deseret          News</em>, 11/2/64)&#8230;Another guideline given by the First Presidency was “to      support good and conscientious candidates, <strong>of either party, who are aware        of the great dangers”</strong> <strong>facing the free world.</strong> (<em>Deseret News,</em> 11/2/ 1964, <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Civic Standards for the Faithful Saints</span> by Ezra T. Benson, Conference, 4/6/72)</p>
<p>Another guideline given by the First      Presidency was “to support good and conscientious candidates, <strong>of either        party, who are aware of the great dangers”</strong> <strong>facing the free world.</strong> (<em>Deseret News,</em> 11/2/ 1964) (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Civic Standards for the Faithful          Saints</span> by Ezra Taft Benson, Gen. Conference, 4/6/72)</p>
<p>Unless we as citizens of the nation forsake      our sins, political and otherwise, and return to the fundamental principles      of Christianity and constitutional government, <strong>we will lose our political        liberties, our free institutions, and will stand in jeopardy before God of        losing our exaltation.</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson,“The      Constitution<strong> – </strong>A Glorious Standard,” <em>Ensign,</em> May 1976, p.91)</p>
<p>&#8230;(A) neutralizer that the devil (uses) most      effectively&#8230;is simply this: “Don’t do anything in the fight for freedom      until the Church sets up its own program to save the Constitution.”&#8230;<strong>Maybe        the Lord will never set up a specific Church program for the purpose of        saving the Constitution</strong>. Perhaps if he set up one at this time it might split the Church asunder, and perhaps he does not want that to happen yet, for not all the wheat and tares are fully ripe. The Prophet Joseph Smith declared it will be the elders of         Israel          who will step forward to help save the Constitution, <strong>not the Church!</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, April 1965)</p>
<p>Most of the major ills of the world have been      caused by well-meaning people who ignored the principle of individual      freedom, <strong>except as applied to themselves, </strong>and who were obsessed with      fanatical zeal to improve the lot of mankind-in-the-mass through some pet      formula of their own&#8230;The harm done by ordinary criminals, murderers,      gangsters, and thieves is negligible in comparison with the agony inflicted      upon human beings by the professional ‘do-gooders,’who attempt to set      themselves up as gods and <strong>who would ruthlessly force their views on all        others with the abiding assurance that the end justifies the means. (</strong>Ezra T. Benson, quotes Henry G. Weaver, <em>An Enemy Hath Done          This</em>, p. 140)</div>
<div class="Section3">
<p>It is high time we realized the dangerous      threat to America of creeping socialism as the ruthless comrade to atheistic      communism&#8230;Krushchev is reported to have said: “We cannot expect the      Americans to jump from capitalism to communism, <strong>but we can assist their        elected leaders in giving Americans small doses of socialism, until they        suddenly awake to find they have communism.”</strong>&#8230;I believe in all      seriousness that socialism paves the way for communism. (The      Red Carpet by Ezra Taft Benson, 1962, p. 65-83)</p>
<p>I am not here to tickle your ears&#8230;The      message I bring is not a happy one, but it is the truth. And time is always      on the side of truth. As the German philosopher Goethe      said: “Truth must be repeated again and again, because error is constantly      being preached round about.”&#8230;As a people, we love sweetness and light,      especially sweetness. Ralph Waldo Emerson said that      “Every mind must make a choice between truth and repose.  <strong>Those who will learn nothing from history are condemned to repeat it.”</strong>&#8230;George      Washington stated:<strong>“Truth will ultimately prevail, where there are pains        taken to bring it to light.”</strong> To bring the truth to      light is our challenge&#8230;“And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall      make you free.” (Ezra Taft Benson, <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Stand Up For        Freedom,</span> 1965)</p>
<p>Today, we are in danger of actually      surrendering our personal and property rights. This      development, if it does occur in full term, will be a sad tragedy for our      people. <strong>We must recognize that property rights are        essential to human liberty. (</strong>President David O.      McKay, Conference Report, October 1962)</p>
<p>The Rothschild family, who now hold the purse strings of the world, might be the instrument in the hands of God for the accomplishment of wonderful things in regard to Jerusalem . They already control the nations of the earth because of the wealth they possess. It is claimed that they can prevent war at any time if they will but <strong>shut up their coffers and prevent the outflow of gold,</strong> which is      necessary to the carrying on of war. (Collected      Discourses, by Abraham H. Cannon, Vol 5, October 6, 1895)</p>
<p>Satan’s kingdom is composed of all that is      evil and corrupt and carnal and wicked no matter where it is found. <strong>He operates through what we call churches, and he operates through        what we call governments. Both are part of his kingdom. </strong>And in the days ahead, the fall of the one will be the fall of      the other. <strong>When                 Babylon              falls, she will take with her the churches of the world and the nations of        the world. (</strong>Bruce R. McConkie, <em>The Millennial Messiah,</em> pp. 493-494)</p>
<p>It is true the Prophet saw even the      Constitution hanging by a thread, but, thank the Lord, <strong>he never saw the        thread break.</strong> He saw this people play a conspicuous      part to be a balance of power with others to preserve it. For after all, it is <strong>destined, according to the word of the Lord,        to become the savior and blessing of all flesh, not only the peoples of the                 United States              .</strong> And      after the experiments with dictatorships and other methods, they will, at      last, when they have learned their lesson and are prepared for it, <strong>be        willing to receive the Lord’s offering,</strong> after much suffering. (Melvin J. Ballard, CR-10/38:106)</p>
<p>There is one simple test for the      constitutionality of a principle: Do I as an individual have a right to use      force on my neighbor to accomplish this purpose? If I      do, then I may delegate that power to my government&#8230;<strong>If I do not have        that right, I may not delegate it.</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">The Crises of          our Constitution</span>, by Ezra Taft Benson, SLC, 9/8/77)</p>
<p>There are some who feel that the fight for      freedom is separate from the gospel. They express it in several ways, but it      generally boils down to this: Just live the gospel; there’s no need to get      involved in trying to save freedom and the Constitution or to stop      communism. Of course, this is dangerous reasoning, because in reality <strong>you        cannot fully live the gospel without working to save freedom and the        Constitution, and to stop communism &#8230;our stand for freedom is a most basic        part of our religion.</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson, General      Conference, October 1966)</p>
<p>Americans have always been committed to taking care of the poor, aged, and unemployed. We’ve done this on the basis of Judaic-Christian beliefs and humanitarian principles. It has been fundamental to our way of life that charity must be voluntary if it is to be charity. <strong>Compulsory        benevolence is not charity.</strong> Today’s egalitarians are using the federal government to redistribute wealth in our society, not as a matter of voluntary charity, but as a matter of right. One HEW official said, “In this country, welfare is no longer charity, <strong>it        is a right.</strong> More and more Americans feel that their      government owes them something.” (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">The American Free        Enterprise System</span>, by President Ezra Taft Benson, Logan Utah, May 6,      1977)</div>
<div class="Section4">
<p><strong> Unless those in authority in the United States      can be influenced to abandon the suicidal course on which they have embarked</strong>–or        unless they can be replaced by men who will–we cannot hope to restore in our        nation the kind of domestic peace and order which has made our many        generations proud to be Americans . . . The crisis we        now face is the most serious, the most dangerous, in the history of our        country. Each of us must diligently employ our influence and our effort–in        speech, letters, and at the ballot box–to help set straight the way.” The facts are clear. <strong>Our problem centers in                     Washington           ,           D.C.                  And this applies to the          administration of both political parties.</strong> (Ezra Taft        Benson <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Americans are Destroying America</span>, General Conference, Apr.        1968)</p>
<p>So, I say with all the energy of my soul that      unless we as citizens of this nation forsake our sins, political and      otherwise, and return to the fundamental principles of Christianity and of      constitutional government, <strong>we will lose our political liberties, our free        institutions, and will stand in jeopardy before God.</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">A Witness and a Warning, </span>by Ezra Taft Benson, General Conference,      Nov. <em>Ensign,</em> 1979, p. 31)</p>
<p>The tenth plank in Karl Marx’s Manifesto      &#8230;advocated the establishment of <strong>“free education for all children in        public schools.”</strong> There were several reasons why Marx wanted government      to run the schools. Dr. A. A. Hodge pointed out one of them&#8230;“if every      party in the State has the right of excluding from public schools whatever      he does not believe to be true, then he that believes most must give way to      him&#8230;that believes absolutely nothing, no matter in how small a minority      the atheists&#8230;may be.” It is self‑evident that &#8230;if&#8230;persistently carried      out&#8230;<strong>[our] system of national popular education will be the most        efficient&#8230;instrument for the propagation of atheism which the world has        ever seen.</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson, General Conference,      October 1970)</p>
<p>Today, we find government engaged in      activities which are <strong>not</strong> within the authorized and proper role of      government. These activities pose a <strong>grave danger to        our continued freedom.</strong> No one has authority to grant      such powers as welfare programs, schemes for re-distributing the wealth, and      activities which coerce people into acting in accordance with a <strong> prescribed code of social planning.</strong> We shouldn’t      forget the wise words of President Grover Cleveland that, “&#8230;though the      people support the Government, <strong>the Government should not support the        people.”</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> (America’s Hope</span>,      by Ezra Taft Benson, Rotary Club Luncheon, Los Angeles, CA, October 18,      1974)</p>
<p>He (Joseph Smith) taught us that the Saints      would fill the great west, and thru Mexico and Central and South America we      would do a great work for the redemption of the remnant of Jacob, and he      taught us relating to the kingdom of God as it would become organized upon      the earth thru ‘all nations learning war no more,’ <strong>and all adopting the        God-given Constitution of the United States as a paladium of liberty and        equal rights.</strong> (Letter of Benjamin F. Johnson to      George S. Gibbs)</p>
<p>&#8230;brethren, we are prepared to understand      what the brethren meant when they spoke at the dedication of the Idaho Falls      Temple <strong>about the stand we could take now in such matters as politics&#8230;</strong>Let      us hear again what the brethren prayed for in that dedicatory prayer:</p>
<p>‘We pray that kings and rulers and the peoples      of all nations under heaven may be persuaded of the blessings enjoyed by the      people of this land by reason of their freedom under Thy guidance, <strong>and be        constrained to adopt similar governmental systems,</strong> <strong>thus to fulfill          the ancient prophecy of Isaiah, that out of Zion shall go forth the law and          the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.’ </strong>(Is. 2:3)</p>
<p>Brethren of the priesthood, if we will be      united and let our light shine, and not hide our light under a bushel but      exercise it righteously, and let our priesthood callings be an eternal      revolution against the norms of society or against any proposals that fall      below the standards as set forth in the gospel of Jesus Christ <strong>or as laid        down by the Constitution of the United States written by inspired men, then        we will be a force in the world that will be ‘the marvelous work and wonder’        which the Lord said the kingdom of God was to be.</strong> (President Harold B. Lee, General Conference, October 4, 1970)</p>
<p>I am saying to you that to me <strong>the      Constitution of the             United States of America          is just as much from my Heavenly Father as the Ten Commandments.</strong> When that is my feeling, I am not going to go very far away from the      Constitution, and I am going to try to <strong>keep it where the Lord started        it&#8230;</strong> (George Albert Smith CR-4/48:182)</p>
<p>To me, that statement of the Lord, “I have      established the Constitution of this land,” puts the Constitution of the             United States          in the position in which it      would be <strong>if it were written in this book of Doctrine and Covenants        itself. This makes the Constitution the word of the Lord        to us&#8230;</strong> (J. Reuben Clark Jr., CR-4/35:93)</p>
<p>In this time of great stress and danger we      must place [in office] only those dedicated to the <strong>preservation of our        Constitution, our                American            Republic              , and responsible freedom under God.</strong> (Ezra Taft Benson, BYU, 12/10/63)</p>
<p>Now, I am not caring today, for myself,      anything at all about a political party tag. So far as I      am concerned, I want to know what the man stands for&#8230;<strong>When I find out        these things, when I know who it is who should receive my support, and I        care not what his party tag is&#8230;</strong>Today, our duty transcends party      allegiance; our duty today is allegiance to the <strong>Constitution as it was        given to us by the Lord.</strong> (J.  Reuben Clark, Jr., CR 10/62:8)</p>
<p>Gadianton robbers fill the judgment seats in      many nations. <strong>An evil power seeks to overthrow the        freedom of all nations and countries.</strong> Satan reigns      in the hearts of men; it is the great day of his power.  (Bruce R. McConkie, “The        Coming Tests and Trials and Glory,” <em>Ensign,</em> May 1980, p.73</div>
<div class="Section5">
<p>We honor our founding fathers of this      republic&#8230;God raised up these patriotic partners to perform their mission,      and He called them “wise men.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/101/80#80" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 101:80" target="_dc10180">D&amp;C 101:80</a>) The First      Presidency acknowledged that wisdom when they gave us the guideline a few      years ago of supporting political candidates <strong>“who are truly dedicated to        the Constitution in the tradition of our Founding Fathers.”</strong>(     <em>Deseret</em> <em> News</em>, 11/2/64)&#8230;</p>
<p>Another guideline given by the First      Presidency was “to support good and conscientious candidates, <strong>of either        party, who are aware of the great dangers”</strong> <strong>facing the free world.</strong> (<em>Deseret News,</em> 11/2/ 1964) (“Civic Standards for the Faithful Saints”      by Ezra Taft Benson, Gen. Conference, 4/6/72)</p>
<p>Again, the devil taketh him up into an      exceedingly high mountain, and sheweth him all the kingdoms of the world,      and the glory thereof;</p>
<p>And saith unto him, All these things will I      give thee, <strong>if thou wilt fall down and worship me.</strong> Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan&#8230;  (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/matt/4/8-10#8" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Matt 4:8&ndash;10" target="_matt48-10">Matt 4:8&ndash;10</a>)</p>
<p>And it came to pass that when Moses had said      these words, behold, Satan came tempting him, saying: <strong>Moses, son of man,        worship me&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>And again, Moses said: I will not cease to      call upon God, I have other things to inquire of him: for his glory has been      upon me, wherefore I can judge between him and thee.  Depart hence, Satan.</p>
<p>And now, when Moses had said these words,      Satan cried with a loud voice, and ranted upon the earth, and commanded      saying: <strong>I am the Only Begotten, worship me&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>Moses received strength, and called upon God      saying: In the name of the Only Begotten, depart hence, Satan&#8230;and he      departed hence&#8230;</p>
<p>(<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/moses/1/12%2C18%2C19%2C22#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Moses 1: 12, 18, 19, 22" target="_moses112%2C18%2C19%2C22">Moses 1: 12, 18, 19, 22</a>)</p>
<p>And there are also secret combinations, even      as in times of old, according to the combinations of the devil, for he is      the founder of all these things; yea, the founder of murder, and works of      darkness; yea, <strong>and he leadeth them by the neck with a flaxen cord,</strong> until he bindeth them with his strong cords forever. (2      <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ne/26/22#22" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Nephi 26:22" target="_ne2622">Nephi 26:22</a>)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Founding Father      Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">Whoever will introduce into      public affairs the principles of Christianity will <strong>change the face of the        world. </strong>(Benjamin Franklin)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">The highest glory of the      American Revolution was this: it connected in one indissoluble bond the <strong> principles of civil government with the principles of Christianity. (</strong>John Quincy Adams, 6<sup>th</sup> President,      July 4, 1821)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">It cannot be emphasized too      strongly or too often that this great nation was founded not by      religionists, <strong>but by Christians,</strong> not on religion, but on the <strong> Gospel of Jesus Christ.</strong> (Patrick Henry, 1776)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">The powers delegated by the      proposed Constitution to the federal government are <strong>few and defined.</strong> Those which are to remain in the State governments are numerous and      indefinite. The former will be exercised principally on      external objects, such as war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce&#8230;<strong>The        powers reserved to the several States will extend to all        the objects which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives,        liberties and properties of the people, and the internal order, improvement,        and prosperity of the State.</strong> ( James Madison,      Federalist Paper #45)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">The utopian schemes of      leveling [redistribution of the wealth] and a community of goods [communism]      are as visionary and impracticable as those which vest all property in the      Crown.<strong> [They]</strong> <strong>are arbitrary, despotic, and, in our government,        unconstitutional. (</strong>Samuel Adams)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">When all government,      domestic and foreign, in little as in great things, shall be drawn to             Washington          as the center of all power, it will render powerless the checks provided of      one government on another and will become as <strong>venal and oppressive as the        government from which we separated.</strong> (Thomas      Jefferson)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">Government is not reason;      it is not eloquence – it is <strong>force!</strong> Like fire it      is a dangerous servant and a fearful master. (George      Washington)</p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-right: -0.15in;">A Democracy cannot exist as      a permanent form of government. It can only exist until      the voters discover that they can vote themselves money from the public      treasury, with the result that a democracy <strong>always collapses over loose        fiscal policy followed by a dictatorship. (</strong> <em>Cycle          of Democracy</em>, 1770, by Alexander Fraser Tyler, 1742‑1813)</p>
</div>
<div class="Section6">
<p>I believe that banking institutions are more      dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. Already      they have raised up a monied aristocracy that has <strong>set the government at        defiance.</strong> The issuing power should be taken from the      banks and <strong>restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.</strong> (Thomas Jefferson)</p>
<p>If the American people ever allow private      banks to control the issue of currency, first by inflation, then by      deflation, <strong>the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will        deprive the people of all property </strong>until their children wake up homeless      on the continent their fathers conquered. (Thomas      Jefferson)</p>
<p>Always vote for principle, though you may vote      alone, and you may cherish the sweetest reflection that <strong>your vote is        never lost</strong>. (John Quincy     Adams     )</p>
<p>We have no government armed with the power      capable of contending with human passions, unbridled by morality and true      religion. <strong>Our Constitution was made only for a moral        and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the        government of any other.</strong> (John Adams</p>
<p><em> The Changing Political Thought of John Adams</em>,      Howe, p. 189)</p>
<p>Only a virtuous people are capable of freedom. As nations become corrupt and vicious <strong>they have more need of      masters.</strong> (Benjamin Franklin,</p>
<p>Speech at the Constitutional Convention, Sept.      17, 1787)</p>
<p>A nation of well-informed men who have been      taught to know and prize the rights which God has given them cannot be      enslaved. <strong>It is in the region of ignorance that        tyranny begins.</strong> (Benjamin Franklin)</p>
<p>&#8230;the Federal Judiciary&#8230;[is] an      irresponsible body, working like gravity by night and by day, gaining a      little today and a little tomorrow, and advancing it&#8217;s noiseless step like a      thief over the field of jurisdiction <strong>until all shall be usurped from the        States; and the government of all be consolidated into one.</strong> (Thomas Jefferson)</p>
<p>Law, natural or revealed, made for men or for      nations, flows from the same Divine source: it is the law of God¼<strong>Human        law must rest its authority ultimately upon the authority of that law which        is Divine</strong>¼Far from being rivals or enemies, religion and law are twin sisters, friends, and mutual assistants. Indeed, these two sciences run into each other. (James Wilson, U.S. Supreme Court Justice and a signer of the Constitution)</p>
<p>New York          , August 22, 1798</p>
<p>Mr. Oliver Wolcott Sec. of      the Treasury</p>
<p>No one knows better than yourself how      difficult and oppressive is the collection even of taxes very moderate in      amount, <strong>if there be a defective circulation</strong> (i.e., bank money)&#8230;For      these and other reasons (i.e., promoting the private bank of the United      States) which I have thought well of, I have come to a conclusion that <strong> our Treasury ought to raise up a circulation (currency) of its own.</strong> I mean, by the issuing of Treasury notes&#8230;This appears to me an      expedient equally necessary to keep the circulation (currency) full      (adequate). (Alexander Hamilton (4:204))</p>
<p>If Congress can employ money indefinitely for      the general welfare, and are the sole and supreme judges of the general      welfare, they may also take the care of religion into their own hands; they      may appoint teachers in every state, county, and parish and pay them out of      the public treasury, they may take into their own hands the education of      children, establishing in like manner schools throughout the Union: they may      assume the provision of the poor&#8230; Were the power of Congress to be      established in the latitude contended for, it would <strong>subvert the very        foundations, and transmute the very nature of the limited government        established by the people of                 America              . (</strong>James      Madison)</p>
<p>They serve to organize factions&#8230;to put in      the place of the delegated will of the nation the will of the party, <strong> often a small but artful and enterprising minority</strong>&#8230;Let me&#8230;warn you      in the most solemn manner against the baneful effects of the spirity of      party&#8230;The alternate domination of one faction over another, <strong>shapened by        the spirit of revenge</strong>&#8230;has perperated the most horrid enormities&#8230;It      [the contention between the parties] serves always to distract the public      councils and enfeeble the public administration. (            Washington          ’s      Farewell Address)</p>
<p>My views&#8230;are the result of a life of inquiry      and reflection, and very different from the anti‑ Christian system imputed      to me by those <strong>who know nothing of my opinions.</strong> To the corruptions of      Christianity I am, indeed, opposed; <strong>but not to the genuine precepts of        Jesus himself. I am Christian</strong> in the only sense in which he wished any      one to be; sincerely attached to his doctrines in preference to all others. (Thomas Jefferson)</div>
<div class="Section7">
<p>Thomas Jefferson believed the restoration of      the true Gospel would take place although he was fearful it would be after      his time. “If the freedom of religion &#8230; can &#8230;      prevail, the genuine doctrines of Jesus &#8230; will again be restored to their      original purity. This reformation will advance with the other improvements      of the human mind, but too late for me to witness it.”  (A letter to Jaret Sparks, The Writings of Thomas      Jefferson, 15:288)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Natural Law, Constitution, Separation of      Church and State Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p>When plunder becomes a way of life for a group      of men living together in society, they create for themselves in the course      of time, a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies      it. (<em>Economic Sophisms</em>, by Frederic Bastiat)</p>
<p>But how is this legal plunder to be      identified? Quite simply. See if the law takes from some persons what      belongs to them, and gives it to other persons to whom it does not belong. <strong>See if the law benefits one citizen at the expense of another by doing        what the citizen himself cannot do without committing a crime. </strong>(Frederic Bastiat)</p>
<p>The national budget must be balanced. The      public debt must be reduced; the arrogance of the authorities must be      moderated and controlled. Payments to foreign governments must be reduced, <strong>if the nation doesn&#8217;t want to go bankrupt.</strong> People must again learn to      work, instead of living on public assistance. (Marcus      Tullius Cicero, 55 B.C.)</p>
<p>It is not merely that inflation breeds the      gambling spirit and corruption and dishonesty in a nation. <strong>Inflation itself is an immoral act on the part of government. </strong>When modern governments inflate by increasing the paper money      supply&#8230;they do in principle what kings once did when they clipped the      coins&#8230;Notwithstanding all the pious pretenses of governments that      inflation is some evil visitation from without, inflation is practically the      result of <strong>deliberate government policy.</strong> (<em>What        You Should Know About Inflation, </em>by Henry Hazlitt, pp. 131-132)</p>
<p>Property, per se, has on rights; but the individual, the man, has three great rights&#8230; the Right to his life, the Right to his liberty, and the Right to his property. (They) are so bound together as to be essentially one right. To give a man his life, but deny him his liberty, is to take from him all that makes life worth living. To give him liberty but <strong>take from him the property which is the fruit and        badge of his liberty, is to still leave him a slave. (</strong>Former United States Supreme Court Justice George Sutherland, to      the New York State Bar Association, January 21, 1921)</p>
<p>No matter how well-intentioned a federal      program; no matter how honorable and patriotic the people who support and      administer it; no matter how <strong>big a majority of the citizens themselves        may want the program–</strong>when our federal government does something which it      has <strong>no constitutional grant or power to do, our government is a        dictatorship&#8230;.every government permitted to become a dictatorship must        ultimately resort to the same brutal tactics that the Soviets use to        maintain what they regard as their own ‘good’ dictatorship of the        proletariat.</strong> (<em>The Dan Smoot Report,</em> January      6, 1964)</p>
<p>Our laws and our institutions must necessarily      be based upon the teachings of the Redeemer of mankind. <strong>It is impossible        that it should be otherwise; and in this sense and to this extent, our        civilization and our institutions are emphatically Christian.</strong> No purpose of action against religion can be imputed to any      legislation (State or National) because this is a religious people &#8230; this      is a Christian nation. (U.S. Supreme Court, Church of      the Holy Trinity vs. United States, 1892)</p>
<p><strong> We are a religious people whose institutions      presuppose a Supreme Being&#8230;</strong>When        the state encourages religious instruction or cooperates with religious        authorities&#8230;it follows the best of our traditions. For        it then respects the religious nature of our people and accommodates the        public service to their spiritual needs. To hold that it        may not would be to find&#8230;<strong>a requirement that the government show a          callous indifference to religious groups. </strong>That would        be preferring those who believe in no religion over those who do        believe&#8230;We find no Constitutional requirement which makes it necessary <strong> for government to be hostile to religion&#8230;</strong> (U.S. Supreme Court, Zorach        v Clauson, 343 US 420 at 313, 1952)</p>
<p>Treaties make      international law and also make domestic law. Under our      Constitution, treaties become the supreme law of the land&#8230;<strong>Treaty law        can override the Constitution. Treaties for example,        &#8230;can cut across the rights given people by the Constitutional Bill of        Rights.</strong> (John Foster Dulles, Secretary of State,      April 11, 1952)</div>
<div class="Section8">
<p>Those who want to destroy standards and lower      safeguards can easily apply the label of morality to their principles, but      when they advocate those principles, their real objective is to get rid of      morality and religion. <strong>This nation has a soul and a conscience, but it        has no eternity. Every person in this Chamber has a soul and a conscience        and every person has eternity to face. </strong>We shall all give account of      ourselves to almighty God at the end of the day,<strong> but nations are judged        in time for their policies, their moralities, their violence, and their        crimes. (</strong>Ian Paisley, Famed Presbyterian Preacher, British House of Commons, January 1999, challenging a bill to lower      age of consent for homosexual activity from 18 to 16.)</p>
<p>A Democracy cannot exist as a permanent form      of government. It can only exist until the voters      discover that they can vote themselves money from the public treasury, with      the result that a democracy <strong>always collapses over loose fiscal policy        followed by a dictatorship. (</strong>Alexander Fraser Tyler      (1742‑1813), in his 1770 book, <em>Cycle of Democracy</em>)</p>
<p>Society cannot exist, unless a controlling      power upon will and appetite be placed somewhere; and the less of it there      is within, the more there must be without. It is ordained in the eternal      constitution of things, that <strong>men of intemperate minds cannot be free.        Their passions forge their fetters.</strong> (The Writings and Speeches of Edmund      Burke, Vol. 4, pp. 51‑52.)</p>
<p><strong> The laws of nature and God are synonymous and      universal and cannot be separated from society without destroying it.</strong> The concepts that one must not be allowed to murder his neighbor; steal,        lie, and cheat; and all men are created equal, are but common sense. When        these laws of nature derived from God are put into [the] law [of man] and        enforced, they guarantee the liberty, freedom, and equality of every        individual which maintains civil society. (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">The          Religion of Politics</span>, by Heidi Cappadona, March 31, 2005, <em>News With            Views.com</em>)</p>
<p>Law, natural or revealed, made for men or for      nations, flows from the same Divine source: it is the law of God¼<strong>Human        law must rest its authority ultimately upon the authority of that law which        is Divine</strong>¼Far from being rivals or enemies, religion and law are twin sisters, friends, and mutual assistants. Indeed, these two sciences run into each other. (James Wilson, U.S. Supreme Court Justice and a signer of the Constitution<em>.</em>)</p>
<p>Next to being one in worshiping God, there is      nothing in this world which this Church should be more united than in      upholding and defending <strong>the Constitution of the                 United States              .</strong> (David O. McKay, 1956)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> News Media Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p>I have the      greatest admiration for your propaganda. Propaganda in      the West is carried out <strong>by experts who have had the best training in the        world – in the field of advertising – and have mastered the techniques with        exceptional proficiency&#8230;</strong>Yours are subtle and persuasive; ours are      crude and obvious&#8230;I think that the fundamental difference between our      worlds, with respect to propaganda, is quite simple. <strong> You tend to believe yours&#8230;and we tend to disbelieve ours. (</strong>a Soviet correspondent based five years in the             U.S.        <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">)</span></strong></p>
<p>The conscious and intelligent manipulation of      the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in      democratic society. <strong>Those who manipulate this unseen        mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true        ruling power of our country&#8230;</strong>we’re dominated by the relatively small      number of persons&#8230;<strong>it is they who pull the wires which control the        public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and        guide the world.</strong> (<em>Propaganda,</em> by Edward      Bernays, Liveright Publishing Company,             New York          , 1928, excerpts from pp. 9-19)</p>
<p>In March, 1915,      the J.P. Morgan interests&#8230; and their subsidiary organizations, got      together 12 men high up in the newspaper world&#8230;to select the most      influential newspapers in the United States&#8230;to control generally the      policy of the daily press&#8230;They found it was only necessary to purchase the      control of 25 of the greatest papers. An agreement was      reached; <strong>the policy of the papers was bought,</strong> to be paid for by the      month; <strong>an editor was furnished for each paper to&#8230;edit information        regarding the questions of&#8230;national and international nature considered        vital to the interests of the purchasers.</strong> (U.S.      Congressman Oscar Calloway,<em> The Congressional Record, </em>February 9,      1917, Vol. 54, pp. 2947-2948)</p>
<p>We are grateful to the Washington Post, the      New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors      have attended our meetings and respected their <strong>promises of discretion for        almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us        to develop our plan for the world if we had bee subject to the bright lights        of publicity during those years.</strong> But, the world is      now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. <strong>The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world        bankers is surely preferable to the national auto determination practiced in        past centuries.</strong> (David Rockefeller before the      Trilateral Commission, Baden-Baden Germany, June 1991)</p>
<p>Such as it is,      the press has become the greatest power within the Western World, <strong>more        powerful than the legislature, the executive and judiciary.</strong> One would like to ask: <strong>by whom has it been elected, and to whom is          it responsible?</strong> (Alexandr Solzhenitsyn)</div>
<div class="Section9">
<p>It is difficult      for them to see whose paycheck depends on them <strong>not </strong>seeing. (Upton Sinclair)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Two Party      System</span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> </span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p>The argument that the two parties should      represent opposed ideals and policies&#8230;is a foolish idea&#8230;<strong>Instead, the        two parties should be almost identical,</strong> so that the American people can      “throw the rascals out” at any election <strong>without leading to any profound        or extensive shifts in policy.</strong> <strong>The policies that          are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant          disagreement, but are disputable only in details</strong>&#8230;But either party in office becomes in time corrupt, tired, and&#8230;vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party&#8230;<strong>[which] will still pursue, with new vigor,        approximately the same basic policies.</strong> (<em>Tragedy          and Hope,</em> by Carroll Quigley, McMillan Co., 1966, pp. 1247-1248)</p>
<p>To Morgan, <strong>all political parties were      simply organizations to be used,</strong> <strong>and the firm always was careful to        keep a foot in all camps. </strong>Morgan himself, Dwight Morrow, and other partners were allied with the Republicans; Russell C. Leffingwell was allied with the Democrats; Grayson Murphy was allied with the extreme Right; and Thomas W. Lamont was allied with the Left&#8230;To this same seminal figure, (Morgan), may be attributed the use of tax-exempt foundations for <strong>controlling these activities&#8230; (</strong><em>Tragedy and Hope,</em> p. 945)</p>
<p>The following      admission by George W. Bush during the presidential campaign of 2000 is      interesting: “During the fall campaign we differed about      the details of these proposals, but <strong>there was remarkable consensus about        the important issues before us: excellent schools, retirement and health        security, tax relief, a strong military, a more civil society.” (</strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">The Honeymoon’s Over</span>, by Joseph Farah, Article for World      Net Daily, Dec. 14, 2000)</p>
<p>The candidate-selection process is the means      by which elective offices are filled in the             United States          . <strong>It is        a process in which most politicians develop binding ties to one or another        clique with the power elite</strong> while professing to speak for “the      people”&#8230;<strong>many of the largest donors give to both parties. In 1972, for example, 36% of the $10,000-and-over donors gave to        candidates of both political parties (Nixon and McGovern)&#8230;</strong>Whatever the      motivation for these split gifts, <strong>they help give members of the power        elite access to both political parties. (</strong><em>The          Powers That Be,</em> by G. William Domhoff, Vintage Books, New York, 1979      excerpts from pp. 129-148)</p>
<p>&#8230;the World      Trade Organization is creating a world government in which one organization      which is totally unelected, wholly secretive&#8230;It was a terrible shock (to      those of us who supported Bill Clinton) when Clinton came in and GATT and      NAFTA became the centerpieces of his policy&#8230;And, in a sense, there was <strong> almost a seamless transition from President Bush to President Clinton in that regard&#8230;Our democracy has been rendered meaningless by big money. The truth is there are politicians [who] are owned lock, stock and barrel by the big money interests&#8230;Our elections create, to some extent, a façade of choice.</strong> (David C. Korten, <em>When          Corporations Rule the World, </em>interviewed by Journalist Joan Veon, May      11, 1996)</p>
<p>And why not follow these <strong>proud</strong> thoughts      to their logical conclusion? Because we know more, because we have worked      along sounder lines, than the mass of those who belong to profane groups, it      is almost inevitable that we should take over their leadership&#8230;<strong>I am        perfectly well aware that we do, discreetly, form the elite in all the big        social and political parties, and that thus we are sure of being able to        control their policy. It is our duty&#8230;to make sure that we control the        politicians who are elected, that we right their wrongs, and show them their        mistakes, and reproach them for what they have failed to do. In a word,        Freemasonry should be the ‘politician&#8217;s conscience’</strong>.  (Brother Regis, (Freemason), <em>Convent of the Grand Orient, </em>1928,      p.256)</p>
<p><strong> Support for Candidate Possible Some Day, LDS      Apostle Says</strong></p>
<p>Ezra Taft Benson, 74, president of the Council      of the Twelve Apostles&#8230;said Thursday it is “entirely possible” the      president of the Mormon Church will one day declare support for a political      candidate&#8230;</p>
<p>In recent years the             LDS             Church          has steered clear      of supporting candidates. But Pres.  Benson said Mormon President Heber J. Grant told church members to <strong>vote        for Herbert Hoover when Franklin D. Roosevelt was running for his first        term&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>“I would hope that both political parties      would clean their own houses and get on a solid basis.  But I tell you, there’s not too much choice between them.” (<em>Salt                Lake            Tribune </em>, Feb. 22, 1974)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Financial Arm of the Secret Combination Quotations</span></strong></div>
<div class="Section10">
<p>For the <strong>love </strong>of money is the root of      all evil&#8230; (I <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/tim/6/10#10" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Timothy 6:10" target="_tim610">Timothy 6:10</a>)</p>
<p>The Federal Reserve Bank of New York is eager      to enter into a close relationship with the Bank of International      Settlements&#8230;The conclusion is impossible to escape that the State and      Treasury Departments are willing to pool the banking system of Europe and      America, <strong>setting up a world financial power independent of and above the        Government of the United States</strong>. (Louis McFadden, <em> The New York Times,</em>6/ 1930)</p>
<p>&#8230;the powers      of financial capitalism had (a) far reaching aim&#8230;<strong>to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements&#8230;</strong>The      apex of the system was the Bank of International Settlements in Basel,      Switzerland&#8230;<strong>Each central bank</strong><strong>&#8230; sought to dominate its government by        its ability to control treasury loans&#8230;to influence the level of economic        activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by        subsequent rewards in the business world.</strong> (<em>Tragedy and Hope, </em>by Carroll Quigley, pp.          324-325)</p>
<p>The modern banking system manufactures money      out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most      astonishing piece of slight of hand ever invented. <strong> Banking was conceived in iniquity, and born in sin.  Bankers own the earth&#8230;</strong>Take this great power away from them, and all      fortunes like mine will disappear. And they ought to      disappear, for then <strong>this world would be a better and happier world to        live in. </strong>But if you want to continue to be slaves of      the bankers, and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue      to create money, and control credit. (Sir John Stamp,      former governor of The Bank of England)</p>
<p>The money power prey upon the nation in times      of peace and conspire against it in times of adversity.  <strong>It is more despotic than a monarchy, more insolent than aristocracy and        more selfish than bureaucracy.</strong> I have two great      enemies, the Southern Army in front of me and the Bankers in the rear&#8230;the      one at my rear is my greatest foe&#8230;corporations have been enthroned and an      era of corruption in high places will follow, and the money powers&#8230;will      endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the prejudices of the people <strong>until the wealth is aggregated in the hands of a few, and the Republic is        destroyed.</strong> (President Abraham Lincoln, in a letter      written to William Elkins on November 21, 1864)</p>
<p>There is no subtler, no surer means of      overturning the existing basis of society <strong>than to debauch the currency. </strong>The process engages all the hidden forces of economic law on the      side of destruction, <strong>and does it in a manner which not one man in a        million is able to diagnose. (</strong>John Maynard Keynes,      1919)</p>
<p><strong> In the absence of the gold standard, there is no way to protect savings from confiscation through inflation. There is no safe store of value. If there were, the government would&#8230;make its holding illegal as&#8230;in the case of gold. Deficit spending is simply a scheme to confiscat(e) wealth&#8230;The financial policy of the welfare state requires that there be no way for the owners of wealth to protect themselves&#8230;Gold stands in the way of this insidious process. It stands as a protector of property rights. If one grasps this, one has no difficulty in understanding the statists antagonism toward the gold standard.</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gold        and Economic Freedom </span>by Alan Greenspan, <em>Capitalism: The Unknown Ideal</em>,        1966, p. 101)</p>
<p>It is not merely that inflation breeds the      gambling spirit and corruption and dishonesty in a nation. <strong>Inflation itself is an immoral act on the part of government. </strong>When modern governments inflate by increasing the paper money      supply&#8230;they do in principle what kings once did when they clipped the      coins&#8230;Notwithstanding all the pious pretenses of governments that      inflation is some evil visitation from without, inflation is practically the      result of <strong>deliberate government policy.</strong> (Henry      Hazlitt, <em>What You Should Know About Inflation, </em>pp. 131-132)</p>
<p>In addition to their power over government      based on government financing and personal influence, bankers could steer      governments in ways they wished them to go by other pressures. <strong>Since most        government officials felt ignorant of finance, they sought advice from        bankers whom they considered to be experts in the field. The history of the        last century shows&#8230;that the advice given to governments by bankers, like        the advice they gave to industrialists, was consistently good for bankers,        but was often disastrous for governments, businessmen, and the people        generally.</strong> (<em>Tragedy and Hope</em>, by Carroll      Quigley, p. 60-61)</p>
<p>What happens is      that those agents (government officials) receiving the new money first are      using money that is <strong>still valued at yesterday’s price to purchase certain        goods today that eventually results in a partial devaluation of money &#8230;(in        the future)&#8230;Thus</strong> <strong>their wealth has increased because they were able          to acquire real goods with the old more valuable money before it had a          chance to see full devaluation&#8230;</strong>The people at the front of this line      benefit most. The persons at the end of this&#8230;line,      usually the wage earners, benefit least&#8230;This is how wealth is      redistributed&#8230;<strong>wealth flows back from those that work to those that        lobby, print and steal&#8230; (</strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">How Does Money Lose          Value?</span></p>
<p>By Ed Bugos at      Gold-Eagle.com<strong>) </strong></div>
<div class="Section11">
<p>Patman: How did you get the money to buy those      two-billion dollars worth of government securities in 1933?</p>
<p>Eccles: We created it.</p>
<p>Patman: Out of what?</p>
<p>Eccles: Out of the right to issue credit      money.</p>
<p>Patman: And there is <strong>nothing </strong>behind it,      is there, except our Government’s credit?</p>
<p>Eccles: <strong>That is what our money system is. If there were no debts in our money system, there wouldn’t be any      money.</strong> (Congressman Wright Patman questions Marriner      Eccles, Governor of the Federal Reserve Board, Sept. 30, 1941, House      Committee on Banking and Currency. Quoted in <em>The War on Gold </em>by      Anthony C. Sutton,‘76 Press, 1978, p. 81)</p>
<p>Of all the contrivances for cheating the      laboring classes of mankind, none has been more effective then that which      deludes them with paper money. (Daniel Webster)</p>
<p>Government is the only agency that can take a      useful commodity like paper, slap some ink on it, and make it totally      worthless. (Ludwig von Mises)</p>
<p>When plunder becomes a way of life for a group      of men living together in society, they create for themselves in the course      of time, a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies      it. (Frederic Bastiat, <em>Economic Sophisms</em>)</p>
<p>MR. SPEAKER: Our      government debt at this time is approximately $50 billion. By the time that      it&#8217;s paid, it will aggregate $100 billion&#8230;The amount of 100 percent is due      to the interest charges&#8230;I have never yet had anyone who could&#8230;<strong>justify        the federal government borrowing the use of its own money</strong>&#8230;I believe      the time will come when people will demand that this be changed&#8230;[and] they      will actually blame&#8230;Congress for sitting idly by and permitting such an      idiotic system to continue. I have talked to the      secretary of the Treasury and members of the Federal Reserve Board&#8230;They      know this can be done easily and conveniently and will save money&#8230;the      Federal Reserve Bank System&#8230;<strong>is not owned by the government.</strong> Many      people think that it is because it says &#8220;Federal Reserve.&#8221; It belongs to      private banks, private corporations. So we have farmed out to the Federal      Reserve Banking System&#8230;<strong>the privilege of issuing the government&#8217;s money!</strong> (Rep. Wright Patman, House, Sept. 29, 1941, Congressional Record, p.      7583.)</p>
<p>You are a den of vipers! I      intend to rout you out and by the Eternal God I will rout you out! (Andrew Jackson to delegation of Bank supporters, 1834.)</p>
<p>&#8230;on January 30, 1835, an assassination      attempt was made against him [Jackson]. Miraculously,      both pistols misfired, and            Jackson          was spared by a quirk of fate&#8230;[Richard] Lawrence [the assailant], was      found not guilty by reason of insanity. Later, he      boasted to friends that he had been in touch with <strong>powerful people in        Europe       who had promised to protect him from punishment should he be caught.</strong> (<em>The Creature From Jekyll Island</em> by G. Edward Griffin      ,American Media, CA, 2002, p. 357)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Joseph Smith’s views on National Finances</span></strong></p>
<p>1. A national bank; the      stock wholly owned by the government.</p>
<p>2. Branches in each      state; stock owned by the state.</p>
<p>3. National officers to      be chosen yearly by the people.</p>
<p>4. Branch officers chosen      yearly by people of the respective states.</p>
<p>5. All profits from      national bank go into general revenues to lessen taxes on the people.</p>
<p>6. All profits from      branch banks go to state coffers for the same reason.</p>
<p>7. Fractional Reserve      Banking prohibited by law.</p>
<p>8. System based on gold      and silver standard. (from his presidential platform,      Feb. 1844.)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Political Arm of the Secret Combination      Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p>For a long time I felt that FDR had developed      many thought and ideas that were his own&#8230;But, he didn’t. <strong>Most of his thoughts, his political ammunition, as it were, were        carefully prepared for him in advance by the Council on Foreign Relations        One World Money group&#8230;</strong>Brilliantly, with great gusto, he exploded that      prepared ammunition in the middle of an unsuspecting target, the American      people, and thus paid off&#8230;his internationalist political support&#8230; (<em>FDR My Exploited Father-in-Law</em> by Curtis Dall, FDR’s      son-in-law, 1968, p. 185)</div>
<div class="Section12">
<p>After several months had passed, I began to      realize the 1932 Democratic “platform” prepared for the      voters was merely something&#8230;to forget after the ballots had been counted. Instead of&#8230; implementing the platform&#8230;<strong>out popped a so-called        “Brain Trust.” This was a small group of men&#8230;who        advanced some political ideas of the advisors, (who were) some C.F.R.        leaders, a few bankers and other internationalists, to the administration        for legislative action.</strong> (<em>FDR: My Exploited          Father-in-Law,</em> by Curtis B. Dall, Christian Crusade, 1968, p. 91)</p>
<p>This campaign      against the American people &#8211; against traditional American culture and      values &#8211; is <strong>systematic psychological warfare. It is        orchestrated by a vast array of interests comprising not only the Eastern        Establishment but also the radical left. Among this        group we find the Department of State, the Department of Commerce, the money        center banks and multinational corporations, the media, the educational        establishment, the entertainment industry, and the large tax exempt        foundations. </strong>Mr. President, a      careful examination of what is happening behind the scenes reveals that <strong> all of these interests are working in concert with the masters of the        Kremlin in order to create what some refer to as a       New          World       Order. Private organizations such as the Council on        Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the        Trilateral Commission, the Dartmouth Conference, the Aspen Institute for        Humanistic Studies, the Atlantic Institute, and the Bilderberger Group serve        to disseminate and to coordinate the plans for this so-called New World        Order in powerful business, financial, academic, and official circles&#8230;</strong> (Senator Jesse Helms in the Senate, December 15, 1987<strong>)</strong></p>
<p>The real menace      of our republic is this invisible government which like a <strong>giant octopus        sprawls its slimy length over city, state and nation. </strong>Like the octopus of real life, it operates under cover of a self created      screen<strong>. It seizes in its long and powerful tentacles        our executive officers, our legislative bodies, our schools, our courts, our        newspapers, and every agency created for the public protection.</strong> It squirms in the jaws of darkness and thus is the better able to      clutch the reins of government, secure enactment of the legislation      favorable to corrupt business, violate the law of impunity, smother the      press and reach into the courts&#8230;At the head of this octopus are the      Rockefeller–Standard Oil interests and&#8230;powerful banking houses generally      referred to as the international bankers. The little      coterie of powerful international bankers <strong>virtually run the                 United States              government for their own        selfish purposes. They practically control both        political parties, write political platforms, make catspaws of party        leaders, use the leading men in private organizations, and resort to every        device to place in nominations for high public office only such candidates        as will be amenable to the dictates of corrupt big business.</strong> They connive at centralization of government on the theory that a      small group of handpicked, privately controlled individuals in power can be      more easily handled than a larger group among whom there will most likely be      men sincerely interested in public welfare. These      international bankers and Rockefeller–Standard Oil interests control the      majority of newspapers and magazines in this country.  <strong>They use the columns of these papers to club into submission or drive out        of office public officials who refuse to do the bidding of the powerful        corrupt cliques which compose the invisible government.</strong> (John Hylan, mayor of New York City, quoted in the New York Times,      March 27, 1922)</p>
<p>The drive of      the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government      combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their      control&#8230;<strong>Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope,        generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.</strong> (Congressman Larry P. McDonald, 1976, shot down in an airliner by the      Soviets in 1983)</p>
<p>According to the <em>Justice Times</em>, David      Rockefeller attended a dinner given in honor of Robert Strange McNamara, the      retiring chief of the World Bank. Two European guests      said that Rockefeller made a couple of astounding statements: “We have built      a <strong>new world order.</strong> <strong>There is a conflict within        the elite between the old and the new</strong>&#8230;it’s going to endanger the <strong> new world order</strong> which we have based on an alliance between Wall Street      and Washington.” Then he went on to say, “Now radical      conservatives are attempting to destroy all that and are seeking first and      foremost to serve the <strong>national interests of the                 U.S.              ”</strong> (<em>The          Spotlight, </em>date unknown)</p>
<p>Today it is estimated even by Jacob’s      grandson, John Schiff, a prominent member of     New York     society, that the old man sank about <strong>$20,000,000 for the final triumph of        Bolshevism in                Russia              .</strong> Other            New York          banking firms also contributed. (<em>New York        Journal-American, </em>February 3, 1949, an article about American      capitalists financing the Russian Revolution)</p>
<p>&#8230;within the next hundred years&#8230;nationhood      as we know it will be obsolete; <strong>all states will recognize a single,        global authority.</strong> (Deputy Secretary of State Strobe      Talbott, “The Birth of the Global Neighborhood<span style="text-decoration: underline;">,</span>” <em>Time Magazine,</em> July 20, 1992)</p>
<p>The gentlemen      whose ideas have been sought are the big manufacturers, the bankers, and the      heads of the great railroad combinations. <strong>The masters        of the government of the       United States       are the combined capitalists and manufacturers of the                 United States              . (</strong><em>The          New Freedom</em> by Woodrow Wilson, 1913, p. 57)</div>
<div class="Section13">
<p>We (the Ford      Foundation) operate here under directives which emanate from the White      House&#8230;The substance of the directives under which we operate is that we      shall use our grant making power to alter life in the United States so that      we can <strong>comfortably be merged with the Soviet Union. (</strong>Rowan      Gaither, President of the Ford Foundation, 1954, to Norman Dodd, chief      investigator of the Reece Committee)</p>
<p>There does      exist, and has existed for a generation, <strong>an international Anglophile        network</strong> which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right      believes the Communists act. In fact, this network,      which we may identify as <strong>the Round Table Groups, </strong>has no aversion to      cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does      so. <strong>I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted to two years, in the early 1960&#8242;s, to examine its papers and secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments&#8230;</strong>I have objected,      both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies&#8230;but in general my      chief difference of opinion is that <strong>it wishes to remain unknown, and I        believe its role in history is significant enough to be known. (</strong><em>Tragedy and Hope, </em>by Carroll Quigley, The Macmillan      Company, New York, 1966, p. 950)</p>
<p>At the end of      the war in 1914, it became clear that this system (Round Table) had to be      greatly extended&#8230;the task was entrusted to Lionel Curtis who established,      in England and each dominion, <strong>a front organization to the existing local        Round Table Group.</strong> <strong>This front organization,          called the Royal Institute of International Affairs, had as its nucleus in          each area the existing submerged Round Table Group.</strong> In            New York          it was known as <strong>the Council on Foreign Relations</strong> and was a front for      J.P. Morgan and Company in association with the very small <strong>American Round        Table Group.</strong><em> </em> (Tragedy and Hope, pp. 951‑952)</p>
<p>In my view, the      Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to <strong>seize        control and consolidate the four centers of power–political, monetary,        intellectual, and ecclesiastical.</strong> All this is to be      done in the interests of creating a more peaceful, more productive world      community&#8230;The entire Trilateral approach is strictly economic&#8230;The      Commission emphasizes the <strong>necessity of eliminating artificial barriers to        world commerce –tariffs, export duties, quotas &#8230;</strong>What it proposes to      substitute is an <strong>international economy managed and controlled by        international monetary groups&#8230;</strong> (With No Apologies, by Barry Goldwater, p. 284)</p>
<p>Daniel Coit Gilman, President of Johns Hopkins      University, imported Wundt psychological methods from      Germany     , then welded education and psychology in the             US          established laboratories, brought these      educational laboratories into major universities and generated 100s of PhDs      to teach the new educational conditioning system. <strong>One        of the first of these Johns                Hopkins              doctorates was John Dewey.</strong> The result we well know. The educational morass of the ‘80s where most kids – not all – can’t      spell, read or write, yet can be programmed in to mass behaviour channels.</p>
<p>(<em>America’s Secret Establishment</em> by Anthony C. Sutton, Liberty House Press, 1986, p. 32)</p>
<p>We are at present working discreetly with all      our might to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty <strong>out or the        clutches of the local nation states of the world. All        the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands&#8230;</strong> (            Arnold          Toynbee, of the Round Table,</p>
<p>June 1931, before the Institute for the Study      of International Affairs in             Copenhagen          )</p>
<p>For more than a century, ideological      extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well‑      publicized incidents to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate      influence they claim we wield over American political and economic      institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working      against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family      and me as &#8216;internationalists&#8217; and of conspiring with others around the world      to build a more integrated global political and economic structure ‑ one      world, if you will. <strong>If that&#8217;s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud        of it.</strong> (David Rockefeller, <em>Memoirs,</em> 2002)</p>
<p>For more than a century, ideological <strong> extremists</strong> at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well      ‑ publicized incidents&#8230;to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate      influence they claim we wield over American political and economic      institutions. Some even believe we are part of a <strong>secret cabal</strong> working      against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family      and me as &#8216;internationalists&#8217; and of <strong>conspiring with others</strong> around      the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure      ‑ one world, if you will. <strong>If that&#8217;s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am        proud of it.</strong> (David Rockefeller, <em>Memoirs,</em> 2002, p.405)</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Religious Arm of the Secret Combination      Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p>Lucifer comes to us to give us the final gift      of wholeness. If we accept it then he is free and we are      free. <strong>That is the Luciferic initiation. </strong>It is one that many people now, and in the days ahead, will be      facing, for it is an <strong>initiation into the New Age.</strong> (<em>Reflections on the Christ </em>by David Spangler, Findhorn Publications,      1977, p. 45)</div>
<div class="Section14">
<p>Lucifer      represents&#8230;Life&#8230;Thought&#8230;Progress&#8230;Civilization&#8230;           Liberty     &#8230;            Independence          . Lucifer is the Logos&#8230;the Serpent, <strong>the Savior.</strong> (<em>The Secret Doctrine</em> by Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, vol. 2, p. 171, 225, 255)</p>
<p>Satan is the son and lord of matter; and the      secondary angels and demons, children of matter. <strong> Satan created and governs the visible world.</strong> (<em>Morals        and Dogma,</em> by Albert Pike, p. 567)</p>
<p>Satan and his rebellious host will thus prove      to have become the direct Saviours and Creators of divine man. Thus Satan,      once he ceases to be viewed in the superstitious spirit of the church, grows      into the grandiose image. <strong>It is Satan who is the God of our planet and        the only God.</strong> Satan (or Lucifer) represents the Centrifugal Energy of      the Universe, this ever‑living symbol of self‑sacrifice for the intellectual      independence of humanity. (Sister H.P. Blavatsky, <em>The        Secret Doctrine</em>, Pages 215, 216, 220, 245, 255, 533)</p>
<p align="left">And      why not follow these <strong>proud</strong> thoughts to their logical conclusion?      Because we know more, because we have worked along sounder lines, than the      mass of those who belong to profane groups, it is almost inevitable that we      should take over their leadership. &#8230;<strong>I am perfectly well aware that we        do, discreetly, form the elite in all the big social and political parties,        and that thus we are sure of being able to control their policy. It is our        duty&#8230;to make sure that we control the politicians who are elected, that we        right their wrongs, and show them their mistakes, and reproach them for what        they have failed to do. In a word, Freemasonry should be the ‘politician&#8217;s        conscience’.</strong> (<em>Convent of the Grand Orient,</em> by      Brother Regis, Freemason, 1928,p.256)</p>
<p align="left">First      Conjuration Addressed to Emperor Lucifer. Emperor Lucifer, Master and Prince      of Rebellious Spirits, <strong>I adjure thee to leave thine abode, in what‑ever        quarter of the world it may be situated and come hither to communicate with        me.</strong> I command and I conjure thee in the Name of the Mighty Living God,      Father, Son and Holy Ghost, to appear without noise&#8230;(<em>The Book Of Black        Magic</em> by Illustrious Arthur Edward Waite 33°,          p. 244)</p>
<p align="left">That      which we say to the crowd is ‘we worship God’¼The        religion should be, by all us initiates of the high degrees, maintained in        the purity of the Lucifer doctrine¼<strong>Yes!          Lucifer is God.</strong> (Albert Pike (Grand Master of US Freemasonry, Head of the Illuminati. From a            Letter to the Palladian Councils, July 14 1889)</p>
<p align="left">
<p align="left"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Education  Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p align="left">Fundamental      Bible-believing people do not have the right to <strong>indoctrinate their        children in their religious beliefs</strong> because we, the state, are preparing      them for the year 2000, when             America          will be part of a one-world global      society and their children <strong>will not fit in. (</strong>Nebraska      State Senator Peter Hoagland, speaking on radio in 1983.</p>
<p align="left">Faith      in the prayer-hearing God is an unproved and outmoded faith. <strong>There is no God and there is no soul. Hence,        there are no needs for the props of traditional religion.</strong> With dogma and creed excluded, the immutable truth is also dead and      buried. <strong>There is no room for fixed, natural law or        moral absolutes. (</strong>John Dewey, father of progressive      education, <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Soul Searching</span><em>,, Teacher Magazine, </em>September 1933, p.33)</p>
<p align="left">&#8230;the      marvelous development of progressive education ideas&#8230;under the fostering      care of the Bolshevist government&#8230;The task of the school [in the U.S.S.R.] is <strong>to counteract and transform those domestic        neighborhood tendencies&#8230;the influence of home and Church&#8230;The institution        of the family is being sapped indirectly&#8230;All sorts of groups are        instituted that militate against the primary social importance of the family        unit. (</strong>John Dewey in <em>The New Republic,</em> December 5, 1928)</p>
<p align="left">There      are legions of conspirators&#8230;Of the Aquarian conspirators surveyed, more      were <strong>involved in education than any other single category of work&#8230;</strong>A      major ambition of the curriculum is autonomy. This is      based on the belief that if our children are to be free, they must be free <strong>even from us–from our limiting beliefs. </strong>(<em>The        Aquarian Conspiracy </em>by Marilyn Ferguson, J.P. Tarcher, Inc., 1980,      pp.24, 280)</p>
<p align="left">Every      child in            America          entering school at the age of five is <strong>insane</strong> because he comes to      school with certain allegiances toward our founding fathers, toward our      elected officials, toward his parents, toward a belief in a supernatural      being, toward the sovereignty of this nation as a separate entity. It’s up to you as teachers to make all of these <strong>sick children        well, by creating the international children of the future.</strong> (Dr. C.M. Pierce of Harvard University in a speech to teachers, 1973)</p>
<p align="left">
</div>
<div class="Section15">
<p align="left"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Foundations Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p align="left">The      result&#8230;of the network in which [the tax exempt] foundations have played      such a significant role seems to have provided this country [with] a      national system of education under the <strong>tight control of organizations and        persons little known to the American public</strong>&#8230;The foundations are      fostering under the guise of public spirited largesse a theory and      philosophy totally diverse from that of the Founding Fathers&#8230;<strong>Wealth        controls culture. Since their inception the foundations        have used their wealth to change American culture to one of collectivism.</strong> (Norman Dodd, Chief Investigator for the Reece Committee, 1953-54)</p>
<p align="left">We (the Ford      Foundation) operate here under directives which emanate from the White      House&#8230;The substance of the directives under which we operate is that we      shall use our grant making power to alter life in the United States so that      we can <strong>comfortably be merged with the Soviet Union. (</strong>Rowan      Gaither, President of the Ford Foundation, 1954, to Norman Dodd, chief      investigator of the power of foundations of the Reece Committee for the      House of Representatives.)</p>
<p align="left">
<p align="left"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Socialism, Big Government Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p align="left">I don’t know what I believe any more. I thought I was the classical liberal, and God knows I still am in the matter of racial equality, but I’m certainly not an economic one (i.e., economic liberal) anymore. Back in ‘37 or ‘38, I felt the government was the answer to all our problems. But the Federal Government, I’ve concluded, is now <strong>an insufferable jungle of self-serving bureaucracies.</strong> (Chet Huntley, quoted in Life Magazine, July 17, 1970, p. 36)</p>
<p align="left">The      national budget must be balanced. The public debt must be reduced; the      arrogance of the authorities must be moderated and controlled. Payments to      foreign governments must be reduced, <strong>if the nation doesn&#8217;t want to go        bankrupt.</strong> People must again learn to work, <strong>instead of living on          public assistance.</strong> (Marcus Tullius Cicero, 55 B.C.)</p>
<p align="left">The      biggest problem facing             America          today is that no one looks to      freedom as a solution to problems anymore. They look to      government. (Glenn Kimber)</p>
<p align="left">While he was a      congressman, New York Mayor Ed Koch voted for nearly every social and      welfare proposal offered. Now, having watched these      programs up close, Koch says he was wrong. He was quoted      in the <em>Christian Inquirer</em> Jan. 1980: “I was dumb. We all were. I voted for so much crap. Who knew? We got carried away with what the      sociologists were telling us&#8230;<strong>we have permitted a small number of        people, generally gifted, to dominate the society. This        was their view. It was never the majority view.”</strong> (<em>Spotlight,</em> March 10, 1980)</p>
<p align="left">Norman Thomas was the Socialist Party Candidate for President in 1928 and for &#8230;the next twenty years. However, he never received more than 190,000 votes because he ran on the Socialist ticket and Americans have always despised socialism&#8230;Unfortunately&#8230;they [couldn’t] recognize socialist principles if they bore no label&#8230;So the last several administrations&#8230;restructure[d] the country on socialist lines without Americans realizing it&#8230;In the Congressional Record, April 17, 1958 (p. A-3080) Thomas said: <strong>“The United States is making greater strides        toward Socialism under Eisenhower than even under Roosevelt, particularly in        the fields of Federal spending and welfare legislation.”</strong><em> </em>(<em>The Naked Capitalist</em>, W. Cleon Skousen)</p>
<p align="left">No      matter how well-intentioned a federal program; no matter how honorable and      patriotic the people who support and administer it; no matter how <strong>big a        majority of the citizens themselves may want the program–</strong>when our      federal government does something which it has <strong>no constitutional grant or        power to do, our government is a dictatorship&#8230;.every government permitted        to become a dictatorship must ultimately resort to the same brutal tactics        that the Soviets use to maintain what they regard as their own ‘good’        dictatorship of the proletariat.</strong> (<em>The Dan Smoot          Report,</em> January 6, 1964)</p>
<p align="left">Americans have always been committed to taking care of the poor, aged, and      unemployed. We’ve done this on the basis of Judaic‑Christianbeliefs      and humanitarian principles. It has been fundamental to      our way of life that charity must be voluntary if it is to be charity. <strong>Compulsory benevolence is not charity.</strong> Today’s egalitarians are using the federal government to redistribute wealth      in our society, not as a matter of voluntary charity, but as a matter of      right. One HEW official said, “In this country, welfare      is no longer charity, <strong>it is a right.</strong> More and more Americans feel that their government owes them something.” (“The American Free Enterprise System,” by President Ezra Taft Benson, Logan  Utah          , May 6, 1977)</p>
<p align="left">
</div>
<div class="Section16">
<p align="left"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Transnational      Corporations</span></strong></p>
<p align="left">The      Declaration of Independence in 1776 freed the colonists not only from      British rule, but from the rule of&#8230;corporations. For      nearly 100 years afterwards, the citizens of the             United States          were profoundly suspicious of      corporate power. Corporate charters were created by      individual states as a legal convenience, and <strong>were dissolved if they        violated those charters. Corporations were not allowed        to participate in the political process, could not buy stock in other        corporations, and were automatically destroyed out of hand if they were        deemed to be behaving contrary to the public trust&#8230;</strong>they were      subservient to the rule of the people.<strong> (“</strong>Freedom      Incorporated,” by William Rivers Pitt, Truthout | Perspective, June 21, 2004.)</p>
<p align="left">A few years      ago, Ralph Nader wrote to the executives of 100 giant             U.S.          corporations, suggesting how they might show their loyalty to “the country      that bred them, built them, subsidized them and defended them.” Nader      suggested that at their annual stockholders meetings, they should begin with      a <strong>pledge of allegiance to the flag!</strong></p>
<p align="left">Only one      company responded favorably. Half didn’t respond at all, As for the rest, it      was like throwing gasoline on a small fire. Many sent back angry letters      declaring that they were not American companies at all. <strong>Motorola</strong> denounced the request as “political and nationalistic.” Other companies      likened the idea to loyalty oaths of the McCarthy era.</p>
<p align="left">In 1997 the      head of <strong>Boeing</strong> [aircraft] told one interviewer he would be delighted      if, in twenty years, no one thought of Boeing as an American company. Phil      Condit, CEO, said he wanted to “rid Boeing of its image as an American      group.”</p>
<p align="left">In the 1970’s,      Carl Gerstacker of <strong>Dow</strong> said, “I have long dreamed of buying an island      owned by no nation and of establishing the World Headquarters of the Dow      Company on the truly neutral ground of such an island, beholden to no nation      or society.” A spokesman for <strong>Union Carbide</strong> agreed: “It is not proper      for an international corporation to put the welfare of any country in which      it does business above that of any other.”</p>
<p align="left">Early in the      1970’s, Zbignew Brzezinski, who became Jimmy Carter’s National Security      Adviser, wrote, “A global consciousness is for the first time beginning to      manifest itself&#8230;<strong>we are witnessing the emergence of transnational        elites&#8230;composed of international businessmen, scholars, professional men        and public officials.</strong> The ties of these new elites cut across national      boundaries, their perspectives are not confined by national traditions..and      their interests are more functional than national.” (Pat      Buchanan, from a speech in 1998)</p>
<p align="left">
<p align="left"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Miscellaneous Quotations</span></strong></p>
<p align="left">In any      struggle, it is essential to know&#8230;what you are fighting <em>for</em> and      what you are fighting <em>against.</em> If knowledge of the former is lacking, the will to win will be absent. If knowledge of the latter is absent, confusion and uncertainty will result. (J. Edgar Hoover)</p>
<p align="left">Today Americans      would be outraged if U.N. troops entered             Los Angeles          [this was during the Rodney King riots] to restore order; <strong>tomorrow they        will be grateful.</strong> This is especially true if they      were told there was an outside threat from beyond, <strong>whether real or        promulgated,</strong> that threatened our very existence. <strong> It is then that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to          deliver them from this evil&#8230;</strong>When presented with this scenario, <strong> individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their            well being granted them by their world government. (</strong>Henry      Kissinger at            Evian       ,        France          , May 21, 1992, Bilderbergers. His speech was taped by a Swiss delegate.)</p>
<p align="left">The      interests behind the Bush Administration, such as the CFR, the Trilateral      Commission, founded by Brzezinski for David Rockefeller, and the      Bilderberger Group, have prepared for and are now moving to implement <strong> open world dictatorship within the next five years. They        are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting        against citizens. (</strong>Dr. Johannes B. Koeppl, former      German defense ministry official)</p>
<p align="left">We are      on the verge of a global transformation, <strong>all we need is the right major        crisis</strong> and the nations will accept the New World Order. (David Rockefeller)</p>
<p align="left">Quis      custodiet ipsos custodes? Who watches the watchmen? (Juvenal Satires, VI, 347)</p>
</div>
<div class="Section17">
<p align="left">With      financial support from <strong>Lord Rothschild</strong> and Alfred Beit, [Rhodes] was      able to monopolize the diamond mines of South Africa&#8230;his purposes centered      on his desire to federate the English-speaking peoples and to <strong>bring all the habitable portions of the world under their control. For this purpose Rhodes left part of his great fortune to found the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford</strong> in order to spread the English ruling class      tradition throughout the world&#8230; (<em>Tragedy and Hope</em> by Carroll Quigley, pp. 130-131)</p>
<p align="left">Treaties make      international law and also make domestic law. Under our      Constitution, treaties become the supreme law of the land&#8230;<strong>Treaty law        can override the Constitution. Treaties for example,        &#8230;can cut across the rights given people by the Constitutional Bill of        Rights.</strong> (John Foster Dulles, Secretary of State,      April 11, 1952)</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/quotations-from-lectures-on-secret-combinations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Our Awful Situation &#8211; Secret Combinations Above Us (PDF)</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/our-awful-situation-secret-combinations-above-us-pdf/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/our-awful-situation-secret-combinations-above-us-pdf/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 06:44:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LatterdayConservative.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Other]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[YouTube]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awake and arise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awful situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gadianton robbers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quotes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Secret Combinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret society]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp/?p=540</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The following is a link to an excellent PDF presentation: Our Awful Situation &#8211; Secret Combinations Above Us. Our Awful Situation &#8211; Secret Combinations Above Us (PDF) To Download right click and choose &#8220;save as&#8221;, or just click to open. Also, watch the video version: Part 1: Part 2: Part 3: Part 4:]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>The following is a link to an excellent PDF presentation: Our Awful Situation &#8211; Secret Combinations Above Us.</em></p>
<p><a title="Our Awful Situation - Secret Combinations Above Us (PDF)" href="../../docs/our-awful-situation-secret-combinations-above-us.pdf" target="_blank">Our Awful Situation &#8211; Secret Combinations Above Us (PDF)</a></p>
<p>To Download right click and choose &#8220;save as&#8221;, or just click to open.</p>
<p>Also, watch the video version:</p>
<p>Part 1:<br />
<iframe src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/1jP3KTkb39Y" frameborder="0" width="555" height="446"></iframe><br />
Part 2:<br />
<iframe src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/5Nz2gJrl3Xg" frameborder="0" width="555" height="446"></iframe><br />
Part 3:<br />
<iframe src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/11URMZHcIaM" frameborder="0" width="555" height="446"></iframe><br />
Part 4:<br />
<iframe src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/JSyzUDplJA4" frameborder="0" width="555" height="446"></iframe></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/our-awful-situation-secret-combinations-above-us-pdf/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Our Awful Situation</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/our-awful-situation/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/our-awful-situation/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 06:37:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>LatterdayConservative.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Other]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awake and arise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[awful situation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gadianton robbers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quotes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Secret Combinations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret society]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.latterdayconservative.com/wp/?p=535</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Our Awful Situation, a compilation of quotes. Compiler: John A. Coltharp. 1. Joseph Smith, Jr., President of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, in The Doctrine and Covenants (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 1981), section 123, verses 12–15, p. 245; italics added There are many yet on [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Our Awful Situation, a compilation of quotes. Compiler: John A. Coltharp.<span id="more-535"></span></em></p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr valign="top">
<td style="padding: 5px 0px 0px;" colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">1.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Smith, Jr., President of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, in <em>The Doctrine and Covenants</em> (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 1981), section 123, verses 12–15, p. 245; italics added</strong></p>
<p>There are many yet on the earth among all sects, parties, and denominations, who are blinded by the subtle craftiness of men, whereby they lie in wait to deceive, and who are only kept from the truth because they know not where to find it—therefore, that we should waste and wear out our lives in bringing to light all the <em>hidden things of darkness,</em> wherein we know them; and they are truly manifest from heaven—these should then be attended to with great earnestness. Let no man count them as small things; for there is much which lieth in futurity, pertaining to the saints, which depends upon these things.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">2.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>“The Coming Crisis—How to Meet It,” <em>Millennial Star,</em> vol. 15, no. 18 (Liverpool: S. W. Richards, 30 Apr. 1853), pp. 273–274</strong></p>
<p>A great and awful crisis is at hand—such a crisis was never known before since the foundation of the world. . . .</p>
<p>The time is coming, and now is, when, not only God, the Highest of all, shall be revealed in spirit and in mighty power, but the Devil or Satan also, will be revealed in signs and wonders and in mighty deeds! This, reader, is the great key to all the marvelous events that are to transpire shortly upon the earth. . . .</p>
<p>[Satan] has made some manifestations of his power in different periods of the world, but never before has there been such an array of numbers on his side, never before such a consolidation of armies and rulers, never before has there been such an imposing and overwhelming exhibition of miracles as Satan will shortly make manifest. . . . He it is that will head the opposition against God and His Christ. And he, the son of perdition it is, that will be allowed a much longer chain than heretofore. And such will be the greatness of his power, that it will seem to many that he is entirely loose. He will be so far unshackled and unchained that his power will deceive all nations, even the world. And the elect will barely escape the power of his sorceries, enchantments, and miracles! . . .</p>
<p>It is not to be expected that Satan will carry on his great warfare against Christ and his Saints by means of any one religion exclusively. . . . But the great and abominable Church which you should expect to encounter is Anti-Christ. Whatever exalts and opposes itself to God, that is Anti-Christ, whether it is a civil or religious power. . . . It is a great mistake to suppose that Satan is altogether a religious personage. No, far from this. He is a politician, a philosopher, an erudite scholar, a linguist, a metaphysician, a military commander, a prince, a god, a necromancer, an enchanter, a diviner, a magician, a sorcerer, a prophet, and (if it were not railing) a clergyman and a liar from the beginning. With these universal endowments, he has never hitherto made a full and grand exhibition of himself, as it remains for him to do. . . . His signs and tokens are as ancient as the apostasy of Cain, and as varied as will suit the secret designs of all ages. . . .</p>
<p>Now there is a greater destruction coming upon the wicked nations of the earth, than was even experienced by Pharaoh at the Red Sea. But before that destruction can be made manifest, men’s hearts will be hardened, and wickedness will rise to a more over-towering height than many bygone generations have been allowed to witness. . . . The Devil in the last stage of desperation, will take such a pre-eminent lead in literature, politics, philosophy, and religion; in wars, famines, pestilences, earthquakes, thunderings and lightnings, setting cities in conflagration, etc., that mighty kings and powerful nations will be constrained to fall down and worship him. For his signs and wonders will be among all nations. Men will be raised for the express purpose of furthering the designs and marvelous works of the devil.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">3.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, President of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, “May the Kingdom of God Go Forth,” <em>Ensign,</em> vol. 8, no. 5 (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, May 1978), pp. 32–33</strong></p>
<p>We may not be too far from the day prophesied by Heber C. Kimball, grandfather of President Spencer W. Kimball and member of the First Presidency. He said:</p>
<p>“The Saints will be put to tests that will try the integrity of the best of them. The pressure will become so great that the more righteous among them will cry unto the Lord day and night until deliverance comes.” (“Prophecy of Heber C. Kimball,” <em>Deseret</em><em> News,</em> Church Section, May 23, 1931, p. 3.)</p>
<p>But remember the Lord has said in modern revelation, “If ye are prepared ye shall not fear.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/38/30#30" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 38:30" target="_dc3830">D&amp;C 38:30</a>.) Are we prepared? God help us to be so for the tests of the days ahead.</p>
<p>With these prophetic warnings and assurances before us and evidences of evil increasing, Church members are asking: “Why is not the Church doing more to expose the evils of our society?” “Is there a great conspiracy?” “What can I do to fight false philosophies which have crept into our school systems and society in general?” . . .</p>
<p>The Church will always stand for that which is honest, virtuous, true and praiseworthy. Such a pronounced stand <em>for</em> righteousness constitutes a repudiation <em>against</em> every evil and all false philosophies. The First Presidency and the Twelve are not oblivious to false philosophies and evils and will continue to warn the world and the Saints as the Lord directs.</p>
<p>Yes, there is a conspiracy of evil. The source of it all is Satan and his hosts. He has a great power over men to “lead them captive at his will, even as many as would not hearken” to the voice of the Lord. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/moses/4/4#4" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Moses 4:4" target="_moses44">Moses 4:4</a>.) His evil influence may be manifest through governments; through false educational, political, economic, religious, and social philosophies; through secret societies and organizations; and through myriads of other forms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">4.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, “Listen to a Prophet’s Voice,” <em>Ensign,</em> vol. 3, no. 1 (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, Jan. 1973), p. 59</strong></p>
<p>Are you concerned about the increasing subversion in this blessed country, and other countries of the free world, and the spread of wickedness by a giant conspiracy? Would you be interested in reading the Book of Mormon, which records the downfall of two great ancient American civilizations as a result of internal secret conspiracies and contains a warning to us today that when we see these conditions in our midst, the Lord commands us to awake to our awful situation? With the increasing amount of aid and trade that we are providing the enemy of freedom, you might be interested to know what the Book of Mormon says will happen to a nation that upholds this conspiracy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">5.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>“The Book of Ether,” chapter 8 heading, <em>The Book of Mormon</em> (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 1981), p. 500</strong></p>
<p>Modern Gentiles are warned against the secret combination which shall seek to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">6.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Moroni, an ancient prophet, “The Book of Ether,” chapter 8, verses 18–26, <em>The Book of Mormon</em> (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 1981), pp. 501–2; italics added</strong></p>
<p>And now I, Moroni, do not write the manner of their oaths and combinations, for it hath been made known unto me that they are had among all people, and they are had among the Lamanites.</p>
<p>And they have caused the destruction of this people of whom I am now speaking, and also the destruction of the people of Nephi.</p>
<p>And whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret combinations, to get power and gain, until they shall spread over the nation, behold, they shall be destroyed; for the Lord will not suffer that the blood of his saints, which shall be shed by them, shall always cry unto him from the ground for vengeance upon them and yet he avenge them not.</p>
<p>Wherefore, O ye Gentiles, it is wisdom in God that these things should be shown unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not that these murderous combinations shall get above you, which are built up to get power and gain and the work, yea, even the work of destruction come upon you, yea, even the sword of the justice of the Eternal God shall fall upon you, to your overthrow and destruction if ye shall suffer these things to be.</p>
<p>Wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you; or wo be unto it, because of the blood of them who have been slain; for they cry from the dust for vengeance upon it, and also upon those who built it up.</p>
<p>For it cometh to pass that whoso buildeth it up seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries; and it bringeth to pass the destruction of all people, for it is built up by the devil, who is the father of all lies; even that same liar who beguiled our first parents, yea, even that same liar who hath caused man to commit murder from the beginning; who hath hardened the hearts of men that they have murdered the prophets, and stoned them, and cast them out from the beginning.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">7.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, President of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, “I Testify,” <em>Ensign,</em> vol. 18, no. 11 (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, Nov. 1988), p. 87</strong></p>
<p>I testify that wickedness is rapidly expanding in every segment of our society. (See <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/1/14-16#14" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 1:14&ndash;16" target="_dc114-16">D&amp;C 1:14&ndash;16</a>; <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/84/49-53#49" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 84:49&ndash;53" target="_dc8449-53">D&amp;C 84:49&ndash;53</a>.) It is more highly organized, more cleverly disguised, and more powerfully promoted than ever before. Secret combinations lusting for power, gain, and glory are flourishing. A secret combination that seeks to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries is increasing its evil influence and control over America and the entire world. (See <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/18-25#18" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:18&ndash;25" target="_ether818-25">Ether 8:18&ndash;25</a>.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">8.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Boyd K. Packer, Acting President of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, in a devotional entitled “On the Shoulders of Giants,” given to the Brigham Young University J. Reuben Clark Law Society, 28 February 2004</strong></p>
<p>To President [J. Reuben] Clark criticism seemed to be an inescapable accompaniment of the doing of righteousness. He once wrote:</p>
<p>“It seems sometimes as if the darkness that surrounds us is all but impenetrable. I can see on all sides the signs of one great evil master mind working for the overturning of our civilization, the destruction of religion, the reduction of men to the status of animals. This mind is working here and there and everywhere.” . . .</p>
<p>When Moroni was translating the twenty-four gold plates, he interrupted his narrative to speak directly to us in our day. He told of the Gadiantons and their bands . . . :</p>
<p>“Wherefore, O ye Gentiles [that is us], it is wisdom in God that these things should be shown unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not that these murderous combinations shall get above you, &#8230;</p>
<p>“[He then warned us in unmistakable plainness]: Wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you;” . . .</p>
<p>The present major political debate centers on values and morals and the Constitution. . . .</p>
<p>We may one day stand alone, but we will not change or lower our standards or change our course.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">9.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Message of the First Presidency, in Conference Report, October 1942, p. 13</strong></p>
<p>[Satan] plans to destroy liberty and freedom—economic, political, and religious, and to set up in place thereof the greatest, most widespread, and most complete tyranny that has ever oppressed men. He is working under such perfect disguise that many do not recognize either him or his methods.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">10.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator William Jenner, speaking in support of the Bricker Amendment, <em>Congressional Record </em>(1954)</strong></p>
<p>Today the path to total dictatorship in the United States can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and unheard by Congress, the President, or the people. . . . We have a well-organized political-action group in this country, determined to destroy our Constitution and establish a one-party state. . . . [It has a] foothold within our Government, and its own propaganda apparatus. . . . One may call this group by many names. Some people call it socialism, some communism, some collectivism. I prefer to call it “democratic centralism.” . . . The important point to remember about this group is not its ideology, but its organization. It is a dynamic, aggressive, elite corps, forcing its way through every opening, to make a breach for a collectivist one-party state. It operates secretly, silently, continuously to transform our Government without our suspecting the change is under way. . . . This secret revolutionary corps understands well the power to influence the people . . . by an elegant form of brainwashing. . . . We see this, for example, in the innocent use of words like “democracy” in place of “representative government.” . . . It conducts tactical retreats but only the more surely to advance its own secret goal. . . . I know . . . of the Alger Hisses who planned it that way. . . . Dr. Wirt, of my state, told us in 1934 that the plans were all drawn, the timetable established. . . . The revolutionary cabal and its allies . . . designed the overall strategy. They broke the whole up into precisely measured parts and carefully timed moves, which appeared to be wholly unrelated. . . . Someone, somewhere, conceived the brilliant strategy of revolution by assembly line. The pattern for total revolution was divided into separate parts, each of them as innocent, safe and familiar looking as possible. But . . . when the parts of a design are carefully cut to exact size, to fit other parts with a perfect fit in the final assembly, the parts must be made according to a blueprint drawn up in exact detail. The men who make the blueprints know exactly what the final product is to be. . . . This assembly line revolution is like a time-bomb. . . . It is ready to go off, but it is not going to be set off until the time is ripe, until a switch is pulled. The switch is not to be pulled until the American people are conditioned or convinced that resistance is hopeless.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">11.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Marilyn Ferguson, member of the Association of Humanistic Psychology, the Association of Transpersonal Psychology, and is a member of the board of directors of the Institute of Noetic Science, <em>The Open Conspiracy: Blue Prints for a World Revolution: The Aquarian Conspiracy</em> (1980)</strong></p>
<p>While outlining a not-yet-titled book about the emerging social alternatives, I thought again about the peculiar form of this movement; its atypical leadership, the patient intensity of its adherents, their unlikely successes. It suddenly struck me that in their sharing of strategies, their linkage, and their recognition of each other by subtle signals, the participants were not merely cooperating with one another. They were in collusion. It—this movement—is a conspiracy! . . .</p>
<p>There are legions of conspirators. They are in corporations, universities, and hospitals, on the faculties of public schools, in factories and doctors’ offices, in state and federal agencies, on city councils, and the White House staff, in state legislatures, in volunteer organizations, in virtually all arenas of policy making in the country.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">12.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>William H. McIlhany, “Two Centuries of Intrigue,” <em>The New American,</em> vol. 12, no. 19 (Appleton: American Opinion Publishing Incorporated, 16 Sep. 1996), pp. 35–37</strong></p>
<p>Down through the ages there have been many secret societies and conspiratorial movements that had as their goals the absolute overthrow of all existing governments, and the final destruction of all religion. . . .</p>
<p>Adam Weishaupt, a professor of Canon Law at the University of Ingolstadt (in Bavaria, Germany) established a continuing organizational structure to direct the worldwide attack on religion and monarchy—a structure which would, he hoped, eventually rule the world. The organization Weishaupt founded on May 1, 1776 was called the Order of the Illuminati.</p>
<p>Weishaupt planned for the Order to maintain publicly the image of a charitable and philanthropic organization. It was this image which attracted many German educators and Protestant clergymen to the Order. When they joined they were convinced that the goal of the Order was the purest form of Christianity, to make of all mankind “one happy and prosperous family.” Once enlisted as novices or “Minervals” in the Order, those who were prepared for deeper commitment were allowed to advance to the rank of Illuminatus Minor, where they were told that the only obstruction to the Order’s goal of universal happiness was the power being held by the religious and governmental institutions of the world. Accordingly, the leaders of these institutions—monarchs (or future monarchs) and clergymen—had either to be brought under the control of the Order or destroyed. If such a prospect frightened the new Illuminatus Minor, he was kept inactive at this level until his ethnical concepts were altered.</p>
<p>As Weishaupt stated, “These [ruling] powers are despots when they do not conduct themselves by its [the Order’s] principles; and it is therefore our duty to surround them with its members, so that the profane may have no access to them. Thus we are able most powerfully to promote its [the Order’s] interests. If any person is more disposed to listen to Princes than to the Order, he is not fit for it, and must rise no higher. We must do our utmost to procure the advancement of Illuminati into all important civil offices.”</p>
<p>After the candidate had proven his absolute devotion to the secrets of the Order, he was allowed to enter the top-level circle of initiates as an Illuminatus Major, just below the position of Rex held by Weishaupt. By now, all conventional idealism had been purged from the candidate and he was told about the real objectives of the Order: rule of the world, to be accomplished after the destruction of all existing governments and religions. He was now required to take an oath which bound his every thought and action, and his fate, to the administration of his superiors in the Order.</p>
<p>But Weishaupt did not simply rely on the sincerity of his disciples. He set up an elaborate spy network so that all members would constantly be checking on the loyalty of each other. The secret police of the Order killed anyone who tried to inform the authorities about the conspiracy. This band was known as the “Insinuating Brethren” and had as its insignia an all-seeing eye.</p>
<p>The structure of the Order was pyramidal, with Weishaupt at the top. Beneath him were two or three immediate subordinates, each of whom had three men under his orders; each of those three had several men who carried out his dictates; and so on. In their correspondence, Illuminists were required to use code names for themselves. Weishaupt called himself Spartacus; others were Cato, Marius, Brutus, Pythagoras, Socrates, and Hannibal. Weishaupt, who had been raised and educated by the Jesuits before rebelling against them, adopted much of the organizational system of the Jesuits for his Order.</p>
<p>As a reward for selling himself totally to the Order, the top-level Illuminatus (of which there were few) was granted all the material and sensual benefits that could possibly be obtained. Weishaupt intended that “the power of the Order must be turned to the advantage of its members. All must be assisted. They must be preferred to all persons otherwise of equal merit. Money, services, honor, goods, and blood must be expended for the fully proved brethren.” This intricate conspiratorial structure among the economic, social, political, and cultural elite in Bavaria was tremendously successful: Within two years after the founding of the Order, all but two of the professorial chairs at the University of Ingolstadt were held by members of the Order. Furthermore, it is estimated that before 1789 there were at least 2,000 members of the Order in the German-speaking lands. many of these were ministers, lawyers, doctors, and even a few princes. None were members of the lower classes, the agricultural working masses, or the serfs. The influence of the Order on German education and the German clergy was devastating. By 1800 many German ministers no longer believed the basic tenets of Christian doctrine. They had been converted to the worship of “reason.”</p>
<p>The original writings of the Order included detailed instructions for fomenting hatred and bloodshed between different racial, religious, and ethnic groups—and even between the sexes. The idea of promoting hatred between children and their parents was introduced. There were even instructions about the kinds of buildings to be burned in urban insurrections. In short, virtually every tactic employed by 20th-century subversives was planned and written down by Adam Weishaupt over 200 years ago.</p>
<p>It was not until the summer of 1782 that the Order really began to grow in power and influence outside Bavaria. Having already contemplated the possibility of infiltrating the freemasonic bodies of Western Europe and then taking control of them, Weishaupt and his brilliant disciple, Baron Adolf von Knigge (Philo), at last had their chance. During that summer, leaders and delegates of the continental European freemasonic bodies met in a congress held in Wilhelmsbad. Acting as Weishaupt’s agent, von Knigge joined them and offered enticing promises of the secrets that the Illuminati had to offer.</p>
<p>Von Knigge persuaded many of the German and French delegates to join Weishaupt’s movement, and they extended the influence of the Order into their individual lodges. The two leaders of German freemasonry, Duke Ferdinand of Brunswick and Prince Karl of Hesse, joined the Order, thus bringing the whole of German freemasonry under the control of the Illuminati.</p>
<p>Another important new disciple was the French Count Honoré Gabriel Mirabeau, who was brought into the Order while in Germany and who was chosen to take Weishaupt’s system to France. Among Mirabeau’s most important recruits were the Duke of Orléans (Philippe Egalité), Brissot, Condercet, Savalette, Grégoire, Garat, Pétion, Babeuf, Barnave, Sieyes, Saint-Just, Desmoulins, Hébert, Santerre, Danton, Marat, Chenier, and just about every other leader in the impending French Revolution. . . .</p>
<p>The French Revolution was not a spontaneous uprising of the oppressed masses. . . . The upheaval was not a chance event, but an orchestrated effort to create a new political order.</p>
<p>The siege of the Bastille on July 14, 1789, an event which has been persistently misrepresented and romanticized, was an excellent example of how the Illuminati stage-managed the events of the French Revolution. . . .</p>
<p>Not surprisingly, the clergy was singled out as an object of relentless persecution and eventual extermination. Churches were profaned and prostitutes were worshiped on their altars. The campaign to de-Christianize France included even the creation of a new calendar stripped of religious significance. Assaults were mounted against religious education, and the first conscription for military service was put into effect.</p>
<p>The rule of civil government and authority in Paris dropped to an unprecedented low during the Reign of Terror which began in 1794. . . .</p>
<p>Just before his execution in 1794, the Illuminist Robespierre, who had presided over much of the Terror, advocated the systematic extermination of 15 million Frenchmen so that the remaining food supplies would be adequate. Although this prototype ecological “depopulation” program was not fully implemented, the Terror did extinguish the lives of at least 3000,000 Frenchmen—297,000 of whom were members of the middle and lower agricultural and working classes. As always, the “people’s revolution” primarily victimized its alleged beneficiaries. . . .</p>
<p>The U.S. was established as a constitutional republic in 1789, the same year the Illuminati’s devastation of France began. Shortly thereafter, agents of the Illuminati, such as French agitator Edward Genet, began organizing insurrectionary and secessionist movements to destroy the American Republic. There efforts were delayed by widespread public exposure, thanks in no small measure to George Washington, who condemned “the nefarious, and dangerous plan, and doctrines of the Illuminati&#8230;.” Another memorable warning was offered in a July 4, 1799 address by Timothy Dwight, president of Yale College.</p>
<p>By 1815, Weishaupt’s ambassadors had begun to extend their influence into many parts of the world beyond Bavaria and France. Among the personages and organizations responsible for extending the Illuminati’s infiltration and power throughout Europe were Filippo Michele Buonarroti and his <em>Sublimes Maitres Parfaits</em> (Sublime Perfect Masters), and Louis Auguste Blanqui and the <em>Société des Saisons</em> (Society of the Seasons). Those two branches of the Illuminati formed the source of the League of the Just, which commissioned Karl Marx to write the <em>Communist Manifesto</em> in 1848. Following publication of the <em>Manifesto,</em> the League of the Just changed its name to the Communist League. The Illuminists provided the unseen hand behind the staged communist revolts of 1848, which convulsed France, Austria-Hungary, and Russia. This inaugurated the era of communist subversion, infiltration, and control of governments across the globe—an era which has not ended, contrary to “polite” opinion.</p>
<p>As James H. Billington, a respected scholar who is now the Librarian of Congress, illustrates in his exhaustively documented 1980 study <em>Fire in the Minds of Men: The Origins of the Revolutionary Faith,</em> it is from “Bavarian Illuminism” that “the modern revolutionary tradition” descends. Among the subversive and revolutionary 19th and early 20th century movements created by the Illuminati (primarily through European Grand Orient freemasonry, not British and American freemasonry) were the Marxian and “utopian” socialist movements; anarchism; syndicalism; Pan Slavism; Irish, Italian and German “nationalism”; German Imperialism; the Paris Commune; British “New Imperialism”; Fabian Socialism; and Leninist Bolshevism.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">13.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Timothy Dwight, President of Yale University, 4 July 1798, “The Duty of Americans, At the Present Crisis,” <em>Political Sermons of the American Founding Era: 1730-1805,</em> 2nd Edition (Indianapolis: Liberty Fund, 1998), vol. 2, part 5.</strong></p>
<p>Doctor Adam Weishaupt, professor of the canon law in the University of Ingolstadt, a city of Bavaria (in Germany) formed, about the year 1777, the order of Illuminati. This order is professedly a higher order of Masons, originated by himself, and grafted on ancient Masonic institutions. The secrecy, solemnity, mysticism, and correspondence of Masonry, were in this new order preserved and enhanced; while the ardor of innovation, the impatience of civil and moral restraints, and the aims against government, morals, and religion, were elevated, expanded, and rendered more systematical, malignant, and daring.</p>
<p>In the societies of Illuminati doctrines were taught, which strike at the root of all human happiness and virtue; and every such doctrine was either expressly or implicitly involved in their system.</p>
<p>The being of God was denied and ridiculed.</p>
<p>Government was asserted to be a curse, and authority a mere usurpation.</p>
<p>Civil society was declared to be the only apostasy of man.</p>
<p>The possession of property was pronounced to be robbery.</p>
<p>Chastity and natural affection were declared to be nothing more than groundless prejudices.</p>
<p>Adultery, assassination, poisoning, and other crimes of the like infernal nature, were taught as lawful, and even as virtuous actions.</p>
<p>To crown such a system of falsehood and horror all means were declared to be lawful, provided the end was good.</p>
<p>In this last doctrine men are not only loosed from every bond, and from every duty; but from every inducement to perform any thing which is good, and, abstain from any thing which is evil; and are set upon each other, like a company of hellhounds to worry, rend, and destroy. Of the goodness of the end every man is to judge for himself; and most men, and all men who resemble the Illuminati, will pronounce every end to be good, which will gratify their inclinations. The great and good ends proposed by the Illuminati, as the ultimate objects of their union, are the overthrow of religion, government, and human society civil and domestic. These they pronounce to be so good, that murder, butchery, and war, however extended and dreadful, are declared by them to be completely justifiable, if necessary for these great purposes. With such an example in view, it will be in vain to hunt for ends, which can be evil.</p>
<p>The names by which this society was enlarged, and its doctrines spread, were of every promising kind. With unremitted ardor and diligence the members insinuated themselves into every place of power and trust, and into every literary, political and friendly society; engrossed as much as possible the education of youth, especially of distinction; became licensers of the press, and directors of every literary journal; waylaid every foolish prince, every unprincipled civil officer, and every abandoned clergyman; entered boldly into the desk, and with unhallowed hands, and satanic lips, polluted the pages of God; enlisted in their service almost all the booksellers, and of course the printers, of Germany; inundated the country with books, replete with infidelity, irreligion, immorality, and obscenity; prohibited the printing, and prevented the sale, of books of the contrary character; decried and ridiculed them when published in spite of their efforts; panegyrized and trumpeted those of themselves and their coadjutors; and in a word made more numerous, more diversified, and more strenuous exertions, than an active imagination would have preconceived.</p>
<p>To these exertions their success has been proportioned. Multitudes of the Germans, notwithstanding the gravity, steadiness, and sobriety of their national character, have become either partial or entire converts to these wretched doctrines; numerous societies have been established among them; the public faith and morals have been unhinged; and the political and religious affairs of that empire have assumed an aspect, which forebodes its total ruin. In France, also, Illuminatism has been eagerly and extensively adopted; and those men, who have had, successively, the chief direction of the public affairs of that country, have been members of this society. Societies have also been erected in Switzerland and Italy, and have contributed probably to the success of the French, and to the overthrow of religion and government, in those countries. Mentz was delivered up to Custine by the Illuminati; and that general appears to have been guillotined, because he declined to encourage the same treachery with respect to Manheim.</p>
<p>Nor have England and Scotland escaped the contagion. Several societies have been erected in both of those countries. Nay in the private papers, seized in the custody of the leading members in Germany, several such societies are recorded as having been erected in America, before the year 1786.</p>
<p>It is a remarkable fact, that a large proportion of the sentiments, here stated, have been publicly avowed and applauded in the French legislature. The being and providence of God have been repeatedly denied and ridiculed. Christ has been mocked with the grossest insult. Death, by a solemn legislative decree has been declared to be an eternal sleep. Marriage has been degraded to a farce, and the community, by the law of divorce, invited to universal prostitution. In the school of public instruction atheism is professedly taught; and at an audience before the legislature, Nov. 30, 1793, the head scholar declared, that he and his schoolfellows detested a God; a declaration received by the members with unbounded applause, and rewarded with the fraternal kiss of the president, and with the honors of the sitting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">14.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati</strong></p>
<p>I am proud to be known to the world as the founder of the Illuminati.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">15.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George Washington, President of the Unites States, 24 Oct. 1798, Letter to Rev. G. W. Snyder, in <em>The Writings of George Washington,</em> vol. 20, p. 518</strong></p>
<p>It was not my intention to doubt that the doctrines of the Illuminati and the principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the United States. On the contrary, no one is more satisfied of this fact than I am.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">16.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Willard, President of Harvard University, 4 July 1812, <em>A Sermon Preached in Lancaster . . . on the Anniversary of Our National Independence . . . Before the Washington Benevolent Societies of Lancaster and Guildhall</em> (Windsor, Vermont: Thomas M. Pomroy, 1812), pp. 14–15</strong></p>
<p>There is sufficient evidence that a number of societies, of the Illuminati, have been established in this land of Gospel light and civil liberty, which were first organized from the grand society, in France. They are doubtless secretly striving to undermine all our ancient institutions, civil and sacred. These societies are closely leagued with those of the same Order, in Europe; they have all the same object in view. The enemies of all order are seeking our ruin. Should infidelity generally prevail, our independence would fall of course. Our republican government would be annihilated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">17.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Winston S. Churchill, “Zionism versus Bolshevism,” <em>Illustrated Sunday Herald,</em> 8 Feb. 1920, p. 5</strong></p>
<p>From the days of Spartacus-Weishaupt to those of Karl Marx, and down to Trotsky (Russia), Béla Kun (Hungary), Rosa Luxembourg (Germany), and Emma Goldman (United States), this world-wide conspiracy for the overthrow of civilization and for the reconstitution of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious malevolence, and impossible equality, has been steadily growing. It played, as a modern writer, Mrs. Webster, has so ably shown, a definitely recognizable part in the tragedy of the French Revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the Nineteenth Century; and now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads and have become practically the undisputed masters of that enormous empire.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">18.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati, quoted in John Robinson’s <em>Proofs of a Conspiracy,</em> 1795, reprinted by Western Islands, Boston, 1967, p. 112</strong></p>
<p>The great strength of our Order lies in its concealment; let it never appear in any place in its own name, but always concealed by another name, and another occupation. None is fitter than the lower degrees of Freemasonry; the public is accustomed to it, expects little from it, and therefore takes little notice of it. Next to this, the form of a learned or literary society is best suited to our purpose, and had Freemasonry not existed, this cover would have been employed; and it may be much more than a cover, it may be a powerful engine in our hands. . . . A Literary Society is the most proper form for the introduction of our Order into any state where we are yet strangers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">19.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J.D. Buck, 32nd degree Mason, <em>The Genius of Freemasonry and the Twentieth Century Crusade</em> (1940)</strong></p>
<p>If the sincere and thoughtful Mason would “take notice” of the symbolism and the use made everywhere in the Lodge of the word “Light,” and remember that the real Initiates are called also “the Illuminati.”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">20.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati</strong></p>
<p>For the Order wishes to be secret, and to work in silence, for thus it is better secured from the oppression of the ruling powers, and because this secrecy gives a greater zest to the whole.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">21.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Reed Smoot of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, in Conference Report, April 1933, p. 20</strong></p>
<p>We are living in trying times—international struggles are imminent—”Nation rising against Nation” for supremacy and existence. Civilized governments are threatened by <a name="LPHit1"></a>internal and destructive agencies in the form of Communism. This secret organization assumes different names and forms. It is Communism in France, Socialism in Germany, Internationalism in Spain and Italy, Nihilism in Russia, and similar sentiments and principles are cloaked under a variety of titles in America and Great Britain. All these organizations are opposed in spirit to all the restraints of law and order. Now let me call your attention to the fact that in February, 1831, Joseph Smith received a revelation on this very subject, which no doubt many of you are familiar with. Reference is also made along the same lines in the Book of Mormon. Secularism and infidelity are sweeping over the world; millions are indulging in every kind of iniquity. Crime is increasing with such rapidity that the large cities of the world find it next to impossible to cope with it.</p>
<p>I know that it is easier to point out evils than the particular way of destroying them. I know it will take the united effort of honest, patriotic, liberty loving citizens, to meet the situation. The churches must play an important part.</p>
<p>The Church of Jesus Christ has never ceased its opposition to organizations such as I have mentioned and never will.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">22.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Taylor, President of the Church, 9 Oct. 1881, in <em>Journal of Discourses, </em>vol. 22, p. 297</strong></p>
<p>We want nothing like communism, or nihilism, or any of the outrageous infamies that are beginning to vex and perplex the nations. Yet these things will roll on until it will be a vexation to hear the reports thereof, and unless this nation speedily turns round God’s hand will be upon them; unless the speedily adhere to the principles of equal rights and freedom, He will be after them. Now, you can set that down if you like and see whether it will come to pass or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">23.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, “Civic Standards for the Faithful Saints,” <em>Ensign,</em> vol. 2, no. 7 (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, July 1972), pp. 60–61; the third paragraph did not appear in the <em>Ensign</em> or Conference Report, but can be found in the audio/video copy held at the Church Archives, a copy of which, I, the compiler, have in my possession</strong></p>
<p>Joseph Smith said that the Book of Mormon was the “keystone of our religion” and the “most correct” book on earth. (<em>DHC,</em> vol. 6, p. 56.) This most correct book on earth states that the downfall of two great American civilizations came as a result of secret conspiracies whose desire was to overthrow the freedom of the people. “And they have caused the destruction of this people of whom I am now speaking,” says Moroni, “and also the destruction of the people of Nephi.” (Eth. 8:21.)</p>
<p>Now undoubtedly Moroni could have pointed out many factors that led to the destruction of the people, but he singled out the secret combinations, just as the Church today could point out many threats to peace, prosperity, and the spread of God’s work, but it has singled out the greatest threat as the godless conspiracy. There is no conspiracy theory in the Book of Mormon—it is a conspiracy fact.</p>
<p>And along this line, I would highly recommend to you a new book entitled <em>None Dare Call it Conspiracy,</em> by Gary Allen.</p>
<p>Then Moroni speaks to us in this day and says, “Wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you. . . .” (Eth. 8:24.)</p>
<p>The Book of Mormon further warns that “whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret combinations, to get power and gain, until they shall spread over the nation, behold they shall be destroyed. . . .” (Eth. 8:22.)</p>
<p>This scripture should alert us to what is ahead unless we repent, because there is no question but that as people of the free world, we are increasingly upholding many of the evils of the adversary today. By court edict godless conspirators can run for government office, teach in our schools, hold office in labor unions, work in our defense plants, serve n our merchant marines, etc. As a nation, we are helping to underwrite many evil revolutionaries in our country.</p>
<p>Now we are assured that the Church will remain on the earth until the Lord comes again—but at what price? The Saints in the early days were established in Jackson County, but look at what their unfaithfulness cost them in bloodshed and delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">24.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Moses Thatcher of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, 16 June 1882, in an address in Franklin, Idaho, <em>Franklin Ward Historical Record</em></strong></p>
<p>I have seen the end of this nation and it is terrible. . . . I will tell you in the name of the Lord that a secret band will sap the life of this nation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">25.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, in Conference Report, October 1960, p. 104</strong></p>
<p>The ancient American Prophet Moroni saw our day. Who can doubt that he had in mind the evils of godless communism when he gave this solemn warning:</p>
<p>“Wherefore, O ye Gentiles, it is wisdom in God that these things should be shown unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not that these murderous combinations shall get above you, which are built up to get power and gain—and the work, yea, even the work of destruction come upon you, yea, even the sword of the justice of the Eternal God shall fall upon you, to your overthrow and destruction if ye shall suffer these things to be.</p>
<p>“Wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you; or wo be unto it, because of the blood of them who have been slain; for they cry from the dust for vengeance upon it, and also upon those who built it up.</p>
<p>“For it cometh to pass that whoso buildeth it up seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries; and it bringeth to pass the destruction of all people, for it is built up by the devil, who is the father of all lies.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/23-25#23" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:23&ndash;25" target="_ether823-25">Ether 8:23&ndash;25</a>.) We are eminently justified in declaring that we should consider any attempt on the part of the communists to extend their system to any part of this hemisphere as dangerous to our peace and safety.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">26.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, President of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, in Conference Report, April 1962, p. 125</strong></p>
<p>Men today are rapidly classifying themselves into two groups: believers and nonbelievers.</p>
<p>J. Edgar Hoover, and I quote, says:</p>
<p>“There is no place here in America for part-time patriots. This nation is face to face with the greatest danger ever to confront it, a sinister and deadly conspiracy which can be conquered only by an alert, informed citizenry. It is indeed appalling that some members of our society continue to deplore and criticize those who stress the communist danger. Public indifference to this threat is tantamount to national suicide. Lethargy leads only to disaster. Knowledge of the enemy, alertness to the danger, everyday patriotism are the brick and mortar with which we can build an impregnable fortress against communism.”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">27.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Edgar Hoover, Former Director of the F.B.I., in <em>Elks Magazine</em> (August 1956)</strong></p>
<p>We must now face the harsh truth that the objectives of communism are being steadily advanced because many of us do not recognize the means used to advance them. . . . The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a Conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The American mind simply has not come to a realization of the evil which has been introduced into our midst</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">28.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, President of the Church, in Conference Report, April 1966, pp. 109–110</strong></p>
<p>The position of this Church on the subject of Communism has never changed. We consider it the greatest Satanical threat to peace, prosperity, and the spread of God’s work among men that exists on the face of the earth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">29.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, President of the Church, in Conference Report, October 1959, pp. 4–9</strong></p>
<p>On the fly-leaf of the book, <em>The Naked Communist,</em> by W. Cleon Skousen, we find this quotation, (and I admonish everybody to read that excellent book of Chief Skousen’s): “The conflict between communism and freedom is the problem of our time. It overshadows all other problems. This conflict mirrors our age, its toils, its tensions, its troubles, and its tasks. On the outcome of this conflict depends the future of mankind.”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">30.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. Bella Dodd, former member of the National Committee of the U.S. Communist Party, in <em>The Naked Capitalist</em> (Salt Lake City, 1970), by W. Cleon Skousen</strong></p>
<p>I think the Communist conspiracy is merely a branch of a much bigger conspiracy! . . . I would certainly like to find out who is really running things.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">31.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator Joseph McCarthy, Speech delivered before the Senate, 14 June 1951, <em>Congressional Record</em>, 82d Cong. 1st sess. vol. 97, pt. 5, p. 6602.</strong></p>
<p>How can we account for our present situation unless we believe that men high in our government are concentrating to deliver us to disaster? This must be the product of a great conspiracy, a conspiracy on a scale so immense as to dwarf any previous such venture in the history of man. A conspiracy of infamy so black that, when it is finally exposed, its principals shall be forever deserving of the maledictions of all honest men. Who constitutes the highest circles of this conspiracy? About that we cannot be sure. We are convinced that Dean Acheson, who steadfastly serves the interests of nations other than his own, the friend of Alger Hiss, who supported him in his hour of retribution, who contributed to his defense fund, must be high on the roster. The President? He is their captive. . . . He is only dimly aware of what is going on. . . . What is the objective of the great conspiracy? I think it is clear from what has occurred and is now occurring: to diminish the United States in world affairs, to weaken us militarily, to confuse our spirit with talk of surrender in the Far East and to impair our will to resist evil. To what end? To the end that we shall be contained, frustrated and finally: fall victim to Soviet intrigue from within and Russian military might from without.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">32.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson of the Quorum of the Twelve, “McCarthy in Retrospect,” <em>Freemen Report</em></strong></p>
<p>Senator Joseph R. McCarthy, whom I knew and admired, was essentially correct in the claims he made about the Communist threat to America. His most vocal enemies hated and feared him, not because of what he could do to them, but because they knew he was telling the truth about them. Had he been wrong, he would likely have been ignored. He was not vilified because he “smeared innocent people,” but because he identified and exposed guilty ones.</p>
<p>Fortunately, an increasing number of Americans now recognize that McCarthy was on the right track, and that our nation has suffered serious injury because we failed to heed his warning voice.</p>
<p>At Senator McCarthy’s funeral, Dr. Frederick Brown Harris, the Chaplain of the Senate, asserted: “This fallen warrior through death speaketh, calling a nation of free men to be delivered from the complacency of a false security and from regarding those who loudly sound the trumpets of vigilance and alarm as mere disturbers of the peace.”</p>
<p style="page-break-after: avoid;">Joseph McCarthy’s fight was the fight for America. That same fight is going on under even more trying circumstances today, and each of us owes it to our God, our family, and our country to preserve until victory is achieved.</p>
<p>[signed] Ezra Taft Benson, Former Sec. of Agriculture</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">33.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Loyd Wright, Former President of the American Bar Association, 20 Nov. 1961, <em>BYU Speeches of the Year, 1961</em></strong></p>
<p>It is ironical that the only nation which affirmatively expresses a dependence upon and belief in Almighty God in its birth certificate, should now be in mortal combat for its very existence with a godless conspiracy intent upon conquering the world, and reverting human society to the hazards and indignities of the Dark Ages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">34.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, in Conference Report, October 1961, p. 69–72</strong></p>
<p>Concerning the United States, the Lord revealed to his prophets that its greatest threat would be a vast, worldwide “secret combination” which would not only threaten the United States but also seek to “overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/25#25" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:25" target="_ether825">Ether 8:25</a>.) . . .</p>
<p>In connection with attack on the United States, the Lord told the Prophet Joseph Smith there would be an attempt to overthrow the country by destroying the Constitution. Joseph Smith predicted that the time would come when the Constitution would hang, as it were, by a thread, and at that time “this people will step forth and save it from the threatened destruction.” (Journal History, Brigham Young’s Speech, July 4, 1854.) . . .</p>
<p>One of the most urgent, heart-stirring appeals made by Moroni as he closed the Book of Mormon was addressed to the gentile nations of the last days. He foresaw the rise of a great world-wide secret combination among the gentiles which “. . . seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries; . . .” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/25#25" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:25" target="_ether825">Ether 8:25</a>. Italics added.) He warned each gentile nation of the last days to purge itself of this gigantic criminal conspiracy which would seek to rule the world.</p>
<p>The prophets, in our day, have continually warned us of these internal threats in our midst—that our greatest threat from socialistic-communism lies within our country. Brethren and sisters, we don’t need a prophet—we have one—we need a listening ear. And if we do not listen and heed, then, as the Doctrine and Covenants states, “. . . the day cometh that they who will not hear the voice of the Lord, neither the voice of his servants, neither give heed to the words of the prophets and apostles, shall be cut off from among the people.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/1/14#14" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 1:14" target="_dc114">D&amp;C 1:14</a>.)</p>
<p>The prophets have said that these threats are among us. The Prophet Moroni, viewing our day, said, “Wherefore the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/24#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:24" target="_ether824">Ether 8:24</a>.)</p>
<p>Unfortunately our nation has not treated the socialistic-communist conspiracy as “treasonable to our free institutions,” as the First Presidency pointed out in a signed 1936 statement. If we continue to uphold communism by not making it treasonable, our land shall be destroyed, for the Lord has said that “. . . whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret combinations, to get power and gain, until they shall spread over the nation, behold they shall be destroyed; . . .” (Ibid., 8:22.)</p>
<p>The Prophet Moroni described how the secret combination would take over a country and then fight the work of God, persecute the righteous, and murder those who resisted. Moroni therefore proceeded to describe the workings of the ancient “secret combinations” so that modern man could recognize this great political conspiracy in the last days: “Wherefore, O ye Gentiles, it is wisdom in God that these things should be shown unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not that these murderous combinations shall get above you, which are built up to get power and gain—and the work, yea, even the work of destruction come upon you.</p>
<p>“Wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you; . . .</p>
<p>“For it cometh to pass that whoso buildeth it up seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations and countries; and it bringeth to pass the destruction of all people, for it is built up by the devil, who is the father of all lies; . . .” (Ibid., 8:23-25. Italics added.)</p>
<p>The Prophet Moroni seemed greatly exercised lest in our day we might not be able to recognize the startling fact that the same secret societies which destroyed the Jaredites and decimated numerous kingdoms of both Nephites and Lamanites would be precisely the same form of criminal conspiracy which would rise up among the gentile nations in this day.</p>
<p>The stratagems of the leaders of these societies are amazingly familiar to anyone who has studied the tactics of modern communist leaders.</p>
<p>The Lord has declared that before the second coming of Christ it will be necessary to “. . . destroy the secret works of darkness, . . .” in order to preserve the land of Zion—the Americas. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/10/11-16#11" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Nephi 10:11&ndash;16" target="_2_ne1011-16">2 Nephi 10:11&ndash;16</a>.)</p>
<p>The world-wide secret conspiracy which has risen up in our day to fulfill these prophecies is easily identified. President McKay has left no room for doubt as to what attitude Latter-day Saints should take toward the modern “secret combinations” of conspiratorial communism. In a lengthy statement on communism, he said:</p>
<p>“. . . Latter-day Saints should have nothing to do with the secret combinations and groups antagonistic to the constitutional law of the land, which the Lord ‘suffered to be established,’ and which ‘should be maintained for the rights and protection of all flesh according to just and holy principles.’<span style="color: white;">.</span>” (<em>Gospel Ideals,</em> by David O. McKay, p. 306. Italics added.) . . .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">35.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Taylor, President of the Church, 3 July 1881, <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 22, pp. 142–144</strong></p>
<p>I am sorry to see this murderous influence prevailing throughout the world, and perhaps this may be a fitting occasion to refer to some of these matters. The manifestations of turbulence and uneasiness which prevail among the nations of the earth are truly lamentable. Well, have I anything to do with them? Nothing; but I cannot help but know that they exist. These feelings which tend to do away with all right, rule, and government, and correct principles are not from God, or many of them are not. This feeling of communism and nihilism, aimed at the overthrow of rulers and men in position and authority, arises from a spirit of diabolism, which is contrary to every principle of the Gospel of the Son of God. But then do not the Scriptures say that these things shall occur? Yes. Do not the scriptures say that men shall grow worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived? Yes. Do not the scriptures tell us that thrones shall be cast down and empires destroyed and the rule and government of the earth be trodden under foot? Yes. But I cannot help but sympathize with those who suffer from their influences; while these afflictions are the result of wickedness and corruption, yet we cannot shut our eyes to the fact that those who engage in these pernicious practices are exceedingly low, brutal, wicked and degraded. I would say “my soul come not thou into their secret; unto their assembly, mine honor, be not thou united.” . . .</p>
<p>I feel more profoundly moved that deeds of this description can occur in a free, liberal and enlightened government like this. We might expect such things in some of the European nations where the principles of nihilism exist to so great an extent, and where there seems a disposition to subvert all rule and government and place the people and nations in the hands of irresponsible mobs, and of low, brutal, murderous men, without any regard to the principles of law, order, justice, equity and righteousness. I could account for some of these things taking place there. It is really astonishing to see what efforts are being made to accomplish the overthrow of rule and government in Russia, Austria, Germany, Spain, England, Italy, France, Turkey, etc. These things are beginning to spread among and permeate the nations of the earth. Do we expect them? Yes. These secret combinations were spoken of by Joseph Smith, years and years ago. I have heard him time and time again tell about them, and he stated that when these things began to take place the liberties of this nation would begin to be bartered away. We see many signs of weakness which we lament, and we would to God that our rulers would be men of righteousness, and that those who aspire to position would be guided by honorable feelings—to maintain inviolate the Constitution and operate in the interest, happiness, well-being, and protection of the whole community. But we see signs of weakness and vacillation. We see a policy being introduced to listen to the clamor of mobs and of unprincipled men who know not of what they speak, nor whereof they affirm, and when men begin to tear away with impunity one plank after another from our Constitution, by and by we shall find that we are struggling with the wreck and ruin of the system which the forefathers of this nation sought to establish in the interests of humanity. But it is for us still to sustain these glorious principles of liberty bequeathed by the founders of this nation, still to rally round the flag of the Union, still to maintain all correct principles, granting the utmost extent of liberty to all people of all grades and of all nations. If other people see fit to violate these sacred principles, we must uphold them in their entirety, in their purity, and be patriotic and law-abiding and act honorably toward our nation and to its rulers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">36.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Marion G. Romney, Second Counselor in the First Presidency, “America’s Promise,” <em>Ensign,</em> vol. 9, no. 9 (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, Sep. 1979), p. 5</strong></p>
<p>Communism is the greatest anti-Christ power in the world today and therefore the greatest menace not only to our peace but to our preservation as a free people. By the extent to which we tolerate it, accommodate ourselves to it, permit ourselves to be encircled by its tentacles and drawn to it, to that extent we forfeit the protection of the God of this land.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">37.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, President of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, “Jesus Christ—Gifts and Expectations,” <em>New Era,</em> vol. 5, no. 5 (Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, May 1975), p. 19</strong></p>
<p>And speaking of anti-Christ, if you want to get some idea of how we are flaunting the Constitution, see how the Constitution defines treason. Then observe what we are doing to build up the enemy, this totally anti-Christ conspiracy. If we continue on this tragic course of aid and trade to the enemy, the Lord has warned us of the consequences that will follow in chapter 8 of Ether in the Book of Mormon.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">38.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, letter to Elder Bremer, 1 Aug. 1972, copy in possession of the compiler.</strong></p>
<p>Responding to your letter of July 24, may I suggest that you acquire a copy of Brother Cleon Skousen’s book<em> The Naked Capitalist </em>which treats much this same field. Also the book <em>The Great and Abominable Church of the Devil</em> by Verlan Anderson. Both of these are available at the Deseret Book Company, I believe, and seem to substantiate in large measure what Gary Allen has said in <em>None Dare Call it Conspiracy</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">39.</td>
<td valign="top">Ezra Taft Benson, 6 April 1972, as taken from the audio/video copy of his General Conference address, a copy of which was obtained by the compiler from the Archives of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints</p>
<p>I would highly recommend to you a new book entitled <em>None Dare Call it Conspiracy,</em> by Gary Allen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">40.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Gary Allen, <em>None Dare Call It Conspiracy,</em> p. 121</strong></p>
<p>After the insiders have established the United Socialist States of America (in fact if not in name), the next step is the Great Merger of all nations of the world into a dictatorial world government. . . . The Insiders’ code word for the world superstate is “new world order,” a phrase often used by Richard Nixon. The Council on Foreign Relations states in its Study No. 7: “The U.S. must strive to: A. BUILD A NEW INTERNATIONAL ORDER.” . . . A world government has always been the object of the Communists.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">41.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Chester Ward, Rear Admiral and former Navy Judge Advocate, and C.F.R. member for 15 years</strong></p>
<p>The main purpose of the Council on Foreign Relations is promoting the disarmament of U.S. sovereignty and national independence and submergence into an all powerful, one world government.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">42.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. Carroll Quigley, Professor of International Relations, Georgetown University Foreign Service School, Washington, D.C., in his book <em>Tragedy and Hope</em></strong></p>
<p>The CFR [Council On Foreign Relations] is the American Branch of a society which originated in England and believes national directives should be obliterated and one-world rule established. I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years, and was permitted in the early 1960’s to examine its papers and secret records. . . . I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">43.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Excerpt from “A Memorial to be Addressed to the House of Bishops and the House of Clerical and Lay Deputies of the Protestant Episcopal Church in General Convention,” October 1940</strong></p>
<p>The term “Internationalism” has been popularized in recent years to cover an interlocking financial, political, and economic world force for the purpose of establishing a World Government. Today Internationalism is heralded from pulpit and platform as a “League of Nations” or a “Federated Union” to which the United States must surrender a definite part of its National Sovereignty. The World Government plan is being advocated under such alluring names as the “New International Order,” “The New World Order,” “World Union Now,” “World Commonwealth of Nations,” “World Community,” etc. All the terms have the same objective; however, the line of approach may be religious or political according to the taste or training of the individual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">44.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>First Presidency Statement, in Conference Report, October 1942, p. 15</strong></p>
<p>We condemn the outcome which wicked and designing men are now planning, namely: the worldwide establishment and perpetuation of some form of Communism on the one side, or of some form of Nazism or Fascism on the other. Each of these systems destroys liberty, wipes out free institutions, blots out free agency, stifles free press and free speech, crushes out freedom of religion and conscience. Free peoples cannot and do not survive under these systems. Free peoples the world over will view with horror the establishment of either Communism or Nazism as a worldwide system. Each system is fostered by those who deny the right and the ability of the common people to govern themselves. We proclaim that the common people have both this right and this ability.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">45.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Henry Kissinger, World Affairs Council Press Conference, Regent Beverly Wilshire Hotel, 19 April 1994</strong></p>
<p>It cannot happen without U.S. participation, as we are the most significant single component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will force the United States to change its perceptions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">46.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Fielding Smith, in Conference Report, April 1950, p. 159</strong></p>
<p>Now I tell you it is time the people of the United States were waking up with the understanding that if they don’t save the Constitution from the dangers that threaten it, we will have a change of government.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">47.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Robert Kennedy, former U.S. Attorney-General, 1967</strong></p>
<p>All of us will ultimately be judged on the effort we have contributed to building a New World Order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">48.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Nicholas Murray Butler, President of Columbia University, Nobel Peace Prize winner, nominee for Vice President in 1912, and president of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, speaking in 1915</strong></p>
<p>The old world order died with the setting of that day’s sun and a new world order is being born while I speak, with birth-pangs so terrible that it seems almost incredible that life could come out of such fearful suffering and such overwhelming sorrow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">49.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>H. G. Wells, <em>The New World Order</em> (1939)</strong></p>
<p>There may still be very great delays and disappointments before it becomes an efficient and beneficent world system. Countless people . . . will hate the new world order . . . and will die protesting against it. When we attempt to evaluate its promise, we have to bear in mind the distress of a generation or so of malcontents, many of them quite gallant and graceful-looking people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">50.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Richard A. Falk, Professor of International Law and Practice at Princeton University, 1975</strong></p>
<p>The existing order is breaking down at a very rapid rate, and the main uncertainty is whether mankind can exert a positive role in shaping a new world order or is doomed to await collapse in a passive posture. We believe a new order will be born no later than early in the next century and that the death throes of the old and the birth pangs of the new will be a testing time for the human species.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">51.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Nebraska State Senator Peter Hoagland, speaking on the Radio in 1983 with Everett Sileven, as quoted in <em>The Federalist Digest,</em> 26 Feb. 1999</strong></p>
<p>Fundamental Bible-believing people do not have the right to indoctrinate their children in their religious beliefs, because we, the state, are preparing them for the year 2000, when America will be part of a one-world global society and their children will not fit in.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">52.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>James Paul Warburg,, chairman of the C.F.R., before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee, Feb. 17, 1950</strong></p>
<p>We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">53.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Vladimir Ilich Lenin, 1918</strong></p>
<p>I don’t care what becomes of Russia. To hell with it. All this is only the road to a World Revolution.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">54.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adolf Hitler, in <em>A History of National Socialism</em> (1935), by Konrad Heiden</strong></p>
<p>Believe me, National Socialism would not be worth anything if it were to be confined to Germany and did not secure the rule of the superior race over the whole world for at least one or two thousand years.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">55.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in <em>Deseret News,</em> “Church Section,” 25 September 1949, pp. 2, 15</strong></p>
<p>The plain and simple issue now facing us in America is freedom or slavery. . . .</p>
<p>Our real enemies are communism and its running mate, socialism. . . .</p>
<p>And never forget for one moment that communism and socialism are state slavery. World conquest has been, is now, and ever will be its ultimate goal. . . .</p>
<p>One thing seems sure, we will not get out of our present difficulties without trouble, serious trouble. Indeed, it may well be that our government and its free institutions will not be preserved except at the price of life and blood.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">56.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., in <em>Foreign Affairs,</em> July/August 1995</strong></p>
<p>We are not going to achieve a new world order without paying for it in blood as well as in words and money.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">57.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in <em>Improvement Era,</em> May 1944</strong></p>
<p>I say unto you with all the soberness I can, that we stand in danger of losing our liberties, and that once lost, only blood will bring them back; and once lost, we of this church will, in order to keep the church going forward, have more sacrifices to make and more persecutions to endure than we have yet known, heavy as our sacrifices and grievous as our persecutions of the past have been.</p>
<p>We face a war to the death, a gigantic worldwide struggle. We must face it, enter it, take part in it. In fact, we are all taking part in the struggle, whether we will or not. Upon its final issue, liberty lives or dies.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">58.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Louis T. McFadden, Congressman and Chairman of the Committee on Banking and Currency, 10 June 1932, in a speech to the House of Representatives, <em>Congressional Record,</em> pp. 12595–12603; see also <em>Congressman Louis T. McFadden on the Federal Reserve Corporation: Remarks in Congress, 1934,</em> reprinted by the Arizona Caucus Club, 1978</strong></p>
<p>Mr. Chairman, we have in this Country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks, herinafter called the Fed. . . .</p>
<p>This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of these United States, has bankrupted itself, and has practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through the defects of the law under which it operates, through the maladministration of that law by the Fed and through the corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it.</p>
<p>Some people think that the Federal Reserve Banks are United States Government institutions. They are private monopolies which prey upon the people of these United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers; foreign and domestic speculators and swindlers; and rich and predatory money lenders. In that dark crew of financial pirates there are those who would cut a man’s throat to get a dollar out of his pocket; there are those who send money into states to buy votes to control our legislatures; there are those who maintain International propaganda for the purpose of deceiving us into granting of new concessions which will permit them to cover up their past misdeeds and set again in motion their gigantic train of crime.</p>
<p>These twelve private credit monopolies were deceitfully and disloyally foisted upon this Country by the bankers who came here from Europe and repaid us our hospitality by undermining our American institutions. Those bankers took money out of this Country to finance Japan in a war against Russia. They created a reign of terror in Russia with our money in order to help that war along. They instigated the separate peace between Germany and Russia, and thus drove a wedge between the Allies in the World War. They financed Trotsky’s passage from New York to Russia so that he might assist in the destruction of the Russian Empire. They fomented and instigated the Russian Revolution, and placed a large fund of American dollars at Trotsky’s disposal in one of their branch banks in Sweden so that through him Russian homes might be thoroughly broken up and Russian children flung far and wide from their natural protectors. They have since begun breaking up of American homes and the dispersal of American children. . . .</p>
<p>The Wilson administration, under the tutelage of those sinister Wall Street figures who stood behind Colonel House, established here in our free Country the worm-eaten monarchical institution of the “King’s Bank” to control us from the top downward, and to shackle us from the cradle to the grave. . . .</p>
<p>Every effort has been made by the Fed to conceal its powers—but the truth is—the Fed has usurped the Government. It controls everything here and it controls all of our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will. No man and no body of men is more entrenched in power than the arrogant credit monopoly which operated the Fed. . . .</p>
<p>Mr. Chairman, when the Fed was passed, the people of these United States did not perceive that a world system was being set up here . . . and that this country was to supply the financial power to an “international superstate.” A superstate controlled by international bankers, and international industrialists acting together to enslave the world for their own pleasure?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">59.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Louis T. McFadden, 9 March 1933, in his Speech to the House of Representatives, <em>Congressional Record</em></strong></p>
<p>Mr. Chairman, I see no reason why citizens of the United States should be terrorized into surrendering their property to the International Bankers who own and control the Federal Reserve.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">60.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Louis T. McFadden</strong></p>
<p>It was not accidental [the 1929 stock-market “crash”]. It was a carefully contrived occurrence. . . . The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as rulers of us all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">61.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., U.S. Senate, Nov. 1912</strong></p>
<p>When the President signs this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government by the money power—proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation—will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically created.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">62.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Franklin D. Roosevelt, U.S. President, 1941</strong></p>
<p>In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happened, you can bet it was planned that way.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">63.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Congressman Wright Patman, <em>Congressional Record</em> (29 Sep. 1941)</strong></p>
<p>We have what is known as the Federal Reserve Bank System. That system is not owned by the Government. Many people think that it is because it says “Federal Reserve.” It belongs to private banks, private corporations. So we have farmed out to the Federal Reserve Banking System that which is owned exclusively, wholly, one hundred percent to the private banks—we have farmed out to them the privilege of issuing the Government’s money!</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">64.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Robert Reich, former Secretary of Labor under Bill Clinton, in <em>USA Today</em> (7 January 1999)</strong></p>
<p>The dirty little secret is that both houses of Congress are irrelevant. . . . America’s domestic policy is now being run by Alan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve and America’s foreign policy is now being run by the International Monetary Fund. . . . When the president decides to go to war, he no longer needs a declaration of war from Congress.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">65.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>William Lyon Mackenzie King, Prime Minister of Canada, 1935</strong></p>
<p>Once a nation parts with the control of its currency and credit, it matters not who makes the nations laws. Usury, once in control, will wreck any nation. Until the control of the issue of currency and credit is restored to government and recognized as its most sacred responsibility, all talk of the sovereignty of parliament and of democracy is idle and futile.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">66.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Henry Ford, founder of Ford Motor Company</strong></p>
<p>It is well enough that people of the nation do not understand our banking and monetary system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">67.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Andrew Jackson, U.S. President, to Congress in 1836, closing the second Federal Bank</strong></p>
<p>The bold effort the present [central] bank had made to control the government . . . are but premonitions of the fate that await the American people should they be deluded into a perpetuation of this institution or the establishment of another like it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">68.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>James Madison, 4th U.S. President</strong></p>
<p>History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling the money and its issuance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">69.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Horace Greeley, editor of the <em>New York Tribune,</em> who ran against Ulysses Grant for presidency, speaking in 1872 in reference to the National Bank Act of 1863</strong></p>
<p>While boasting of our noble deeds we’re careful to conceal the ugly fact that by an iniquitous money system we have nationalized a system of oppression which, though more refined, is not less cruel than the old system of chattel slavery.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">70.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Sherman, protégé of the Rothschild banking family, in a letter sent to New York bankers, Morton, and Gould, in support of the then proposed National Banking Act, 25 June 1863</strong></p>
<p>The few who could understand the system will either be so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its favors, that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of the people mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">71.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Reginald McKenna, Secretary to the Treasury (1903), President of the Board of Education (1907–08) First Lord of the Admiralty (1908–1911), Home Secretary (1911–1915) and Chancellor of the Exchequer (1915–1916), and Chairman of the Midland Bank (1918), speaking in 1924.</strong></p>
<p>I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create money. . . . And they who control credit of the nation direct the policy of governments and hold in the hollow of their hands the destiny of the people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">72.</td>
<td valign="top"><em><strong>Putting It Simply,</strong></em><strong> a publication of the Boston Federal Reserve Bank</strong></p>
<p>When you or I write a check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">73.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. P. (John Pierpont) Morgan, one of America’s wealthiest financiers and international bankers, in a private communiqué to leading U.S. Bankers only, 1934</strong></p>
<p>Capital must protect itself in every way. . . . Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed as soon as possible. When through a process of law the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and more easily governed by the strong arm of the law applied by the central power of leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. This is well known among our principle men now engaged in forming an imperialism of capitalism to govern the world. By dividing the people we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us except as teachers of the common herd.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">74.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Major L. L. B. Angus</strong></p>
<p>The modern Banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most astounding piece of sleight-of-hand that was ever invented. Banks can in fact inflate, mint and unmint the modern ledger-entry currency.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">75.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ralph M. Hawtrey, Former Secretary of the British Treasury</strong></p>
<p>Banks lend by creating credit. They create the means of payment out of nothing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">76.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Josiah Charles Stamp, President of the Bank of England</strong></p>
<p>Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of the pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again. However, take it away from them, and all the great fortunes like mine will disappear and they ought to disappear, for this would be a happier and better world to live in. But, if you wish to remain the slaves of Bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">77.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Thomas Jefferson, U.S. President, in a letter to Albert Gallatin, Secretary of the Treasury, 1802</strong></p>
<p>If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their money, first by inflation and then by deflation, the banks and corporations that grow up around them will deprive the people of their property until their children will wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">78.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Foster Dulles, former Secretary of State</strong></p>
<p>Somehow we find it hard to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">79.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Andrew Jackson, U.S. President, in a letter to T. H. Colman, 26 April 1824</strong></p>
<p>I am one of those who do not believe that a national debt is a national blessing, but rather a curse to a republic; inasmuch as it is calculated to raise around the administration a moneyed aristocracy dangerous to the liberties of the country.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">80.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Thomas Jefferson</strong></p>
<p>I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. Already they have raised up a monied aristocracy that has set the government at defiance. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people to whom it properly belongs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">81.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John C. Calhoun, American statesman, 27 June 1836</strong></p>
<p>A power has risen up in the government greater than the people themselves, consisting of many and various powerful interests, combined in one mass, and held together by the cohesive power of the vast surplus in banks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">82.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Adams</strong></p>
<p>All the perplexities, confusion and distress in America arise, not from defects in their Constitution or Confederation, not from want of honor or virtue, so much as from the downright ignorance of the nature of coin, credit and circulation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">83.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Robert Hemphill, Credit Manager of Federal Reserve Bank, Atlanta, Ga.</strong></p>
<p>This is a staggering thought. We are completely dependent on the commercial Banks. Someone has to borrow every dollar we have in circulation, cash or credit. If the Banks create ample synthetic money we are prosperous; if not, we starve. We are absolutely without a permanent money system. When one gets a complete grasp of the picture, the tragic absurdity of our hopeless position is almost incredible, but there it is. It is the most important subject intelligent persons can investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present civilization may collapse unless it becomes widely understood and the defects remedied very soon.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">84.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Vladimir Ilich Lenin</strong></p>
<p>The surest way to destroy a nation is to debauch its currency.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">85.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Abraham Lincoln, shortly before his assassination</strong></p>
<p>I see in the near future a crisis approaching that unnerves me and causes me to tremble for the safety of my country; corporations have been enthroned, an era of corruption in High Places will follow, and the Money Power of the Country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the prejudices of the People, until the wealth is aggregated in a few hands, and the Republic is destroyed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">86.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President Franklin D. Roosevelt, in a letter written 21 Nov. 1933 to Colonel E. Mandell House</strong></p>
<p>The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government of the U.S. since the days of Andrew Jackson.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">87.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Jay, American statesman and first Chief Justice of U.S. Supreme Court</strong></p>
<p>Those who own the country ought to govern it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">88.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President Woodrow Wilson, speaking in 1916 in reference to signing the Federal Reserve Act in 1913</strong></p>
<p>I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated Governments in the civilized world—no longer a Government by free opinion, no longer a Government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a Government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">89.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. David Korten, founder of the People-Centered Development Forum</strong></p>
<p>Democracy is based on the principle of one person, one vote. The market functions on the principle of one dollar, one vote. Consequently, under conditions of unequal economic power, a society ruled by the market is a society ruled by those who have the most money—the antithesis of democracy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">90.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Louis Brandeis, U.S. Supreme Court Justice</strong></p>
<p>We can have democracy in this country, or we can have great wealth concentrated in the hands of a few, but we can’t have both.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">91.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Archibald E. Roberts, Lt.Col. AUS, ret., Committee to Restore the Constitution, testimony at a public hearing, Wisconsin State Legislature’s House of Representatives, <em>Why America is Bankrupt,</em> 1971</strong></p>
<p>A significant portion of the American public is yet to become aware of the “Invisible Government of Monetary Power,” although this knowledge is common in Europe. Americans still believe that they are working toward a better way of life. Surreptitiously, however, social customs and forms of administration in the United States are being carefully and gradually modified. The change from one type of culture to another is thus accomplished without arousing serious public challenge.<span style="font-family: Symbol;">¼</span> The stark truth is that America is now passing from a Constitutional Republic into a totalitarian, world-wide government. World dominion is the ages-old dream of the mattoids who have mastered the science of control over people. Their success in the United States is directly related to two central issues: (1) transfer of money control from the people into the hands of an international banking combine, and (2) creation of a complex and confusing judicial system designed to frustrate justice.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">92.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ramsey Clark, former U.S. Attorney General, interview in <em>The Sun</em>, August 2001</strong></p>
<p>But we’re not a democracy. It’s a terrible misunderstanding and a slander to the idea of democracy to call us that. In reality, we’re a plutocracy: a government by the wealthy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">93.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Professor Carroll Quigley, <em>Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time</em> (1966)</strong></p>
<p>For the first time in its history, Western Civilization is in danger of being destroyed internally by a corrupt, criminal ruling cabal which is centered around the Rockefeller interests, which include elements from the Morgan, Brown, Rothschild, Du Pont, Harriman, Kuhn-Loeb, and other groupings as well. This junta took control of the political, financial, and cultural life of America in the first two decades of the twentieth century.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">94.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Paul the Apostle, in his first epistle to Timothy, chapter 6, verse 9–10, <em>Holy Bible</em> (King James Version); emphasis added</strong></p>
<p>They that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition. <em>For the love of money is the root of all evil.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">95.</td>
<td valign="top"><em><strong>American Mercury Magazine,</strong></em><strong> December 1957, p. 92</strong></p>
<p>The invisible Money Power is working to control and enslave mankind. It financed Communism, Fascism, Marxism, Zionism, Socialism. All of these are directed to making the United States a member of a World government.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">96.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David Rockefeller, at Trilateral Commission Meeting, June 1991</strong></p>
<p>We are grateful to the <em>Washington Post,</em> the <em>New York Times,</em><em>Time Magazine</em> and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected the promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world-government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national autodetermination practiced in past centuries.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">97.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Larry P. McDonald, U.S. Congressman, 1976, killed in the Korean Airlines 747 that was shot down by the Soviets, in “Introduction” to <em>The Rockefeller File,</em> by Gary Allen (1975)</strong></p>
<p>The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control. . . . Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">98.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, famed Russian author, lecturer, historian, intellectual, and recipient of a Nobel Prize, speaking in the Ballroom of the Hilton in Washington, D.C., on June 30, 1975</strong></p>
<p>There also exists another alliance—at first glance a strange one, a surprising one—but if you think about it, in fact, one which is well grounded and easy to understand. This is the alliance between our Communist leaders and your capitalists.</p>
<p>This alliance is not new. . . . We observe continuous and steady support by the businessmen of the West of the Soviet Communist leaders.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">99.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. Harold Pease, Ph.D., Professor of History at Palo Verde College, and former advisor to the Constitutional Subcommittee of the Judiciary Committee of the U.S. Senate, <em>The Communist-Capitalist Alliance</em></strong></p>
<p>Those of us who teach political science on the college and university level find ourselves seriously handicapped by the lack of textbooks and carefully prepared historical research on one of the most important phenomena of our time, namely, the amazing alliance which has been growing for more than half a century between the leaders of the world-wide Communist movement and the leaders of some of the most powerful banks and industries of Europe and America.</p>
<p>That such an alliance should even exist, came as an intellectual shock to this writer. It seemed irrational, an ideological contraction, a conflict of interests. Nevertheless, the more I have researched the matter, the more convinced I have become that the alliance is not only a reality, but that also herein might be found the Gordian knot which must be cut before we can solve some of the world’s most critical problems.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">100.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Congressman Louis T. McFadden, Chairman, House Banking Committee, 1933</strong></p>
<p>Open the books . . . and you will be staggered to see how much American money has been taken from the United States Treasury for the benefit of Russia. Find out what business has been transacted for the State Bank of Soviet Russia, by its correspondent, the Chase Bank of New York.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">101.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Chicago Tribune article, published September 1964</strong></p>
<p>David Rockefeller, President of Chase Manhattan Bank, briefed President Johnson today on his recent meeting with Premier Nikita Khrushchev of Russia.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">102.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Vladimir Ilich Lenin, Bolshevik leader and mass murderer of millions of Russians, 1921</strong></p>
<p>Behind the October Revolution there are more influential personalities than the thinkers and executors of Marxism.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">103.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David Rockefeller’s message of congratulations to the Communist tyrants in the Kremlin, 1977</strong></p>
<p>My congratulations on the occasion of the 60th anniversary of the October Revolution.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">104.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>W. Cleon Skousen, <em>The Naked Capitalist</em> (Salt Lake City, 1970), pp. 40–41</strong></p>
<p>Of course, members of the dynastic banking families had been financing the Russian-oriented revolutionists for many years. Trotsky, in his biography, refers to some of these loans from British financiers going back as far as 1907. By 1917 the major subsidies for the revolution were being arranged by Sir George Buchanan and Lord Alfred Milner (of the Morgan-Rothschild-Rhodes confederacy). Milner, it will be recalled, was the founder of England’s secret “Round Table” group which started the Royal Institute for International Affairs in England and the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States. One American source gave Trotsky, Lenin and the other Communist leaders around twenty million dollars for the final triumph of Bolshevism in Russia. This was Jacob Schiff of Kuhn, Loeb and Company.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">105.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Baron Nathan Mayer de Rothschild (1777-1836)</strong></p>
<p>I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the Empire, . . . The man that controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire. And I control the money supply.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">106.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>James A. Garfield, former U.S. President</strong></p>
<p>Whoever controls the volume of money in any country is absolute master of all industry and commerce.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">107.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mayer Amschel Rothschild, in <em>The Creature from Jekyll Island</em> (American Opinion Publishing), p. 218</strong></p>
<p>Let me issue and control a nation’s money and I care not who writes the laws.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">108.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Chicago Evening American, 3 December 1923</strong></p>
<p>The Rothschilds can start or prevent wars. Their word could make or break empires.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td id="A" valign="top">109.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Abraham H. Cannon of the Quorum of the Twelve, 6 Oct. 1895, in <em>Collected Discourses</em> (B.H.S. Publishing), vol. 5</strong></p>
<p>The Rothschild family, who now hold the purse strings of the world, might be the instrument in the hands of God for the accomplishment of wonderful things in regard to Jerusalem. They already control the nations of the earth because of the wealth they possess. It is claimed that they can prevent war at any time if they will but shut up their coffers and prevent the outflow of gold, which is necessary to the carrying on of war. They have a lien upon the Holy Land, and their hearts will be turned, in company with all Jews, to that country, the land of their forefathers, and by some process which God will ordain, the time will come when the field will be open for the occupation by the Jews of the land of Palestine.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">110.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Orson Pratt, 10 March 1872, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 14, p. 353</strong></p>
<p>For you know when the Rothschilds and the great bankers among the Jewish nation shall return back to their own land to rebuild the city of Jerusalem, carrying their capital with them, it will almost ruin some of the nations, and the latter will go up against Jerusalem to take a spoil.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">111.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Todd of the Masonic Council of Thirteen, <em>Progress </em>(January 1991)</strong></p>
<p>The Rothschild family is the head of the organization in which I entered in Colorado. All the Occult Brotherhoods are part of it. It is a Lucifer Organization to install his reign in the whole world. . . . Supposedly the Rothschilds have personal dealings with the Devil. I have personally been in his villa and have experienced it. And I know it is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">112.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Professor Revilo P. Oliver, <em>Conspiracy or Degeneracy?</em></strong></p>
<p>A theory that a conspiracy has been working consciously for many centuries is not very plausible unless one attributes to them a religious unity. That is tantamount to regarding them as Satanists engaged in the worship and service of supernatural evil. The directors of the conspiracy must see or otherwise directly perceive manifestations which convince them of the existence and power of Lucifer. And since subtle conspirators must be very shrewd men, not likely to be deceived by auto-suggestion, hypnosis, or drugs, we should have to conclude that they probably are in contact with a force of pure evil.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">113.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David Spangler, on the Board of Directors of Planetary Citizens, United Nations, “Reflections on the Christ,” quoted in <em>Unicorn in the Sanctuary</em>, by Randy England, 1978</strong></p>
<p>Lucifer comes to give us the final . . . Luciferic initiation . . . that many people now and in the days ahead, will be facing—for it is an initiation into the New Age. . . . No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will take a Luciferian initiation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">114.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Manley P. Hall, <em>The Lost Keys of Freemasonry,</em> p. 124</strong></p>
<p>When the Mason learns that the key to the warrior on the block is the proper application of the dynamo of living power, he has learned the mystery of his Craft. The seething energies of Lucifer are in his hands, and before he may step onward and upward, he must prove his ability to properly apply energy. He must follow in the footsteps of his forefather, Tubal-Cain, who with the mighty strength of the war god hammered his sword into a plowshare.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">115.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Albert Pike, Confederate General, 33rd Degree Mason and Sovereign Pontiff of Universal Freemasonry, 14 July 1889, in an address to the 23 Confederated Supreme Councils of the World, quoted in <em>Woman and Child in Universal Freemasonry </em>(Paris &amp; Lyon: Delhomme &amp; Briguet, Editeurs, 1894), pp. 587–589, translated by Eric Serejski; see also <em>Occult Theocrasy</em> (1933), 2 vols., reprint (Hawthorne, California: The Christian Book Club of America. 1980), p. 233</strong></p>
<p>What we must say to the crowd is:—We worship a God, but it is the God that one worships without superstition.</p>
<p>To you, Sovereign Grand Inspectors General, we say, so that you can repeat it to the Brethren of the 32nd, 31st and 30th degrees: —The Masonic religion must be, by all of us initiates of the high grades, maintained in the purity of the Luciferian doctrine.</p>
<p>If Lucifer were not God, Adonai (the God of the Christians) whose deeds prove his cruelty, perfidy and hatred of man, his barbarism and repulsion of science—if Lucifer were not God, would Adonai and his priests slander him?</p>
<p>Yes, Lucifer is God, and unfortunately so is Adonai. For the eternal law is that there is no splendor without shadow, no beauty without ugliness, no white without black, because the absolute can only exist as two, because darkness is necessary to light to serve as its compliment, as the pedestal is necessary to the statue, as the brake to the locomotive. . . .</p>
<p>The true and pure philosophical religion is the <em>belief in Lucifer,</em> equal to Adonai, but Lucifer, God of Light and God of Good, is fighting for humanity against Adonai, God of Darkness and God of Evil.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">116.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>“The Hierarchy of Light,” a pamphlet published by Lucist Trust (formerly Lucifer Publishing Company), which currently has offices in the United Nations headquarters building, and of which Robert Mueller, former Assistant Secretary General of the U.N., is a member, as taken from their web site, <a href="http://www.lucistrust.org/epamphlets/hol.shtml" target="_blank">http://www.lucistrust.org/epamphlets/hol.shtml</a> (8 Mar. 2006)</strong></p>
<p>Throughout time, the idea of a group of wise and enlightened beings working behind the scenes to guide our planet has been conveyed in spiritual teachings, in literature and myth. This group, known by various names such as the spiritual Hierarchy, the Masters of the Wisdom, and the Elder Brothers has ever come forth in times of crisis and today will be no different. . . .</p>
<p>They work primarily behind the scenes, protected in the remote areas of Earth, and it is futile, therefore, to seek them out upon the physical plane. They are individuals of extraordinary capacities. . . .</p>
<p>The Hierarchy works ceaselessly and could be compared to a great army working for world upliftment. They are the inspiration for the major changes being implemented in the world yet they take no credit for the work that they do. Through the process of spiritual impression they influence those leaders and progressive thinkers whose minds and hearts are receptive to the new and forward looking, incoming ideas. Their work extends to all aspects of our planetary life—politics, education, religion, art, science, psychology and economics. . . .</p>
<p>There are periods of major opportunity of which the Hierarchy takes advantage and this present period is one of major opportunity. In the coming decades members of the Hierarchy will begin the process of externalization, moving outward onto the physical plane. They will again walk among humanity to help usher in the new age and prepare human consciousness for the reappearance of the World Teacher.</p>
<p>This externalization process will cause tremendous changes. Because of the Hierarchy’s enlightened leadership, the course of human affairs will be irrevocably turned towards the light and towards the realization of the divine Plan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">117.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Benjamin Disraeli, British Prime Minister, 1876</strong></p>
<p>The governments of the present day have to deal not merely with other governments, with emperors, kings and ministers, but also with the secret societies which have everywhere their unscrupulous agents, and can at the last moment upset all the governments’ plans.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">118.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Woodrow Wilson, <em>The New Freedom</em> (1913)</strong></p>
<p>Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the Field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">119.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Justice Felix Frankfurter, U.S. Supreme Court</strong></p>
<p>The real rulers in Washington are invisible and exercise their powers from behind the scenes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">120.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Benjamin Disraeli, former Prime Minister of England</strong></p>
<p>Governments do not govern, but merely control the machinery of government, being themselves controlled by the hidden hand.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">121.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in Conference Report, October 1941, p. 16</strong></p>
<p>I have been preaching against Communism for twenty years. I still warn you against it, and I tell you that we are drifting toward it more rapidly than some of us understand and I tell you that when Communism comes, the ownership of the things which are necessary to feed your families is going to be taken away from us. I tell you freedom of speech will go, freedom of the press will go, and freedom of religion will go.</p>
<p>I have warned you against propaganda and hate. We are in the midst of the greatest exhibition of propaganda that the world has ever seen, and all directed toward one end. Just do not believe all you read.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">122.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ambrose Bierce, American writer, 1842-1914</strong></p>
<p>History is an account mostly false, of events mostly unimportant, which are brought about by rulers, mostly knaves, and soldiers, mostly fools.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">123.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Edward Said, a well-known literary theorist, critic and outspoken Palestinian activist</strong></p>
<p>History is written by those who win and those who dominate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">124.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Francois Voltaire, French writer, deist and philosopher, 1694-1778</strong></p>
<p>History is fables agreed upon.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">125.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Honoré de Balzac, a French novelist</strong></p>
<p>There are two histories : official history, lying, and then secret history, where you find the real causes of events.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">126.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George Orwell, novelist and political and cultural commentator</strong></p>
<p>Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">127.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Schuyler Ebbets, “The 2004 Election Has Already Been Rigged,” posted on <a href="http://www.thepeoplesvoice.org/" target="_blank">www.thepeoplesvoice.org</a>, 2 Sep. 2003</strong></p>
<p>The pollsters have recently been forced to admit that the majority of Americans are against the re-election of George Bush. Two wars, thousands of dead human beings, and nine million lost jobs later and people are beginning to realize that something is very wrong. In spite of this gradual awakening most registered voters continue to depend on TV for their news and they are kept woefully in the dark about issues like election reform and touch screen voting. The media has gone to great lengths to foster an illusion of legitimacy and normalcy surrounding the electoral process. People have been intentionally lead to believe that their vote counts and Bush could actually be booted out of office on Election Day. No way is Bush going to lose, it just can’t happen. The 2004 election has already been rigged. The corporations and the military industrial complex have bought them selves a government and they aren’t going to let some silly little presidential election jeopardize their investment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">128.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Stalin, former dictator of communist Russia</strong></p>
<p>It’s not who votes that counts. It’s who counts the votes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">129.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Emma Goldman, an “anarcho-communist” who has been lionized as an iconic “rebel woman” feminist</strong></p>
<p>If voting changed anything, they would make it illegal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">130.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Oscar Callaway, U.S. Congressman, <em>Congressional Record </em>(1917)</strong></p>
<p>In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press. . . . They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers. An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">131.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Spiro Agnew, U. S. Vice-President, 13 November 1969</strong></p>
<p>The American people should be made aware of the trend toward monopolization of the great public information vehicles and the concentration of more and more power over public opinion in fewer and fewer hands.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">132.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Gore Vidal, novelist, essayist, playwright, and provocateur</strong></p>
<p>The corporate grip on opinion in the United States is one of the wonders of the Western world. No First World country has ever managed to eliminate so entirely from its media all objectivity—much less dissent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">133.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>U.S. Rep. Bernie Sanders, “Congress Can No Longer Ignore Corporate Control of the Media,” <em>The Hill</em> (12 June 2002)</strong></p>
<p>One of our best-kept secrets is the degree to which a handful of huge corporations control the flow of information in the United States. Whether it is television, radio, newspapers, magazines, books or the Internet, a few giant conglomerates are determining what we see, hear and read. And the situation is likely to become much worse as a result of radical deregulation efforts by the Bush administration and some horrendous court decisions. Television is the means by which most Americans get their “news.” Without exception, every major network is owned by a huge conglomerate that has enormous conflicts of interest. . . . The bottom line is that fewer and fewer huge conglomerates are controlling virtually everything that the ordinary American sees, hears and reads. This is an issue that Congress can no longer ignore.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">134.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>William Colby, former Director of the CIA, in <em>Derailing Democracy: The America the Media Don’t Want You to See</em> (2000), by Dave McGowan</strong></p>
<p>The Central Intelligence Agency owns everyone of any significance in the major media.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">135.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Garry Allen, <em>None Dare Call it Conspiracy,</em> p. 7</strong></p>
<p>We believe the picture painters of the mass media are artfully creating landscapes for us which deliberately hide the real picture. In this book we will show you how to discover the “hidden picture” in the landscapes presented to us daily through newspapers, radio and television.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">136.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, President of the Quorum of the Twelve, BYU Address entitled “In His Steps,” 4 March 1979</strong></p>
<p>The less newspapers have to say of value and of truth, the more pages they seem to take to say it. Usually a few minutes is more than sufficient to read a paper. One must select wisely a source of news; otherwise it would be better to be uninformed than misinformed. The subscribers of some mass magazines and newspapers are ever reading but seldom able to come to a knowledge of the truth in the areas of most vital concern.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">137.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Noam Chomsky, Institute Professor Emeritus of Linguistics at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology</strong></p>
<p>Any dictator would admire the uniformity and obedience of the [U.S.] media</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">138.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Thomas Jefferson</strong></p>
<p>The man who reads nothing at all is better educated than the man who reads nothing but newspapers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">139.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ernest Bevin, British Foreign Minister, at London Conference of Foreign Ministers, 10 Feb. 1946, quoted in <em>The Barnes Review,</em> vol. 5, no. 3 (Washington D.C.: TBR Co., May/June 1999), p. 29</strong></p>
<p>A newspaper has three things to do. One is to amuse, another is to entertain and the rest is to mislead.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">140.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Swinton, Chief of Staff for the <em>New York Times,</em> at New York Press Club, 1953, in A U.S. Police Action: Operation Vampire Killer, The American Citizens and Lawmen Association, pp. 18–19</strong></p>
<p>There is no such thing, at this date of the world’s history, in America, as an independent press. You know it, and I know it. There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions, and if you did, you know beforehand that it would never appear in print. I am paid weekly for keeping my honest opinion out of the paper I am connected with. Others of you are paid similar salaries for similar things, and any of you who would be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking for another job. If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in one issue of my newspaper, before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone. The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth; to lie outright; to pervert; to vilify; to fawn at the feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it, and I know it and what folly is this toasting an independent press? We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">141.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Robert McChesney, Research Professor in the Institute of Communications Research and the Graduate School of Library and Information Science at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign</strong></p>
<p>The notion that journalism can regularly produce a product that violates the fundamental intebests of media owners and advertisers . . . is absurd.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">142.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>William Shirer, who lived in Nazi Germany throughout most of the 1930s, and wrote about it in <em>The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich</em> (1959)</strong></p>
<p>I myself was to experience how easily one is taken in by a lying and censored press and radio in a totalitarian state. . . . Though unlike most Germans I had daily access to foreign newspapers . . . and though I listened regularly to the BBC and other foreign broadcasts, my job necessitated the spending of many hours a day in combing the German press, checking the German radio, conferring with Nazi officials and going to party meetings. It was surprising and sometimes consternating to find that notwithstanding the opportunities I had to learn the facts and despite one’s inherent distrust of what one learned from Nazi sources, a steady diet over the years of falsifications and distortions made a certain impression on one’s mind and often misled it. . . .</p>
<p>I would meet with the most outlandish assertions from seemingly educated and intelligent persons. It was obvious they were parroting some piece of nonsense they had heard on the radio or read in the newspapers. . . . Sometimes one was tempted to say as much, but on such occasions one was met with such a stare of incredulity, such a shock of silence, as if one had blasphemed the Almighty, that one realized how useless it was even to try to make contact with a mind which had become warped and for whom the facts of life had become what Hitler and Goebbels, with their cynical disregard for truth, said they were.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">143.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Albert Speer, Hitler’s Minister for Armaments, at his trial after World War II</strong></p>
<p>Hitler’s dictatorship differed in one fundamental point from all its predecessors in history. It was the first dictatorship in the present period of modern technical development, a dictatorship which made complete use of all technical means for the domination of its own country. Through technical devices like the radio and the loud-speaker, eighty million people were deprived of independent thought. It was thereby possible to subject them to the will of one man.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">144.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati</strong></p>
<p>By establishing reading societies, and subscription libraries, and taking these under our direction, and supplying them through our labors, we may turn the public mind which way we will.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">145.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Abraham Lincoln</strong></p>
<p>Public sentiment is everything. With public sentiment nothing can fail. Without it nothing can succeed. He who molds opinion is greater than he who enacts laws.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">146.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>M. Russell Ballard, in Conference Report, October 2003</strong></p>
<p>Conspiring men and women, intent on gain rather than goodness, stir up the people to all manner of wickedness, preventing the noble uses to which the media could be employed. . . .</p>
<p>The time has come when members of the Church need to speak out and join with the many other concerned people in opposition to the offensive, destructive, and mean-spirited media influence that is sweeping over the earth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">147.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Frank Zappa, musician and cultural iconoclast</strong></p>
<p>The illusion of freedom [in America] will continue as long as it’s profitable to continue the illusion. At the point where the illusion becomes too expensive to maintain, they will just take down the scenery, they will pull back the curtains, they will move the tables and chairs out of the way and you will see the brick wall at the back of the theater.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">148.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, German writer, humanist, scientist, and philosopher</strong></p>
<p>None are so hopelessly enslaved as those who falsely believe they are free.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">149.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in <em>Deseret News,</em> “Church Section,” 25 Sept. 1949, pp. 2, 15</strong></p>
<p>If we do not vigorously fight for our liberties, we shall go clear through to the end of the road and become another Russia, or worse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">150.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>H. Rowan Gaither, President of the Ford Foundation, 1953, quoted in “Applying the ‘Pincers’ Strategy,” <em>The New American,</em> vol. 12, no. 19 (16 Sept. 1996), p. 57</strong></p>
<p>Most of us here were, at one time or another, active in either the O.S.S., the State Department, or the European Economic Administration. During those times, and without exception, we operated under directives issued by the White House, the substance of which was to the effect that we should make every effort to so alter life in the United States as to make possible a comfortable merger with the Soviet Union.</p>
<p>We are continuing to be guided by just such directives.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">151.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Vladimir Ilich Lenin</strong></p>
<p>The aim of socialism is not only to abolish the present division of mankind into small states and all-national isolation, not only to bring the nations closer to each other, but also to merge them.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">152.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>American Jewish Committee’s Magazine, <em>Commentary,</em> November 1958, p. 376</strong></p>
<p>The International government of the United Nations, stripped of its legal trimming, then, is really the International Government of the United States and the Soviet Union acting in unison.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">153.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, BYU Address, 10 Dec. 1963</strong></p>
<p>Let us have no blind devotion to the communist-dominated United Nations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">154.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator James O. Eastland, Activities of U.S. Citizens Employed by the UN (Hearings), <em>Congressional Record</em> (1951)</strong></p>
<p>I am appalled at the extensive evidence indicating that there is today in the UN among the American employees there, the greatest concentration of communists that this Committee has ever encountered. . . . These people occupy high positions. They have very high salaries and almost all of these people have, in the past, been employees in the U.S. government in high and sensitive positions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">155.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Major George Racey Jordan USAF, Ret., Major Jordan’s Diaries (1952)</strong></p>
<p>There seemed to be no lengths to which some American officials would not go in aiding Russia to master the secret of nuclear fission.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">156.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Howard C. Peterson, U.S. Assistant Secretary of War, testimony during a Senate investigation, led by Senator Styles Bridges, chairman of the Committee on Appropriations 6/47, <em>Congressional Record</em> (1952)</strong></p>
<p>The American people are bound to the people of the Soviet Union in the great alliance of the United Nations. We are determined that nothing shall stop us from sharing with you all that we have.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">157.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator Barry Goldwater, <em>Congressional Record</em> (1971)</strong></p>
<p>The time has come to recognize the United Nations for the anti-American, anti-freedom organization that it has become. The time has come for us to cut off all financial help, withdraw as a member, and ask the United Nations to find headquarters location outside the United States that is more in keeping with the philosophy of the majority of voting members, someplace like Moscow or Peking.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">158.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Jack Anderson, Washington Post (1971)</strong></p>
<p>Indeed, the U.N. is the main Soviet espionage center in this country.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">159.</td>
<td valign="top"><em><strong>Political Affairs</strong></em><strong> (April 1945), the official publication of the American Communist Party (CPUSA)</strong></p>
<p>Great popular support and enthusiasm for the United Nations policies should be built up, well organized and fully articulate. But it is necessary to do more than that. The opposition must be rendered so impotent that it will be unable to gather any significant support in the Senate against the United Nations Charter and the treaties which will follow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">160.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Soviet General Bondarenko, lecture at the Frunze Military Academy in Moscow, as revealed by Czech intelligence officer defector, Colonel Jan Bukar at Executive Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, Soviet Schedule For War, <em>Congressional Record</em> (1953)</strong></p>
<p>From the rostrum of the United Nations, we shall convince the colonial and semicolonial people to liberate themselves and to spread the Communist theory all over the world.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">161.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Representative John E. Rankin, who served sixteen terms as Mississippi’s First District Representative in the United States House of Representatives, 1945</strong></p>
<p>The United Nations is the greatest fraud in all History. Its purpose is to destroy the United States.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">162.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President George H. W. Bush, January 1991</strong></p>
<p>We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a new world order, a world where the rule of law, not the rule of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful, and we will be, we have a real chance at this new world order, an order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the UN’s founders.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">163.</td>
<td valign="top"><em><strong>New York Times</strong></em><strong> (Nov. 1975)</strong></p>
<p>At the founding of the United Nations in San Francisco, Nelson Rockefeller was in the forefront of the struggle to establish not only an American system of political and economic security but a new world order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">164.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Professors Laurence H. Shoup and William Minter, in their study <em>Imperial Brain Trust: The CFR and United States Foreign Policy </em>(Monthly Review Press, 1977)</strong></p>
<p>The planning of UN can be traced to the “secret steering committee” established by Secretary [of State Cordell] Hull in January 1943. All of the members of this secret committee, with the exception of Hull, a Tennessee politician, were members of the Council on Foreign Relations. They saw Hull regularly to plan, select, and guide the labors of the [State] Department’s Advisory Committee. It was, in effect, the coordinating agency for all the State Department’s postwar planning.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">165.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mikhail Gorbachev, dictator of Russia and KGB supremo, in speech to the Soviet Politburo, 1987</strong></p>
<p>Gentlemen, comrades, do not be concerned about all you hear about glasnost and perestroika and democracy in the coming years. These are primarily for outward consumption. There will be no significant internal change within the Soviet Union, other than for cosmetic purposes. Our purpose is to disarm the Americans and let them fall asleep.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">166.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Kenneth D. Wells, President of Valley Forge Freedoms Foundation, BYU Speech, 30 Apr. 1962, in <em>Speeches,</em> 1962, p. 5</strong></p>
<p>The Communists could succeed if we ever let ourselves be lulled into thinking that they are no longer dangerous to us externally and internally. They would be victorious if we were ever duped by their own nationals or by foolish Americans—if we were ever duped into believing that they are not aggressive, atheist socialist imperialists. They have proved they never sleep. They have never permanently retreated, and what seems at a particular time to be a cessation of their forward movement or a change in their designs is nothing more than a tactical maneuver on another front.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">167.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mikhail Gorbachev, <em>Perestroika—New Thinking for Our Country and the World</em> (1988)</strong></p>
<p>Those who hope that we shall move away from the socialist path will be greatly disappointed. Every part of our program of perestroika . . . is fully based on the principle of more socialism and more democracy. . . .</p>
<p>I would like to be clearly understood . . . we, the Soviet people, are for socialism. . . . We want more socialism and, therefore, more democracy. . . . More socialism means more democracy, openness and collectivism in everyday life. . . .</p>
<p>We will proceed toward better socialism rather than away from it. We are saying this honestly, without trying to fool our own people or the world. Any hopes that we will begin to build a different, non-socialist society and go over to the other camp are unrealistic and futile. Those in the West who expect us to give up socialism will be disappointed. . . .</p>
<p>It’s my conviction that the human race has entered a stage where we are all dependent on each other. No other country or nation should be regarded in total separation from another, let alone pitted against another. That’s what our communist vocabulary calls internationalism and it means promoting universal human values.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">168.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mikhail Gorbachev, in an address to the United Nations, 1988</strong></p>
<p>Further global progress is now possible only through a quest for universal consensus in the movement towards a new world order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">169.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President George Bush, Texas A&amp;M University, 1989</strong></p>
<p>Ultimately, our objective is to welcome the Soviet Union back into the world order. Perhaps the world order of the future will truly be a family of nations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">170.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brent Scowcroft, in <em>Washington Post</em> (May 1991)</strong></p>
<p>We believe we are creating the beginning of a new world order coming out of the collapse of the U.S.-Soviet antagonisms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">171.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adolf Hitler</strong></p>
<p>National Socialism will use its own revolution for establishing of a new world order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">172.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mikhail Gorbachev, in <em>New York Times, </em>1989</strong></p>
<p>I am a Communist, a convinced Communist! For some that may be a fantasy. But to me it is my main goal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">173.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mikhail Gorbachev, speech at the 70th Anniversary of the Bolshevik Revolution, 1987</strong></p>
<p>In October 1917, we parted with the Old World, rejecting it once for all. We are moving toward a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">174.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Fidel Castro, Dictator of Cuba, to the United Nations, 1979</strong></p>
<p>We must establish a new world order based on justice, on equity, and on peace.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">175.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Stalin, Dictator of the Soviet Union</strong></p>
<p>[After communism succeeds] then, there will come a peace across the earth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">176.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Karl Marx, author of the <em>Communist Manifesto</em></strong></p>
<p>The meaning of peace is the absence of opposition to Socialism.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">177.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President George Bush, State of the Union Address, 1991</strong></p>
<p>For two centuries we’ve done the hard work of freedom. And tonight we lead the world in facing down a threat to decency and humanity. What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea—a new world order, where diverse nations are drawn together in common cause to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind: peace and security, freedom, and the rule of law. Such is a world worthy of our struggle, and worthy of our children’s future.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">178.</td>
<td valign="top"><em><strong>First Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians, </strong></em><strong>chapter 5, verse 3, in the Holy Bible, Authorized King James Version</strong></p>
<p>For when they shall say, Peace and Safety: then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">179.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George H. W. Bush, January 1991</strong></p>
<p>If we do not follow the dictates of our moral compass and stand up for human life, then this lawlessness will threaten the peace and democracy of the emerging new world order we now see, this long dreamed-of vision we’ve all worked toward for so long.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">180.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in BYU Address, 10 May 1966</strong></p>
<p>“The adversary,” said Brigham Young, “presents his principle and arguments in the most approved style, and in the most winning tone, attended with the most graceful attitudes; and he is very careful to ingratiate himself into the favor of the powerful and influential of mankind, uniting himself with popular parties, floating into offices of trust and emolument by pandering to popular feeling, though it should seriously wrong and oppress the innocent.” Such characters put on the manners of an angel, appearing as nigh like angels of light as they possibly can, to deceive the innocent and the unwary. The good which they do, they do to bring to pass an evil purpose upon the good and honest followers of Jesus Christ.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">181.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>A. M. Rosenthal, <em>New York Times,</em> January 1991</strong></p>
<p>But it became clear as time went on that in Mr. Bush’s mind the New World Order was founded on a convergence of goals and interests between the U.S. and the Soviet Union, so strong and permanent that they would work as a team through the U.N. Security Council.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">182.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Ralph Thompson, “Our Readers Write,” <em>Ensign,</em> Mar. 1971, p. 73</strong></p>
<p>It is suggested that the solution lies in the United Nations Security Council. It is interesting to note that each solution it achieves invariably results either in the country involved going communist or vast territories being turned to communist-type socialism. The United Nations is the great Trojan horse within our gates, and we can hope for absolutely no help from that quarter, especially while it promotes and arranges finances, encouragement, and prestige to dissenting groups involved in so-called liberation movements of terrorist revolutionary groups.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">183.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Earl Browder, former General Secretary of the U.S. Communist Party, <em>Victory and After</em></strong></p>
<p>The American communists worked energetically and tirelessly to lay the foundations for the United Nations which we were sure would come into existence. . . . It can be said, without exaggeration, that ever closer relations between our nation and the Soviet Union are an unconditional requirement for the United Nations as a world coalition. . . . The United Nations is the instrument for victory. Victory is required for the survival of our nation. The Soviet Union is an essential part of the United Nations. Mutual confidence between our country and the Soviet Union and joint work in the leadership of the United Nations are absolutely necessary.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">184.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George H. W. Bush, State of the Union Address, 1991</strong></p>
<p>We will succeed in the Gulf. And when we do, the world community will have sent an enduring warning to any dictator or despot, present or future, who contemplates outlaw aggression. The world can therefore seize this opportunity to fulfill the long-held promise of a new world order—where brutality will go unrewarded, and aggression will meet collective resistance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">185.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Michael Parenti, political scientist and author</strong></p>
<p>The enormous gap between what U.S. leaders do in the world and what Americans think their leaders are doing is one of the great propaganda accomplishments of the dominant political mythology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">186.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Stockwell, U.S. Marine Corps Major, and Chief of Station and National Security Council coordinator for the CIA</strong></p>
<p>The major function of secrecy in Washington is to keep the U.S. people . . . from knowing what the nation’s leaders are doing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">187.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adolph Hitler</strong></p>
<p>What luck for the rulers that men do not think.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">188.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Michael Rivero</strong></p>
<p>Most people prefer to believe their leaders are just and fair even in the face of evidence to the contrary, because once a citizen acknowledges that the government under which they live is lying and corrupt, the citizen has to choose what he or she will do about it. To take action in the face of a corrupt government entails risks of harm to life and loved ones. To choose to do nothing is to surrender one’s self-image of standing for principles. Most people do not have the courage to face that choice. Hence, most propaganda is not designed to fool the critical thinker but only to give moral cowards an excuse not to think at all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">189.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Winston S. Churchill, Prime Minister of the U.K.; italics added</strong></p>
<p>I do not understand this squeamishness about the use of gas. I am strongly in favor of using poisoned gas against uncivilized tribes. The moral effect should be good . . . and it would spread a lively <em>terror</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">190.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Winston S. Churchill, in <em>Pall Mall Gazette,</em> 1924</strong></p>
<p>I am in favor of deliberately spreading methodically prepared bacteria among people and animals—mildew . . . to destroy the harvests, anthrax to destroy horses and livestock, and the plague, in order to kill not only entire armies, but also the inhabitants of large regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">191.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Winston S. Churchill</strong></p>
<p>Give me the facts, and I will twist them the way I want, to suit my argument.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">192.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, in Conference Report, October 1962, p. 8</strong></p>
<p>Above all else, strive to support good and conscientious candidates of either party who are aware of the great dangers inherent in communism and who are truly dedicated to the Constitution in the tradition of our founding fathers. They should also pledge their sincere fealty to our way of liberty—a liberty which aims at the preservation of both personal and property rights. Study the issues, analyze the candidates on these grounds, and then exercise your franchise as free men and women. Never be found guilty of exchanging your birthright for a mess of pottage!</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">193.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Hyrum Smith, 9 April 1844, in <em>History of the Church,</em> vol. 6 (Salt Lake City), p. 323</strong></p>
<p>We engage in the election the same as in any other principle: you are to vote for good men, and if you do not do this it is a sin: to vote for wicked men, it would be sin. Choose the good and refuse the evil. Men of false principles have preyed upon us like wolves upon helpless lambs. Damn the rod of tyranny; curse it. Let every man use his liberties according to the Constitution. Don’t fear man or devil; electioneer with all people, male and female, and exhort them to do the thing that is right. We want a President of the U. S., not a party President, but a President of the whole people; for a party President disfranchises the opposite party. Have a President who will maintain every man in his rights.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">194.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., <em>The Improvement Era,</em> vol. 43, no. 7 (July 1940), p. 444</strong></p>
<p>God provided that in this land of liberty, our political allegiance shall run not to individuals, that is, to government officials, no matter how great or how small they may be. Under His plan our allegiance and the only allegiance we owe as citizens or denizens of the United States, runs to our inspired Constitution which God Himself set up. So runs the oath of office of those who participate in government. A certain loyalty we do owe to the office which a man holds, but even here we owe, just by reason of our citizenship, no loyalty to the man himself. In other countries it is to the individual that allegiance runs. This principle of allegiance to the Constitution is basic to our freedom. It is one of the great principles that distinguishes this “land of liberty” from other countries.</p>
<p>Thus God added to His priceless blessings to us.</p>
<p>I wish to say with all the earnestness I possess that when you youth and maidens see any curtailment of these liberties I have named, when you see government invading any of these realms of freedom which we have under our Constitution, you will know that they are putting shackles on your liberty, and that tyranny is creeping upon you, no matter who curtails these liberties or who invades these realms, and no matter what the reason and excuse therefore may be.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">195.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Theodore Roosevelt, <em>Works,</em> vol. 21, pp. 316, 321</strong></p>
<p>Patriotism means to stand by the country. It does not mean to stand by the President or any other public official save exactly to the degree in which he himself stands by the country. . . .</p>
<p>Every man who parrots the cry of “stand by the President” without adding the proviso “so far as he serves the Republic” takes an attitude as essentially unmanly as that of any Stuart royalist who championed the doctrine that the King could do no wrong. No self-respecting and intelligent free man could take such an attitude.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">196.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Smith, in <em>History of the Church, </em>vol. 6 (Salt Lake City), p. 207</strong></p>
<p>Now it is time to have a President of the United States; and let the people of the whole Union, like the inflexible Romans, whenever they find a promise made by a candidate that is not practiced as an officer, hurl the miserable sycophant from his exaltation, as God did Nebuchadnezzar, to crop the grass of the field with a beast’s heart among the cattle.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">197.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Truman G. Madsen, <em>The Presidents of the Church,</em> p. 372</strong></p>
<p>Which of the two main political parties in the United States is closest to the vision of the founders of the United States? Neither.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">198.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Heber C. Kimball, First Counselor in the First Presidency, 13 Aug. 1853, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 2, p. 105</strong></p>
<p>In the United States and in the old countries, they are divided into six or seven hundred different religious denominations, all disagreeing with each other; besides political and a thousand other kinds of divisions and differences, such as whiggery, democratism, socialism, which, in short, may all be summed up under the term, <em>Devilism.</em> This is not the policy of the Latter-day Saints.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">199.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Eduard Limonov, founder of the National Bolshevik Party in Russia</strong></p>
<p>There’s no longer any left or right. There’s the system and the enemies of the system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">200.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Anonymous</strong></p>
<p>Democracy, by definition, is participatory. Without participation, there is no democracy; that’s why the U.S. doesn’t have one. To participate, one must be educated and interested. There you have it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">201.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in Conference Report, April 1952, p. 80</strong></p>
<p>Brethren, I do not suppose that any of you have had communistic leanings. I suppose that all of you love your country, love the Constitution, love the free institutions under which we live, love our freedoms. But if there be any, may I ask you, prayerfully and humbly, think this thing over, because if it comes here it will probably come in its full vigor and there will be a lot of vacant places among those who guide and direct, not only this government, but also this Church of ours.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">202.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, “A Witness and a Warning,”<em> Ensign,</em> November 1979</strong></p>
<p>My message is a witness and a warning about some of the evils which threaten America—a land I love with all my heart. . . .</p>
<p>Communism introduced into the world a substitute for true religion. It is a counterfeit of the gospel plan. The false prophets of Communism predict a utopian society. This, they proclaim, will only be brought about as capitalism and free enterprise are overthrow, private property abolished, the family as a social unit eliminated, all classes abolished, all governments overthrown, and a communal ownership of property in a classless, stateless society established.</p>
<p>Since 1917 this godless counterfeit to the gospel has made tremendous progress toward its objective of world domination.</p>
<p>Today, we are in a battle for the bodies and souls of man. It is a battle between two opposing systems: freedom and slavery, Christ and anti-Christ. The struggle is more momentous than a decade ago, yet today the conventional wisdom says, “You must learn to live with Communism and to give up your ideas about national sovereignty.” Tell that to the millions—yes, the scores of millions—who have met death or imprisonment under the tyranny of Communism! <em>Such would be the death knell of freedom and all we hold dear.</em> . . .</p>
<p>I have seen the Soviet Union, under its godless leaders, spread its ideology throughout the world. Every stratagem is used—trade, war, revolution, violence, hate, detente, and immorality—to accomplish its purposes. Many nations are now under its oppressive control. Over one billion people—one-fourth of the population of the world—have now lost their freedom and are under Communist domination. We seem to forget that the great objective of Communism is still world domination and control, which means the surrender of our freedom—your freedom—our sovereignty. . . .</p>
<p>President Marion G. Romney, in the First Presidency Message in the September 1979 <em>Ensign,</em> wrote: “Communism is Satan’s counterfeit for the gospel plan, and . . . it is an avowed enemy of the God of the land. Communism is the greatest anti-Christ power in the world today and therefore the greatest menace not only to our peace but to our preservation as a free people. By the extent to which we tolerate it, accommodate ourselves to it, permit ourselves to be encircled by its tentacles and drawn to it, to that extent we forfeit the protection of the God of this land” (p. 5).</p>
<p>The truth is, we have to a great extent accommodated ourselves to Communism—and we have permitted ourselves to become encircled by its tentacles. Though we give lip service to the Monroe Doctrine, this has not prevented Cuba from becoming a Soviet military base, ninety miles off our coastline, nor has it prevented the takeover of Nicaragua in Central America, the surrender of the Panama Canal, or the infiltration by enemy agents within our borders.</p>
<p>Never before has the land of Zion appeared so vulnerable to so powerful an enemy as the Americas do at present. And our vulnerability is directly attributable to our loss of active faith in the God of this land, who has decreed that we must worship Him or be swept off. Too many Americans have lost sight of the truth that God is our source of freedom—the Lawgiver—and that personal righteousness is the most important essential to preserving our freedom. So, I say with all the energy of my soul that unless we as citizens of this nation forsake our sins, political and otherwise, and return to the fundamental principles of Christianity and of constitutional government, we will lose our political liberties, our free institutions, and will stand in jeopardy before God.</p>
<p>No nation which has kept the commandments of God has ever perished, but I say to you that once freedom is lost, only blood—human blood—will win it back.</p>
<p>There are some things we must do at once if we are to stave off a holocaust of destruction. . . .</p>
<p>We must awaken to “a sense of [our] awful situation, because of this secret combination which [is] among [us]” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/24#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:24" target="_ether824">Ether 8:24</a>). We must not tolerate accommodation with or appeasement toward the false system of Communism. We must demand of our elected officials that we not only resist Communism, but that we will take every measure to prevent its intrusion into this hemisphere. . . .</p>
<p>My single-minded concern is for the freedom and welfare of my countrymen and my posterity, the freedom of all men.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">203.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in <em>Deseret News,</em> “Church Section,” 25 September 1949, pp. 2, 15</strong></p>
<p>The paths we are following, if we move forward thereon, will inevitably lead us to socialism or communism, and these two are as like as two peas in a pod in their ultimate effect upon our liberties. . . .</p>
<p>We may first observe that communism and socialism—which we shall hereafter group together and dub Statism—cannot live with Christianity nor with any religion that postulates a Creator such as the Declaration of Independence recognizes. The slaves of Statism must know no power, no authority, no source of blessing, no God, but the State. . . .</p>
<p>This country faces ahead enough trouble to bring us to our knees in humble honest prayer to God for the help which He alone can give to save us. . . .</p>
<p>Do not think that all these usurpations, intimidations, and impositions are being done to us through inadvertency or mistake, the whole course is deliberately planned and carried out; its purpose is to destroy the Constitution and our Constitutional government; then to bring chaos out of which the new Statism, with its Slavery, is to arise, with a cruel, relentless, selfish, ambitious crew in the saddle, riding hard with whip and spur, a red-shrouded band of night riders for despotism. . . .</p>
<p>If we do not vigorously fight for our liberties, we shall go clear through to the end of the road and become another Russia, or worse. . . .</p>
<p>We have largely lost the conflict so far waged. But there is time to win the final victory, if we can sense our danger, and fight.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">204.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Gene Adrian Gregory, April 9, 1962, in <em>BYU Speeches of the Year,</em> 1962, p. 5; italics added</strong></p>
<p>What are the tactics? What is the strategy which is used by the Communists in this situation? They learned that it would not be possible for them to take Vietnam by default, by elections, or by political action. They were outstripped by the government in South Vietnam in the economic field. If they were to win, it was necessary to resort to force. Consequently, they pulled out Trotsky’s book on <em>terrorism</em> and Communism and the various works of Lenin and Mao Tee-Tung on this subject and they were trained carefully. This is the system which they were to apply during the succeeding years in South Vietnam and are applying ruthlessly now.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">205.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Gordon B. Hinckley, President of the Church, in <em>Conference Report,</em> October 2001, pp. 87–88; italics added</strong></p>
<p>For the first time since we became a nation, the United States has been seriously attacked on its mainland soil. . . . It was well planned, boldly executed, and the results were disastrous. It is estimated that more than 5,000 innocent people died. . . . It was cruel and cunning, an act of consummate evil. . . .</p>
<p>It is the terrorist organizations that must be ferreted out and brought down.</p>
<p>We of this Church know something of such groups. The Book of Mormon speaks of the Gadianton robbers, a vicious, oath-bound, and secret organization bent on evil and destruction. In their day they did all in their power, by whatever means available, to bring down the Church, to woo the people with sophistry, and to take control of the society<em>. We see the same thing in the present situation.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">206.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Edward Herman, Professor Emeritus of Finance at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania</strong></p>
<p>There is a system of terroristic states—the real terror network—that has spread throughout Latin America and elsewhere over the past several decades, and which is deeply rooted in the corporate interest and sustaining political-military-financial propaganda mechanisms of the United States and its allies in the Free World.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">207.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Boyd K. Packer, Acting President of the Quorum of the Twelve, in <em>Conference Report,</em> April 2004, pp. 78–81</strong></p>
<p>We must not ignore Moroni’s words when he saw our day and said, “Ye [must] awake to a sense of your awful situation” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/24#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:24" target="_ether824">Ether 8:24</a>).</p>
<p>We cannot take lightly this warning from the Book of Mormon:</p>
<p>“The Lord in his great infinite goodness doth bless and prosper those who put their trust in him . . . , doing all things for the welfare and happiness of his people; yea, then is the time that they do harden their hearts, and do forget the Lord their God, and do trample under their feet the Holy One—yea, and this because of their ease, and their exceedingly great prosperity.</p>
<p>“And thus we see that except the Lord doth chasten his people with many afflictions, yea, except he doth visit them with <em>death</em> and with <em>terror,</em> and with <em>famine</em> and with all manner of <em>pestilence,</em> they will not remember him” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/hel/12/1-3#1" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Helaman 12:1&ndash;3" target="_hel121-3">Helaman 12:1&ndash;3</a>; italics added).</p>
<p>Did you notice that word <em>terror</em> in that prophetic Book of Mormon warning? . . .</p>
<p>We are not blind to the conditions in the world.</p>
<p>The Apostle Paul prophesied of “perilous times” in the last days (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_tim/3/1#1" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Timothy 3:1" target="_2_tim31">2 Timothy 3:1</a>), and he warned, “We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/eph/6/12#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ephesians 6:12" target="_eph612">Ephesians 6:12</a>).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">208.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, October 1961, p. 70–75; italics added</strong></p>
<p>The fight against godless communism is a very real part of every man’s duty who holds the priesthood. It is the fight against slavery, immorality, atheism, <em>terrorism,</em> cruelty, barbarism, deceit, and the destruction of human life through a kind of tyranny unsurpassed by anything in human history.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">209.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>First Presidency Statement, in Conference Report, April 1942, p. 90; italics added</strong></p>
<p>We again warn our people in America of the constantly increasing threat against our inspired Constitution and our free institutions set up under it. The same political tenets and philosophies that have brought war and <em>terror</em> in other parts of the world are at work amongst us in America. The proponents thereof are seeking to undermine our own form of government and to set up instead one of the forms of dictatorship now flourishing in other lands.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">210.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, in <em>The Instructor,</em> February 1856, p. 34</strong></p>
<p>Next to being one in worshiping God, there is nothing in this world upon which this Church should be more united than in upholding and defending the Constitution of the United States!</p>
<p>May the appeal of our Lord in His intercessory prayer for unity be realized in our homes, our wards, our stakes, and in our support of the basic principles of our Republic.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">211.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>L. Tom Perry of the Quorum of the Twelve, 17 Sept. 1998, in an address entitled “The Constitution In The Tradition of The Founding Fathers,” given at the Cache Valley Constitution Day Commemoration</strong></p>
<p>With the blessings of freedom, also come the responsibility to be a part of the great system of government we are privileged to enjoy. We must find ways to keep alive the same desire for freedom which motivated the early colonists to put everything they had on the altar of freedom to establish their land of liberty. We must be certain this standard by which this land is governed is kept alive as its guiding principles are understood and passed on to succeeding generations. We must be prepared to defend it, even to the extent of our own lives. The history of nations surely indicates that ours is one of the longest enduring systems of government in the history of mankind. Most have become corrupted long before their 200th birthday. How long will our system endure? Only as long as we participate in keeping moored to its founding principles. What should we do when we find deterioration creeping into the system? Maybe an account from the Book of Mormon will give us some guidance. When Moroni, who was chief commander of the armies of the Nephites, found the people degenerating into unrighteousness, he took off his coat and wrote upon it:</p>
<p>“In memory of our God, our religion, and freedom, and our peace, our wives, and our children—and he fastened it upon the end of a pole. . . .”</p>
<p>He then went “among the people, waving the rent part of his garment in the air, that all might see the writing . . . . and crying with a loud voice, saying:</p>
<p>“Behold, whosoever will maintain this title upon the land, let them come forth in the strength of the Lord, and enter into a covenant that they will maintain their rights, and their religion, that the Lord God may bless them.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/alma/46/12-20#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Alma 46:12&ndash;20" target="_alma4612-20">Alma 46:12&ndash;20</a>.)</p>
<p>He was not afraid to expose the evils of his day. He was not afraid to let everyone know where he stood. He was not afraid to declare his allegiance to what he believed in. He was not afraid to rally the people in opposition to that which was wrong. . . .</p>
<p>The question I have to challenge each of you with tonight is: Where is your title of liberty? Are you ready to let it fly from the tops of your flagpoles as an evidence of your willingness to defend the heavenly banner of the Constitution of the United States of America?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">212.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Edgar Hoover, Director of the FBI, in speech entitled “The Faith To Be Free,” on NBC-TV, 1961</strong></p>
<p>The Communist threat from without must not blind us to the Communist threat from within. The latter is reaching into the very heart of America through its espionage agents and a cunning, defiant, and lawless communist party, which is fanatically dedicated to the Marxist cause of world enslavement and destruction of the foundations of our republic.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">213.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>General Mark Clark, <em>From the Danube to the Yalu</em> (1954)</strong></p>
<p>Perhaps Communists had wormed their way so deeply into our government on both the working and planning levels that they were able to exercise an inordinate degree of power in shaping the course of America in the dangerous postwar era. I could not help wondering and worrying whether we were faced with open enemies across the conference table and hidden enemies who sat with us in our most secret councils.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">214.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Abraham Lincoln</strong></p>
<p>America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because we destroyed ourselves.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">215.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Letter from the prison cell of former Congressman and political prisoner, Jim Traficant, November 2003</strong></p>
<p>America is in trouble&#8230; not from without, but from within! The Central Government has become too powerful. Citizens fear the Government. This is wrong. This is dangerous! I know the Government covered-up and promulgated LIES about Waco, Ruby Ridge, Pan Am Flight 103, Hoffa, and J.F.K. The Government knew I was right when I called Janet Reno a traitor. Janet Reno sold us out when she refused to investigate a $10-million payoff to the Democratic Party from a general in the Red Chinese Army (no less!). Think about it! And the Government knew that I had known why Reno was forced to betray America! I’m proud that I tried to do something about it! Someday the truth will come out. (I hope China never attacks us!)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">216.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Charles W. Nibley, in Conference Report, April 1922, p. 162</strong></p>
<p>We need not fear as to this Nation from without. The Lord has said, “I will fortify this land against all other nations.” The danger is not from without, but from within, as the Book of Mormon plainly points out from secret combinations of men giving their first allegiance to their secret combination. That is the danger for after awhile these combinations will be contending one against the other until anarchy is apt to prevail, crime becomes rampant and danger to the existence of our government with its glorious Constitution is great, unless the people turn unto the Lord and seek Him.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">217.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George W. Bush, shortly before he took office as U.S. President, 21 Dec. 2000, taken from the transcript on CNN’s web site, <a href="http://transcripts.cnn.com./" target="_blank">http://transcripts.cnn.com.</a></strong></p>
<p>If this were a dictatorship, it’d be a heck of a lot easier, just so long as I’m the dictator.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">218.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>James Madison, former U.S. President</strong></p>
<p>I believe there are more instances of the abridgment of the freedom of the people by gradual and silent encroachments of those in power than by violent and sudden usurpations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">219.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>William S. Cohen, U.S. Defense Secretary</strong></p>
<p>Terrorism is escalating to the point that Americans soon may have to choose between civil liberties and more intrusive means of protection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">220.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Tommy Franks, U.S. General who led the planning and execution of the attacks on Afghanistan in October 2001 and Iraq in March 2003, speaking in an interview with Marvin R. Shanken, in the Nov./Dec. 2003 issue of <em>Cigar Aficionado</em></strong></p>
<p>Two years after the fact of 9/11, we should ask ourselves . . . what is the worst thing that can happen in our country? The worst thing that can happen is, perhaps—and this is my personal opinion—two steps. The first step would be a nexus between weapons of mass destruction of any variety. It could be chemical, it could be biological, it could be some nuclear device; and terrorism. Terrorists or any human being who is committed to the proposition of terror, try to just create casualties, not for the purpose of annihilation, but to terrify a population. . . .</p>
<p>That goes to step number two, which is that the western world, the free world, loses what it cherishes most, and that is freedom and liberty we’ve seen for a couple of hundred years in this grand experiment that we call democracy. Now, in a practical sense, what does that mean? It means the potential of a weapon of mass destruction and a terrorist, massive casualty-producing event somewhere in the western world—it may be in the United States of America—that causes our population to question our own Constitution and to begin to militarize our country in order to avoid a repeat of another mass-casualty-producing event. Which, in fact, then begins to potentially unravel the fabric of our Constitution. Two steps: very, very important.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">221.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>G. Edward Griffin, <em>The New American,</em> vol. 12, no. 19 (16 Sept. 1996), p. 55; emphasis added</strong></p>
<p>A detailed explanation of this strategy appeared in print in the 1950s as two chapters in a textbook used by the Communist Party in Czechoslovakia. Written by Communist Party “theoretician” Jan Kozak, this textbook was used in a training program on how to seize power in countries that have representative government. The strategy involves a political “pincers” movement—and these are the terms Kozak uses to describe it—a “pincers” movement applying political pressure “from above” and “from below.” Pressure from above is created when agents inside the government marked for takeover bring forward recommendations for new big government/police state legislation. This legislation will be promoted as <em>a solution to some kind of national problem,</em> but that will be a ruse. The hidden objective will be to expand the power of the bureaucracy and to move the country closer to the ultimate goal of total government.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">222.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>General Douglas MacArthur, United States general who served as chief of staff and commanded Allied forces in the South Pacific during World War II; he accepted the surrender of Japan, 1957</strong></p>
<p>Our government has kept us in a perpetual state of fear—kept us in a continuous stampede of patriotic fervor—with the cry of grave national emergency. Always, there has been some terrible evil at home, or some monstrous foreign power that was going to gobble us up if we did not blindly rally behind it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">223.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>H.L. Mencken</strong></p>
<p>The whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed and hence, clamorous to be led to safety—by menacing it with an endless series of hobgoblins, all of them imaginary.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">224.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Herman Goering, Nazi Luftwaffe commander, at the Nuremberg Trials</strong></p>
<p>Why of course the people don’t want war. . . . Naturally, the common people don’t want war. . . . That is understood. But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship. . . . Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. All you have to do is tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">225.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. Henry Kissinger, Bilderberg Conference, Evians, France, 1991</strong></p>
<p>Today, America would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there were an outside threat from beyond, whether real or “promulgated,” that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this “scenario,” individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by the World Government.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">226.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Condoleezza Rice, U.S. Secretary of State, March 2000</strong></p>
<p>We need a common enemy to unite us.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">227.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Stockwell, U.S. Marine Corps Major, and Chief of Station and National Security Council coordinator for the CIA</strong></p>
<p>Enemies are necessary for the wheels of the U.S. military machine to turn.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">228.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Introduction to the BBC documentary “The Power of Nightmares,” originally aired on BBC 2, 20 Oct. 2004, 9 p.m.; written and produced by Adam Curtis</strong></p>
<p>In the past, politicians promised to create a better world. They had different ways of achieving this. But their power and authority came from the optimistic visions they offered to their people. Those dreams failed. And today, people have lost faith in ideologies. Increasingly, politicians are seen simply as managers of public life. But now, they have discovered a new role that restores their power and authority. Instead of delivering dreams, politicians now promise to protect us from nightmares. They say that they will rescue us from dreadful dangers that we cannot see and do not understand. And the greatest danger of all is international terrorism. A powerful and sinister network, with sleeper cells in countries across the world. A threat that needs to be fought by a war on terror. But much of this threat is a fantasy, which has been exaggerated and distorted by politicians. Its a dark illusion that has spread unquestioned through governments around the world, the security services, and the international media. . . . This is a series of films about how and why that fantasy was created, and who it benefits. At the heart of the story are two groups the American neoconservatives, and the radical Islamists. Both were idealists who were born out of the failure of the liberal dream to build a better world. And both had a very similar explanation for what caused that failure. These two groups have changed the world, but not in the way that either intended. Together, they created today’s nightmare vision of a secret, organized evil that threatens the world. A fantasy that politicians then found restored their power and authority in a disillusioned age. And those with the darkest fears became the most powerful.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">229.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>“Bush Urges More Police Powers Vs. Terror”, <em>Yahoo News,</em> September 10, 2003</strong></p>
<p>President Bush told Congress on Wednesday to “untie the hands” of law enforcement officials and arm them with wider legal powers to combat terrorists, saying the groups that struck America two years ago are wounded but still dangerous. He specifically called for expanding use of the federal death penalty, tougher bail restrictions and greater subpoena powers. . . . Timothy Edgar, legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union, said all three provisions Bush highlighted were included in a draft sequel to the Patriot Act that was made public earlier this year. “What’s relevant is that President Bush is trying to push through these powers that the Justice Department put together as a sequel to the Patriot Act in a way that further undermines civil rights and civil liberties,” Edgar said.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">230.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Reference Op Ed page, <em>New York Times,</em> 24 Sept. 2001</strong></p>
<p>If the New World Order agenda is not realized by the terrorist attacks on America and if Americans don’t agree to give up their weapons and relinquish their sovereignty to the New World Order, the next attack will be the use of chemical, biological and/or atomic warfare against the American people. The architects of the New World Order will not hesitate to use as a last resort an atomic or hydrogen bomb in a major American city.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">231.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Bruce R. McConkie of the Quorum of the Twelve, 31 March 1979, at Welfare Session of General Conference, in “Stand Independent above All Other Creatures,” <em>Ensign,</em> May 1979, p. 93</strong></p>
<p>Nothing except the power of faith and the authority of the priesthood can save individuals and congregations from the atomic holocausts that surely shall be.</p>
<p>And so we raise the warning voice and say: Take heed; prepare; watch and be ready.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">232.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Harold B. Lee of the Quorum of the Twelve, in <em>Improvement Era,</em> Sept. 1961, p. 4</strong></p>
<p>We heard him (President Clark) reply in answer to a question as to why he had put his life savings into his presently owned Grantsville ranch. He said, “This is all I have to leave to my family when I die, and if they are not too lazy to work it, they won’t starve. I have told them that when the first atomic bomb is dropped in America, that they are to go out there on the ranch and stay until it is over.” This last seemed not only to be wise counsel, but also a prophecy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">233.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David Rockefeller</strong></p>
<p>We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">234.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. Johannes B. Koeppl, Ph.D., former German defense ministry official and advisor to former NATO Secretary General Manfred Werne</strong></p>
<p>The interests behind the Bush Administration, such as the CFR, The Trilateral Commission—founded by Brzezinski for David Rockefeller—and the Bilderberger Group, have prepared for and are now moving to implement open world dictatorship within the next five years. They are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting against citizens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">235.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George Q. Cannon, 7 July 1878, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 20 (London, 1880), p. 35</strong></p>
<p>At the present time, in the western States especially, men are greatly concerned about the element known as Communism, which has taken possession of the minds of a numerous class of the people. The working classes are becoming very dissatisfied, and men are trembling for fear of what will come upon the nation. One of the strongest arguments that was made in favor of keeping up the United States army up to its present numbers was, that there would probably be riots in large cities and in populous centers, which would require the presence of the military acting as police to quell. And had it not been for this evil the army would have been cut down. But a good many men were anxious to have it increased, deeming it necessary for the preservation of life and property. When we reflect upon this it shows how changed have become the affairs of our nation, when it is deemed necessary to appeal to military power to maintain good order in the Republic. There can be no surer sign of the decay of a republic than when human life and property and liberty cannot be sustained by the masses of the people, and the military power, the ranks of which are filled with hired soldiers, has to be appealed to sustain good order in the midst of the people. Let such a state of things continue and there would soon be an end of true republicanism.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">236.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dick Cheney, speech to the London Institute of Petroleum, 1999</strong></p>
<p>The Middle East, with two-thirds of the world’s oil and lowest cost, is still where the prize ultimately lies.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">237.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>U.S. State Department Memo, 1944</strong></p>
<p>Oil resources constitute a stupendous source of strategic power, and one of the greatest material prizes in world history.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">238.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Martin Luther King, Jr.</strong></p>
<p>If an American is concerned only about his nation, he will not be concerned about the peoples of Asia, Africa, or South America. Is this not why nations engage in the madness of war without the slightest sense of penitence? Is this not why the murder of a citizen of your own nation is a crime, but the murder of citizens of another nation in war is an act of heroic virtue?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">239.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ted Koppel, <em>Nightline,</em> 5 March 2003, quoting the <em>Glasgow Sunday Herald</em> (Sept. 15, 2002)</strong></p>
<p>A secret blueprint for US global domination reveals that President Bush and his cabinet were planning a premeditated attack on Iraq to secure regime change even before he took power in January 2001. . . It has been called a secret blueprint for US global domination. . . . A small group of people with a plan to remove Saddam Hussein long before George W. Bush was elected president. . . . And 9/11 provided the opportunity to set it in motion. Not since <em>Mein Kampf</em> has a geopolitical punch been so blatantly telegraphed years ahead of the blow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">240.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Congressman Ron Paul of Texas, address to the U.S. House of Representatives, 10 July 2003</strong></p>
<p>Since the change of the political party in charge has not made a difference, who is really in charge? If the particular party in power makes little difference, whose policy is it that permits expanded government programs, increased spending, huge deficits, nation building and the pervasive invasion of our privacy, with fewer Fourth Amendment protections than ever before? Someone is responsible, and it is important that those of us who love liberty, and resent big-brother government, identify the philosophic supporters who have the most to say about the direction our country is going. . . . The so-called conservative revolution of the past two decades has given us massive growth in government size, spending and regulations. Deficits are exploding and the national debt is now rising at greater than a half-trillion dollars per year. . . . However, [now] the true believers in limited government are now shunned and laughed at. At the very least, they are ignored except when they are used by the new leaders of the right, the new conservatives now in charge of the US government. . . . Unfortunately, after 9-ll, the cause of liberty suffered a setback. As a result, millions of Americans voted for the less-than-perfect conservative revolution because they believed in the promises of the politicians. Now there is mounting evidence to indicate exactly what happened to the revolution. Government is bigger than ever, and future commitments are overwhelming. . . . Total U.S. government obligations are $43 trillion, while total net worth of U.S. households is just over $440 trillion. The country is broke, but no one in Washington seems to notice or care. The philosophic and political commitment for both guns and butter and especially for expanding the American empire must be challenged. This is crucial for our survival. . . . There is abundant evidence exposing those who drive our foreign policy justifying preemptive war. Those who scheme are proud of the achievements in usurping control over foreign policy. These are the neoconservatives of recent fame. Granted, they are talented and achieved a political victory that all policymakers must admire. But can freedom and the republic survive this takeover? . . . Since 9-11, protection of privacy, whether medical, personal or financial, has vanished. Free speech and the Fourth Amendment have been under constant attack. Higher welfare expenditures are endorsed by the leadership of both parties. Policing the world and nation-building issues are popular campaign targets, yet they are now standard operating procedures. There’s no sign that these programs will be slowed or reversed until either we are stopped by force overseas (which won’t be soon) or we go broke and can no longer afford these grandiose plans for a world empire (which will probably come sooner than later.) . . . The neoconservatives—a name they gave themselves—diligently worked their way into positions of power and influence. They documented their goals, strategy and moral justification for all they hoped to accomplish. Above all else, they were not and are not conservatives dedicated to limited, constitutional government. . . . All are key players in designing our new strategy of preemptive war. . . . Here is a brief summary of the general understanding of what neocons believe:</p>
<p>1.—They agree with Trotsky on permanent revolution, violent as well as intellectual.</p>
<p>2.—They are for redrawing the map of the Middle East and are willing to use force to do so.</p>
<p>3.—They believe in preemptive war to achieve desired ends.</p>
<p>4.—They accept the notion that the ends justify the means—that hardball politics is a moral necessity.</p>
<p>5.—They express no opposition to the welfare state.</p>
<p>6.—They are not bashful about an American empire; instead they strongly endorse it.</p>
<p>7.—They believe lying is necessary for the state to survive.</p>
<p>8.—They believe a powerful federal government is a benefit.</p>
<p>9.—They believe pertinent facts about how a society should be run should be held by the elite and withheld from those who do not have the courage to deal with it.</p>
<p>10.—They believe neutrality in foreign affairs is ill advised.</p>
<p>11.—They hold Leo Strauss in high esteem.</p>
<p>12.—They believe imperialism, if progressive in nature, is appropriate.</p>
<p>13.—Using American might to force American ideals on others is acceptable. Force should not be limited to the defense of our country.</p>
<p>14.—9-11 resulted from the lack of foreign entanglements, not from too many.</p>
<p>15.—They dislike and despise libertarians (therefore, the same applies to all strict constitutionalists.)</p>
<p>16.—They endorse attacks on civil liberties, such as those found in the Patriot Act, as being necessary.</p>
<p>17.—They unconditionally support Israel and have a close alliance with the Likud Party.</p>
<p>Various organizations and publications over the last 30 years have played a significant role in the rise to power of the neoconservatives. It took plenty of money and commitment to produce the intellectual arguments needed to convince the many participants in the movement of its respectability. . . . Their views only gained momentum in the 1990s following the first Persian Gulf War—which still has not ended even with removal of Saddam Hussein. They became convinced that a much more militant approach to resolving all the conflicts in the Middle East was an absolute necessity, and they were determined to implement that policy. . . . The Defense Policy Board, chaired by Richard Perle, played no small role in coordinating the various projects and think tanks, all determined to take us into war against Iraq. It wasn’t too long before the dream of empire was brought closer to reality by the election of 2000 with Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Cheney, and Donald Rumsfeld playing key roles in this accomplishment. The plan to promote an “American greatness” imperialistic foreign policy was now a distinct possibility. Iraq offered a great opportunity to prove their long-held theories. This opportunity was a consequence of the 9-11 disaster. . . . This [neocon] attitude is a far cry from the advice of the Founders, who advocated no entangling alliances and neutrality as the proper goal of American foreign policy. . . . Who knows where we’ll go next—Iran, Syria or North Korea? . . . Power, politics and privilege prevail over the rule of law, liberty, justice and peace. But it does not need to be that way. Neoconism has brought together many old ideas about how government should rule the people. It may have modernized its appeal and packaging, but authoritarian rule is authoritarian rule, regardless of the humanitarian overtones. . . . Michael Ledeen and other neoconservatives are already lobbying for war against Iran. Ledeen is pretty nasty to those who call for a calmer, reasoned approach by calling those who are not ready for war “cowards and appeasers of tyrants.” Because some urge a less militaristic approach to dealing with Iran, he claims they are betraying America’s best “traditions.”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">241.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Georgie Anne Geyer, <em>The Washington Times,</em> 16 March 2004, page A19</strong></p>
<p>An idea is growing in foreign policy circles in Washington . . . that there is no turning back. We are stuck in Iraq and Afghanistan for 25 to 40 years, we are embedded in our prideful unilateralism, and nothing can return us to more traditional American values and principles of action. The hubristic creators of this “inevitability” planned it this way. . . . Their failures in Iraq have not stopped the fanatic, power-hungry neoconservatives. . . . The hard-liners who dominate this administration . . . have led us to eternal conflict with Muslims.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">242.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Condoleezza Rice, March 2000, Houston, TX</strong></p>
<p>Separation of powers is a problem for foreign policy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">243.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President George W. Bush, in his autobiography entitled <em>A Charge to Keep</em> (1999)</strong></p>
<p>During my senior year I joined Skull and Bones, a secret society, so secret I can’t say anything more.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">244.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Manley P. Hall, high level occultist, <em>The Secret Destiny of America</em> (1944)</strong></p>
<p>Secret Societies have existed among all peoples, savage and civilized, since the beginning of recorded history&#8230; It is beyond question that the secret societies of all ages have exercised a considerable degree of political influence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">245.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Major General J.F.C. Fuller, British military historian, 1941</strong></p>
<p>The government of the Western nations, whether monarchical or republican, had passed into the invisible hands of a plutocracy, international in power and grasp. It was, I venture to suggest, this semi-occult power which . . . pushed the mass of the American people into the cauldron of World War I.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">246.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Michael Rivero</strong></p>
<p>The history of war is the history of powerful individuals willing to sacrifice thousands upon thousands of other people’s lives for personal gains.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">247.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Admiral Gene LaRocque, U.S. Navy</strong></p>
<p>I hate it when they say, “He gave his life for his country.” Nobody gives their life for anything. We steal the lives of these kids. We take it away from them. They don’t die for the honor and glory of their country. We kill them.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">248.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Smedley Darlington Butler, U.S. Marine Corps Major General, <em>War Is A Racket</em> (1933)</strong></p>
<p>War is just a racket. A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of people. Only a small inside group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few at the expense of the masses.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">249.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Smedley Darlington Butler, U.S. Marine Corps Major General, 1935</strong></p>
<p>I spent thirty-three years in the Marines, most of my time being a high class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">250.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Hiram W. Johnson, U.S. Senate, 1917</strong></p>
<p>The first casualty when war comes is truth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">251.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Summarization of the Minutes of the meetings of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace’s Board of Directors for 1908 and 1909, scrutinized by Miss Kathryn Casey, sent by Norman Dodd, Director of Research for the Reece Committee set up by Congress to investigate the tax-exempt foundations. Rene Wormser was the counsel for the Reece Committee who, after the Committee’s report was suppressed, wrote a book about the tax-exempt foundations and the Carnegie Endowment in which he noted:</strong></p>
<p>Is there any means known to man more effective than war, assuming you want to alter the life of an entire people? At the end of the year, they came to the conclusion that there was no more effective means to that end known to man. So, then they raised question number two, and the question was, “How do we involve the United States in a war?”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">252.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Rene Wormser, <em>Foundations: Their Power And Influence</em> (1958)</strong></p>
<p>When Andrew Carnegie established The Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, he gave the managers of this fund a difficult task. How were they to go about promoting peace? They seem to have had no very clear idea until Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler . . . got excited about the peril of the Allies in World War I and decided that the best way to establish peace was to help get the United States into the War. To this end he began to use the Endowment funds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">253.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Rene A. Wormser, Chief Counsel to the Reece Committee, which investigated the power and influence of Tax Exempt Foundations during the 1950’s, <em>Foundations, Their Power and Influence</em> (1958)</strong></p>
<p>The Council on Foreign Relations, another member of the international complex, financed by the Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations, overwhelmingly propagandizes the globalist concept. This organization became virtually an agency of the government when World War II broke out. The Rockefeller Foundation had started and financed certain studies known as the War and Peace Studies, manned largely by associates of the Council; the State Department, in due course, took these studies over, retaining the major personnel which the Council on Foreign Relations had supplied.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">254.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Arthur S. Miller, George Washington University Professor of Law</strong></p>
<p>Those who formally rule take their signals and commands not from the electorate as a body, but from a small group of men (plus a few women). This group will be called the Establishment. It exists even though that existence is stoutly denied. It is one of the secrets of the American social order. . . . A second secret is the fact that the existence of the Establishment—the ruling class—is not supposed to be discussed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">255.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Congressman John Rarick, 1971</strong></p>
<p>The Council on Foreign Relations is “the establishment.” Not only does it have influence and power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government to apply pressure from above, but it also announces and uses individuals and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level decisions for converting the U.S. from a sovereign Constitutional Republic into a servile member state of a one-world dictatorship.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">256.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dan Smoot: former supervising member of the FBI headquarters staff in the Washington Office and one of the first to research and publish on the activities of the Council on Foreign Relations, <em>The Dan Smoot Report </em>(20 July 1964)</strong></p>
<p>The ultimate aim of the Council on Foreign Relations . . . is . . . to create a one-world socialist system and make the United States an official part of it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">257.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John F. Hylan, Mayor of New York City, 26 Mar. 1922, in <em>New York Times</em></strong></p>
<p>The real menace of our republic is this invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy length over city, state and nation. Like the octopus of real life, it operates under cover of a self created screen. . . . It seizes in its long and powerful tentacles our executive officers, our legislative bodies, our schools, our courts, our newspapers, and every agency created for the public protection. . . . To depart from mere generalizations, let me say that the head of this octopus are the Rockefellers Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as the “international bankers.” The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both political parties, write political platforms, make cats paws of party leaders, use the leading men of private organizations, and resort to every device to place in nomination for high public office only such candidates as will be amenable to the dictates of corrupt big business. . . . These international bankers and Rockefellers Standard Oil interests control the majority of newspapers and magazines in this country.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">258.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator Daniel K. Inouye, at the Iran Contra Hearings, 1986</strong></p>
<p>There exists a shadowy government with its own Air Force, its own Navy, its own fundraising mechanism, and the ability to pursue its own ideas of national interest, free from all checks and balances, and free from the law itself.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">259.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator Jesse Helms, speech to the Senate, 1987</strong></p>
<p>A careful examination of what is happening behind the scenes reveals that all of these interests are working in concert with the masters of the Kremlin in order to create what some refer to as a “New World Order.” Private organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Trilateral Commission, the Dartmouth Conference, the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies, the Atlantic Institute, and the Bilderberg Group serve to disseminate and to coordinate the plans for this so-called new world order in powerful business, financial, academic, and official circles.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">260.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Mike Culbert, in <em>Independent-Gazette </em>(Richmond, California, 27 June 1974), in reference to his discussions with Charles Colson (a member of Nixon’s cabinet) on the almost total control of U.S. presidents by the outside forces. </strong></p>
<p>There is a de facto “secret government” operating nationally and internationally and involved in the highest circles of the U.S. government, exercising an impact over domestic policies and economics ranging between extreme influence to, at times, outright control. This extreme influence to outright control naturally includes the Presidency. The de facto “secret government,” much of whose intellectual—and financial—muscle are to be found in the New York office of the CFR, the great tax-free foundations, and certain international firms and corporations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">261.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>President John F. Kennedy, speech at Columbia University, ten days before he was assassinated, 12 Nov. 1963</strong></p>
<p>The high office of the president has been used to foment a plot to destroy America’s freedom and before I leave this office, I must inform the citizens of their plight.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">262.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>U.S. President Bill Clinton, 1998</strong></p>
<p>You know, by the time you become the leader of a country, someone else makes all the decisions. . . . You may find you can get away with virtual presidents, virtual prime ministers, virtual everything.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">263.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Robert Taft, after his defeat at the 1952 Republican convention</strong></p>
<p>Every Republican candidate for President since 1936 has been nominated by the Chase National Bank.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">264.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Henry Stimson, U.S. Secretary of War, personal diary entries after meetings with President Roosevelt, 1941</strong></p>
<p>We face the delicate question of the diplomatic fencing to be done so as to be sure Japan is put into the wrong and makes the first bad move. . . . The question was how we should maneuver them [the Japanese] into the position of firing the first shot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">265.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Henry Stimson, U.S. Secretary of War, Statement to the Joint Congressional Committee on the Investigation of the Pearl Harbor Attack, 1946</strong></p>
<p>When the news first came that Japan had attacked us my first feeling was of relief that . . . a crisis had come in a way which would unite all our people. This continued to be my dominant feeling in spite of the news of catastrophes which quickly developed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">266.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George W. Bush, U.S. President, in “America’s Chaotic Road to War,” <em>Washington Post </em>(Sunday, 27 Jan. 2002), Page A01</strong></p>
<p>The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">267.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Theodore Roosevelt, former U.S. President</strong></p>
<p>No triumph of peace can equal the armed triumph of war.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">268.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Theodore Roosevelt, speaking in 1897</strong></p>
<p>In strict confidence . . . I should welcome almost any war, for I think this country needs one.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">269.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Charles Austin Beard, Professor at Columbia University, in <em>Saturday Evening Post</em> (1947)</strong></p>
<p>The Rockefeller Foundation and the Council on Foreign Relations . . . intend to prevent, if they can, a repetition of what they call in the vernacular “the debunking journalistic campaign following World War I.” Translated into precise English, this means that the Foundation and the Council do not want journalists or any other persons to examine too closely and criticize too freely the official propaganda and official statements relative to “our basic aims and activities” during World War II. In short, they hope that, among other things, the policies and measures of Franklin D. Roosevelt will escape in the coming years the critical analysis, evaluation and exposition that befell the policies and measures of Woodrow Wilson and the Entente Allies after World War I.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">270.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>William E. Dodd, U.S. Ambassador to Germany, quoted in <em>Facts and Fascism,</em> by George Seldes, and <em>Trading with the Enemy,</em> by Charles Higham, 1937</strong></p>
<p>A clique of US industrialists is hell-bent to bring a fascist state to supplant our democratic government and is working closely with the fascist regime in Germany and Italy. I have had plenty of opportunity in my post in Berlin to witness how close some of our American ruling families are to the Nazi regime. . . . Certain American industrialists had a great deal to do with bringing fascist regimes into being in both Germany and Italy. They extended aid to help Fascism occupy the seat of power, and they are helping to keep it there.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">271.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, April 1969, p. 14; emphasis added</strong></p>
<p>When General William F. Dean was released from a Korean Communist prison camp, the young Chinese psychologists who had been trying to break him said: “General, don’t feel bad about leaving us. You know, we will soon be with you. We are going to capture your country.” Asked how, they replied: “We are going to destroy the moral character of a generation of our young Americans, and when we cave finished you will have nothing with which to really defend yourselves against us.”</p>
<p>And so the precepts of men are at work on our youth in so many ways. Said President Clark, “. . . a tremendous amount of the modern art, of the modern literature and music, and the drama that we have today is utterly demoralizing—utterly.” (Relief Society Magazine, December 1952, p. 792.)</p>
<p>Have you been listening to the music that many young folks are hearing today? Some of it is nerve-jamming in nature and much of it has been <em>deliberately designed</em> to promote revolution, dope, immorality, and a gap between parent and child. And some of this music has invaded our church cultural halls.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">272.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Edgar Hoover, <em>Masters of Deceit</em> (1958)</strong></p>
<p>There is no doubt that America is now the prime target of international communism.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">273.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Dr. Jose Delgado, Director of Neuropsychiatry at Yale Medical  School, <em>Congressional Record,</em> vol. 118, No. 26 (1974)</strong></p>
<p>We need a program of psychosurgery for political control of our society. The purpose is physical control of the mind. Everyone who deviates from the given norm can be surgically mutilated. . . .</p>
<p>The individual may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks historical perspective. Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electronically control the brain. Someday armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">274.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Stalin, former dictator of the Soviet Union</strong></p>
<p>America is like a healthy body and its resistance is threefold: its patriotism, its morality and its spiritual life. If we can undermine these three areas, America will collapse from within.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">275.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brock Chisholm, former Director of the World Health Organization</strong></p>
<p>To achieve world government, it is necessary to remove from the minds of men, their individualism, loyalty to family traditions, national patriotism and religious dogmas.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">276.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Boyd K. Packer, Acting President of the Quorum of the Twelve, in a speech entitled “Watchman, What of the Night,” given at the Utah Peace Officers Association Fallen Officer Memorial, 6 May 2004</strong></p>
<p>I speak now of another kind of darkness that settles about us, a darkness not caused by the rotation of the earth but one that is invisible to the eye. Evidences of it can be found in every newspaper, every day. It is the darkness that comes into the minds of men and fosters complicity, wickedness, and crime—sometimes unspeakable and brutal. . . .</p>
<p>I close with an alert—a warning. That invisible kind of darkness settles ever more heavily. The word <em>terror,</em> not used much in the past, is now an unwelcome presence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">277.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Vladimir Ilich Lenin, former dictator of the Soviet Union, 1921</strong></p>
<p>Corrupt the young, get them away from religion. Get them interested in sex. Make them superficial, destroy their ruggedness. Get control of all means of publicity and thereby: Get the peoples’ mind off their government by focusing their attention on athletics, sexy books and plays, and other trivialities. Divide the people into hostile groups by constantly harping on controversial matters of no importance. Destroy the peoples faith in their natural leaders by holding up the latter to ridicule, contempt and obloquy. Always preach true democracy but seize power as fast and as ruthlessly as possible. Encourage government extravagance, destroy its credit, produce fear with rising prices, inflation and general discontent. Foment unnecessary strikes in vital industries, encourage civil disorders and foster a soft and lenient attitude on the part of government towards such disorders. By specious argument cause the breakdown of the old moral virtues: honesty, sobriety, continence, faith in the pledged word, ruggedness. Cause the registration of all firearms on some pretext, with the view of confiscating them and leaving the population defenseless.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">278.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Janet Reno, U.S. Attorney General</strong></p>
<p>Waiting periods are only a step. Registration is only a step. The prohibition of private firearms is the goal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">279.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adolf Hitler</strong></p>
<p>This year will go down in history. For the first time, a civilized nation had full gun registration! Our streets will be safer, our police more efficient, and the world will follow our lead into the future!</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">280.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Sara Brady, Chairman of Handgun Control, to Senator Howard Metzanbaum, <em>The National Educator </em>(January, 1994)</strong></p>
<p>Our task of creating a socialist America can only succeed when those who would resist us have been totally disarmed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">281.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Thomas S. Monson, “The Women’s Movement: Liberation or Deception?” <em>Ensign,</em> Jan. 1971, pp. 17–20</strong></p>
<p>Recently I read with interest feature articles that appeared in five widely circulated American publications. All presented information regarding the subject of women’s liberation.</p>
<p>Several of the articles called attention to the fact that 1970 marked the fiftieth anniversary of the right of women to vote in the United States. And from this base came a description of the goals and demands that are now being made by some women: free abortion, free child care, and equal employment.</p>
<p>One piece suggested that women should literally demand these things. This article then went on to describe much of Friedrich Engels’ philosophy. Engels, you will recall, was a colleague of Karl Marx and spoke out with irony and force against much of family life. He referred to marriage as a dreary mutation of slavery, urged its abolition, and suggested a public responsibility for the upbringing of children.</p>
<p>In another magazine there was a report dealing with “The Motherhood Myth.” This article debunked the idea that there is anything particularly fulfilling and satisfying about being a mother. It quoted one psychiatrist who suggested that people should move from planned parenthood to planned unparenthood and that it would be more loving to children not to have them. The author of the article, a senior editor of the magazine, concluded: “If God were still speaking to us in a voice we could hear, even He would probably say, ‘Be fruitful. Don’t multiply.’<span style="color: white;">.</span>”</p>
<p>Such idiotic and blatantly false philosophy must not be entertained or believed. For God has spoken. Indeed, he has spoken in a voice clearly understood by those who have ears to hear and hearts that know and feel. . . .</p>
<p>Error, sin, lust, envy, and evil thrive in the midst of today’s prosperity. More than $5 million a year is spent on pornographic literature by which vile men try to “dig gold out of dirt.” Magazines, movies, television programs, and other mass media are utilized to lower moral standards and behavior. Crime and delinquency are rampant, and spiritual values are questioned. Our interests are centered in ourselves. We are preoccupied with material things. Many of us are more concerned about conquering space than about conquering ourselves. We are more dedicated to material security than to inner purity. We give much more thought to what we wear, what we eat, what we drink, and what we can do to relax than we give to what we are. . . .</p>
<p>What the modernists, even the liberationists, fail to remember is that women, in addition to being persons, also belong to a sex, and that with the differences in sex are associated important differences in function and behavior. Equality of rights does not imply identity of functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">282.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>F. C. Blahut, “Communism Isn’t Dead, It’s Just Been Renamed,”</strong> ??????</p>
<p>The rise of political correctness has coincided with the fall of Western cultural norms. Few recognize the connection between the two trends. The connection is called Cultural Communism.</p>
<p>What we here in the United States and in Christian Europe are actually witnessing is the planned destruction of Western Civilization. It is no accident.</p>
<p>In 1917, when the Bolsheviks came to power in Russia, their attack was economic and political. Only after they had seized power did they turn to destroying the Christian-based culture of the West.</p>
<p>With the political correctness movement we see the reverse—an attack on the Christian culture so that the communists can take over. And cultural bolshevism is winning while Christian leaders wring their hands.</p>
<p>In a recent speech to a meeting of the World Council of Churches, Anglican Archbishop Dr. George Carey of Canterbury said: “For much of this century, the Western church, especially in Europe, has accepted the decline as the inevitable result of secularism.”</p>
<p>True; but he failed to identify the drive force behind the slide. Nature abhors a vacuum. When one culture dies, it is replaced by another until nothing is left of the former. And when Western Christian culture is destroyed, it will be replaced by chaos, anarchy and violence as a norm. All this without any casualties on the side of the conspirators.</p>
<p>Cultural Communism encompasses all of the modernist changes that have invaded America including—but not limited to—multiculturalism, feminism, racial and gender quotas, school busing based on race and so forth.</p>
<p>How far we have sunk into the morass of this Cultural Communism in less than 50 years is easily identifiable—and frightening.</p>
<p>As essayist William S. Lind says: “If a man from America of the 1950s were suddenly introduced into America in the 1990s, he would hardly recognize it as the same country. He would be in immediate danger of getting mugged, carjacked or worse, because he would not have learned to live in constant fear.”</p>
<p>Again, this is not by accident. Every step in the decline of Western culture has been planned for years. . . .</p>
<p>One of the main targets of Cultural Communism is Christianity. Some leaders, such as the archbishop of Canterbury quoted above, witness the decline as a natural force. They unwittingly help the communists. Others see the planned destruction without specifically identifying the enemy or suggesting practical ways of resisting . . .</p>
<p>And there is a key part of the problem—the inability of leaders to admit that these incessant attacks on our culture are part of a plan—a conspiracy. . . .</p>
<p>The hour grows late. We must identify the enemy and fight him, even when that means punishment by the powers-that-be. We must call this attack what it is—a deliberate effort to destroy all that made us the most powerful country in the world in order to turn us into the field workers of the coming Global Plantation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">283.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Gordon B. Hinckley, 4 Aug. 1996, in <em>Church News</em></strong></p>
<p>There has been going on in this nation for a good while a process which I call, “secularizing America.” It is of this that I wish to say a few words this evening because I feel so strongly about it and because I feel we are paying a terrible price because of it. . . .</p>
<p>We live under a Constitution that after more than two centuries stands as the greatest bulwark of human freedom to be found anywhere on earth. . . .</p>
<p>This Constitution is the keystone of our national life. . . .</p>
<p>My great concern, my great interest, is that we preserve for the generations to come those wondrous elements of our society and manner of living that will bequeath to them the strengths and goodness of which we have been the beneficiaries. But I worry as I see some of the signs of sickness of which I have spoken. I believe that a significant factor in the decay we observe about us comes of a forsaking of the God whom our fathers knew, loved, worshiped, and looked to for strength. There is a plainly discernable secularization that is occurring. Its consequences are a deterioration of family life, a weakening of self-discipline, a scoffing at the thought of accountability unto the Almighty, and an unbecoming arrogance for any people who have been so richly blessed through the goodness of a generous Providence as we have been.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">284.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Neal A. Maxwell, “Eternalism vs. Secularism,” <em>Ensign,</em> Oct. 1974</strong></p>
<p>Secularism tends to want to deal increasingly with systems, governments, labels, groups, etc.—with adjustments in the things outside man, apparently hoping that, somehow, changing the external scenery will change the things inside man. . . .</p>
<p>We are rightfully worried about the swelling bureaucracies of government, which need to respond to us—not to regiment us. But we cannot tame those bureaucracies unless we first tame our appetites, for a bloated bureaucracy is merely a manifestation of citizen appetites, demands, and the subsequent need for external controls. . . .</p>
<p>If we are not able to build into ourselves and our families the brakes of self-restraint and self-discipline, we are apt, unwittingly, to create tyranny in our government or anarchy in our citizenry. <em>If we push onto the government the management not only of our economy, but also the management of our morals, the civil servants of the future will be neither civil nor servants.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">285.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>James E. Faust, “A New Civil Religion,” <em>Ensign,</em> Oct. 1992, p. 69–71</strong></p>
<p>There seems to be developing a new civil religion. The civil religion I refer to is a secular religion. It has no moral absolutes. It is nondenominational. It is nontheistic. It is politically focused. It is antagonistic to religion. It rejects the historic religious traditions of America. It feels strange. If this trend continues, nonbelief will be more honored than belief. While all beliefs must be protected, are atheism, agnosticism, cynicism, and moral relativism to be more safeguarded and valued than Christianity, Judaism, and the tenets of Islam, which hold that there is a Supreme Being and that mortals are accountable to him? If so, this would, in my opinion, place America in great moral jeopardy. . . .</p>
<p>The new civil religion I speak of finds its source of rights by invoking the power of the state. It seems to have little purpose, few common values for morality except self-interest. . . .</p>
<p>The new civil religion is, in my opinion, coming dangerously close to become a <em>de facto</em> state religion of secularism. . . .</p>
<p>So now we find ourselves in a situation where, unlike the Pilgrims, the Mormon pioneers, and others, there is nowhere to go to escape a new civil <em>de facto</em> secular state religion that continually limits public religious expression and fosters instead the secular values and expressions. How do we preserve the essence of our humanity? . . .</p>
<p>We can exercise our right, with all other citizens, to vote for men and women who reflect our own values. We can also express our views as all other citizens have a right to do in the legislative process of both the state and the nation. With all others, we can claim our rights of free expression. We can petition for the redress of grievances.</p>
<p>We must hold to our beliefs and do what we can, for there is no desert to flee to in order to have full freedom. There is no place across the waters for the Pilgrims.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">286.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Steve Bonta, “Creating the New World Religion,” <em>The New American,</em> 3 July 2000, pp. 40–41</strong></p>
<p>In the new world order we may anticipate not only world government under the UN, but also, clearly, a State-sponsored new world religion militantly intolerant of religious “fundamentalism.” The globocrats have no intention of allowing freedom of religion under a new world order, and are working tirelessly to create conditions in which religious persecution under a UN-administered world government will be feasible. According to Hans Küng, a theologian influential in globalist circles, “Any form of . . . church conservatism is to be rejected&#8230;. To put it bluntly: no regressive or repressive religion—whether Christian, Islamic, Jewish or of whatever provenance—has a long-term future.” Gerald Barney, director of the Millennium Institute, reported that a prominent internationalist once told him: “Religion must die. It is the fundamental cause of virtually all social, economic, and ecological problems and much of the violence in world.”</p>
<p>As we surrender more and more of our political and economic sovereignty and freedom to the United Nations and kindred internationalist organizations, we will increasingly see our religion, morals, and way of life under attack by this same gang of megalomaniacal internationalists. Like the radicals and utopian revolutionaries of every age, they will not be content with mere control of our commerce, our militaries, and our civil laws; they will insist on attacking and destroying our families, our churches, and our culture as well, inasmuch as these institutions pose a threat to their long-term design of world domination. For our Judeo-Christian belief systems they will substitute paganism; for love of God and our fellow men they will offer up worship of the ecosystem; and instead of traditional families, marriage, and moral restraint they will promulgate abortion, promiscuity, and sexual deviance. In a preview of coming attractions, all of these are already being pushed in varying degrees by various amoral international agencies.</p>
<p>In the still-robust remnants of our Judeo-Christian, Western Culture, we have the resources to repudiate the UN’s assault on our nation, our religion, and, indeed, on our liberty. We must recognize the UN as a powerful adversary in the so-called “culture war,” and for that, among many other reasons, work diligently to <em>Get US out!</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">287.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>First Presidency Statement, 9 Mar. 1979, in “News of the Church,” <em>Ensign,</em> May 1979, p. 108</strong></p>
<p>We, thus, deplore the growing efforts to establish irreligion, such as atheism or secularism, as the official position of the United States of America, thus obscuring and eroding the rich and diverse religious heritage of our nation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">288.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Taylor, <em>Salt Lake Tribune,</em> 6 Jan. 1880</strong></p>
<p>We believe in honesty, morality and purity, in freedom and loyalty to our country; but when they enact tyrannical laws, forbidding us the free exercise of our religion, we cannot submit. God is greater than the United States. And when the Government conflicts with Heaven, we will be ranged under the banner of Heaven and against the Government. . . . We do not want to rebel against the United States. Rebellion is not on the program, but we will worship God according to the dictates of our own conscience. We want to be friendly with the United States, if the Government will let us; but not one jot nor title of our rights will we give up to purchase it. . . . I defy the United States. I will obey God. These are my sentiments, and all of you who sympathize with me in this position raise your hands. (All hands went up sustaining his position.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">289.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Thomas Jefferson, former U.S. President</strong></p>
<p>The spirit of resistance to government is so valuable on certain occasions that I wish it to be always kept alive. It will often be exercised when wrong, but better so than not to be exercised at all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">290.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Abraham Lincoln, former U.S. President, 1863</strong></p>
<p>This country, with its institutions, belongs to the people who inhabit it. Whenever they shall grow weary of the existing government, they can exercise their constitutional right of amending it, or exercise their revolutionary right to overthrow it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">291.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Samuel Adams, American revolutionary, and signatory of the Declaration of Independence</strong></p>
<p>If ever time should come, when vain and aspiring men shall possess the highest seats in Government, our country will stand in need of its experienced patriots to prevent its ruin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">292.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Edmund Burke, British statesman, author, orator and political philosopher</strong></p>
<p>All that is necessary for evil to succeed is that good men do nothing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">293. ,/P&gt;</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John “Birdman” Bryant, self labeled as “The World’s Most Controversial Author”</strong></p>
<p>If you are afraid to speak against tyranny, then you are already a slave.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">294.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>George Orwell, novelist and political and cultural commentator</strong></p>
<p>Speaking the Truth in times of universal deceit is a revolutionary act.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">295.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Antonio Gramsci, Italian communist and “class warrior,” 1915</strong></p>
<p>Socialism is precisely the religion that must overwhelm Christianity. . . . In the new order, Socialism will triumph by first capturing the culture via infiltration of schools, universities, churches and the media by transforming the consciousness of society.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">296.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Paul Blanchard, <em>The Humanist</em> (1976)</strong></p>
<p>I think the most important factor moving us toward a secular society has been the educational factor. Our schools may not teach Johnny to read properly, but the fact that Johnny is in school until he is 16 tends to lead toward the elimination of religious superstition. The average high school child acquires a high school education, and this militates against Adam and Eve and all other myths of alleged history. When I was one of the editors of The Nation in the twenties, I wrote an editorial explaining that golf and intelligence were the two primary reasons that men did not attend church. Perhaps today I would say golf and a high school diploma.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">297.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, “The Greatest Work in the World,” <em>Improvement Era,</em> vol. 70 (January 1967), p. 26; Also in <em>The Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson</em> (Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1988) pp. 320–321</strong></p>
<p>From the fifth grade through the fourth year of college, our young people are being indoctrinated with a Marxist philosophy, and I am fearful of the harvest. The younger generation is further to the left than most adults realize. The old concepts of our Founding Fathers are scoffed and jeered at by young moderns whose goals appear to be the destruction of integrity and virtue, and the glorification of pleasure, thrills, and self-indulgence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">298.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, October 1970, p. 22</strong></p>
<p>As a watchman on the tower, I feel to warn you that one of the chief means of misleading our youth and destroying the family unit is our educational institutions. President Joseph F. Smith referred to false educational ideas as one of the three threatening dangers among our Church members. . . .</p>
<p>The tenth plank in Karl Marx’s Manifesto for destroying our kind of civilization advocated the establishment of “free education for all children in public schools.” There were several reasons why Marx wanted government to run the schools. Dr. A. A. Hodge pointed out one of them when he said, “It is capable of exact demonstration that if every party in the State has the right of excluding from public schools whatever he does not believe to be true, then he that believes most must give way to him that believes least, and then he that believes least must give way to him that believes absolutely nothing, no matter in how small a minority the atheists or agnostics may be. It is self-evident that on this scheme, if it is consistently and persistently carried out in all parts of the country, the United States system of national popular education will be the most efficient and widespread instrument for the propagation of atheism which the world has ever seen.”</p>
<p>After the tragic prayer decision was made by the Court, President David O. McKay stated, “The Supreme Court of the United States severs the connecting cord between the public schools of the United States and the source of divine intelligence, the Creator, himself.” (Relief Society Magazine, December 1962, p. 878.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">299.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Boyd K. Packer, 9 Oct. 1996, in <em>Charge to the David O. McKay School of Education at BYU</em></strong></p>
<p>In many places it is literally not safe physically for youngsters to go to school. And in many schools—and it’s becoming almost generally true—it is spiritually unsafe to attend public schools. Look back over the history of education to the turn of the century and the beginning of the educational philosophies, pragmatism and humanism were the early ones, and they branched out into a number of other philosophies which have led us now into a circumstance where our schools are producing the problems that we face.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">300.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati, quoted in John Robinson’s <em>Proofs of a Conspiracy,</em> 1795, reprinted by Western Islands, Boston, 1967, p. 111</strong></p>
<p>We must win the common people in every corner. This will be obtained chiefly by means of the schools; and by open, hearty behavior, show condescension, popularity, and toleration of their prejudices, which we shall at leisure root out and dispel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">301.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Senator William Jenner, <em>Congressional Record </em>(1952)</strong></p>
<p>I want to make one thing clear. This war against our constitution is not being fought way off in Madagascar or in Mandalay. It is being fought here—in our schools, our colleges, our churches, our women’s clubs. It is being fought with our money, channeled through the State Department. It is being fought twenty-four hours a day—while we remain asleep. How many of you Senators know what the UN is doing to change the teaching of the children in your own home town? The UN is at work there, every day and night, changing the teachers, changing the teaching materials, changing the very words and tones—changing all the essential ideas which we imagine our schools are teaching to our young folks. How in the name of Heaven are we to sit here, approve these programs, appropriate our own people’s money—for such outrageous “orientation” of our own children, and of the men and women who teach our children, in this Nation’s schools?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">302.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, October 1961</strong></p>
<p>We should accept the command of the Lord and treat socialistic communism as a tool of Satan. We should follow the counsel of the President of the Church and resist the influence and policies of the socialistic-communist conspiracy wherever they are found—in the schools, in the churches, in governments, in unions, in business, in agriculture.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">303.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., quoted in “Church Welfare Services’ Basic Principles,” <em>Ensign,</em> May 1976, p. 121</strong></p>
<p>You must remember that back and behind this whole propaganda of “pensions,” gratuities, and doles to which we are now being subjected, is the idea of setting up in America, a socialistic or communistic state, in which the family would disappear, religion would be prescribed and controlled by the state, and we should all become mere creatures of the state, ruled over by ambitious and designing men.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">304.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, President of the Church, <em>A Witness and a Warning</em> (Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1988), p. 6; See also “News of the Church,” <em>Ensign,</em> Sept. 1987, p. 78; “First Presidency Message: The Book of Mormon Is the Word of God,” <em>Ensign,</em> Jan. 1988, p. 5; <em>Ensign,</em> May 1975, p. 65</strong></p>
<p>Our families may be corrupted by worldly trends and teachings unless we know how to use the [Book of Mormon] to expose and combat the falsehoods in socialism, organic evolution, rationalism, humanism, and so forth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">305.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, “Jesus Christ—Gifts and Expectations,” <em>New Era,</em> May 1975, p. 19</strong></p>
<p>If we really did our homework and approached the Book of Mormon doctrinally, we could expose the errors and find the truths to combat many of the current false theories and philosophies of men, including socialism, humanism, organic evolution, and others.</p>
<p>I have noted within the Church the difference in discernment, in insight, conviction, and spirit between those who know and love the Book of Mormon and those who do not. That book is a great sifter.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">306.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Norman Thomas, Socialist Party’s presidential candidate, 1948</strong></p>
<p>The American people will never knowingly adopt Socialism, but under the name of “liberalism,” they will adopt every fragment of the Socialist program until one day America will be a Socialist nation without knowing it happened.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">307.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brigham Young, President of the Church, 6 May 1870, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 14, pp. 21–22</strong></p>
<p>We heard Brother Taylor’s exposition of what is called Socialism this morning. What can they do? Live on each other and beg. It is a poor, unwise and very imbecile people who cannot take care of themselves.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">308.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Stalin, 1936</strong></p>
<p>World dictatorship can be established only when the victory of socialism has been achieved in certain countries or groups of countries . . . [and] when these federation of republics have finally grown into a world union of Soviet Socialist Republics uniting the whole of mankind under the hegemony of the international proletariat organized as a state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">309.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, in <em>Deseret News,</em> “Church Section,” 18 October 1952, p. 2</strong></p>
<p>During the first half of the twentieth century we have traveled far into the soul-destroying land of socialism and made strange alliances through which we have become involved in almost continuous hot and cold wars over the whole of the earth. In this retreat from freedom the voices of protesting citizens have been drowned by raucous riots of intolerance and abuse from those who led the retreat and their millions of gullible youth, who are marching merrily to their doom, carrying banners on which are emblazoned such intriguing and misapplied labels as social justice, equality, reform. patriotism, social welfare.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">310.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, 24 May 1961, <em>BYU Speeches of the Year, 1961,</em> pp. 10—11</strong></p>
<p>We do not want a Communist system in the United States, and Communism usually follows Socialism. We do not want anything to do with this criminal conspiracy which is Communism. . . .</p>
<p>I hope that there will not be any students on this campus who will become dupes and tools of Communist agitators, because they are working on practically every campus in America today, including some in our own good state of Utah. I hope you become familiar with this evil system and have nothing to do with it. . . .</p>
<p>The threat of Communism is very real. The threat of Socialism is even more real. Communism is more than an economic system, it is a total philosophy of life, atheistic and utterly opposed to all we hold dear as a great, free Christian nation. No true Latter-day Saint can be a Communist or a Socialist because Communist principles run counter to the revealed word of God and to the Constitution of this land which was established by men whom the God of Heaven raised up unto that very purpose.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">311.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, October 1961, p. 70–75</strong></p>
<p>The Lord revealed to the Prophet Nephi that he established the gentiles on this land to be a free people forever, that if they were a righteous nation and overcame the wickedness and secret abominations which would arise in their midst, they would inherit the land forever. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/14/1-2#1" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 14:1&ndash;2" target="_1_ne141-2">1 Nephi 14:1&ndash;2</a>.) . . .</p>
<p>But on the other hand, if the gentiles on this land reject the word of God and conspire to overthrow liberty and the Constitution, then their doom is fixed, and they “. . . shall be cut off from among my people who are of the covenant.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/14/6#6" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 14:6" target="_1_ne146">1 Nephi 14:6</a>; <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/3_ne/21/11%2C14%2C21#11" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 3 Nephi 21:11, 14, 21" target="_3_ne2111%2C14%2C21">3 Nephi 21:11, 14, 21</a>; <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/84/114-115%2C117#114" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 84:114&ndash;115, 117" target="_dc84114-115%2C117">D&amp;C 84:114&ndash;115, 117</a>.)</p>
<p>The great destructive force which was to be turned loose on the earth and which the prophets for centuries have been calling the “abomination of desolation” is vividly described by those who saw it in vision. Ours is the first generation to realize how literally these prophecies can be fulfilled now that God, through science, has unlocked the secret to thermonuclear reaction.</p>
<p>In the light of these prophecies there should be no doubt in the mind of any priesthood holder that the human family is headed for trouble. There are rugged days ahead. It is time for every man who wishes to do his duty to get himself prepared—physically, spiritually, and psychologically—for the task which may come at any time, as suddenly as the whirlwind.</p>
<p>Where do we stand today? All over the world the light of freedom is being diminished. Across whole continents of the earth freedom is being totally obliterated.</p>
<p>Never in recorded history has any movement spread its power so far and so fast as has socialistic-communism in the last three decades. The facts are not pleasant to review. Communist leaders are jubilant with their success. They are driving freedom back on almost every front.</p>
<p>It is time, therefore, that every American, and especially every member of the priesthood, became informed about the aims, tactics, and schemes of socialistic-communism. This becomes particularly important when it is realized that communism is turning out to be the earthly image of the plan which Satan presented in the pre-existence. The whole program of socialistic-communism is essentially a war against God and the plan of salvation—the very plan which we fought to uphold during “the war in heaven.”</p>
<p>Up to now some members of the Church have stood aloof, feeling that the fight against socialistic-communism is “controversial” and unrelated to the mission of the Church or the work of the Lord. But the President of the Church in our day has made it clear that the fight against atheistic communism is a major challenge to the Church and every member in it.</p>
<p>During the general conference of the Church in October 1959, President David O. McKay, in discussing the threat of communism, referred to W. Cleon Skousen’s book, <em>The Naked Communist,</em> and said, “I admonish everybody to read that excellent book.” He then quoted the following from the flyleaf: “The conflict between communism and freedom is the problem of our time. It overshadows all other problems.”</p>
<p>The fight against godless communism is a very real part of every man’s duty who holds the priesthood. It is the fight against slavery, immorality, atheism, terrorism, cruelty, barbarism, deceit, and the destruction of human life through a kind of tyranny unsurpassed by anything in human history. Here is a struggle against the evil, satanical priestcraft of Lucifer. Truly it can be called, “a continuation of the war in heaven.”</p>
<p>In the war in heaven the devil advocated absolute eternal security at the sacrifice of our freedom. Although there is nothing more desirable to a Latter-day Saint than eternal security in God’s presence, and although God knew, as did we, that some of us would not achieve this security if we were allowed our freedom—yet the very God of heaven, who has more mercy than us all, still decreed no guaranteed security except by a man’s own freedom of choice and individual initiative.</p>
<p>Today the devil as a wolf in a supposedly new suit of sheep’s clothing is enticing some men, both in and out of the Church, to parrot his line by advocating planned government guaranteed security programs at the expense of our liberties. Latter-day Saints should be reminded how and why they voted as they did in heaven. If some have decided to change their vote they should repent—throw their support on the side of freedom—and cease promoting this subversion.</p>
<p>When all of the trappings of propaganda and pretense have been pulled aside, the exposed hard-core structure of modern communism is amazingly similar to the ancient Book of Mormon record of secret societies such as the Gadiantons. In the ancient American civilization there was no word which struck greater terror to the hearts of the people than the name of the Gadiantons. It was a secret political party which operated as a murder cult. Its object was to infiltrate legitimate government, plant its officers in high places, and then seize power and live off the spoils appropriated from the people. (It would start out as a small group of “dissenters” and by using secret oaths with the threat of death for defectors it would gradually gain a choke hold on the political and economic life of whole civilizations.)</p>
<p>The object of the Gadiantons, like modern communists, was to destroy the existing government and set up a ruthless criminal dictatorship over the whole land. . . .</p>
<p>Some timid, vacillating political leaders proclaim that communism is something we will have to learn to live with . . . whether it is Khrushchev, or some other leader. The present communist system, they declare, will continue because there is no alternate system to replace communism. The policy of increasing power, of pushing their system outward and using the communist party, they say, will go on.</p>
<p>Such a negative attitude writes off the hundreds of millions behind the iron curtain as a lost cause. Surely no courageous, liberty-loving citizen will treat the communist secret combination as “something we will have to learn to live with.” . . .</p>
<p>We must ever keep in mind that collectivized socialism is part of the communist strategy. Communism is fundamentally socialism. We will never win our fight against communism by making concessions to socialism. Communism and socialism, closely related, must be defeated on principle. The close relationship between socialism and communism is clearly pointed out by Senator Strom Thurmond of South Carolina in a letter to the editor of the Washington Post, of August 6, 1961, in these words:</p>
<p>“The industrial achievements of the U. S. are the result of an economic system which is the antithesis of socialism. Our economic system is called ‘capitalism’ or ‘private enterprise’ and is based on private property rights, the profit motive and competition.</p>
<p>“Both communism and socialism seek to destroy our economic system and replace it with socialism; and their success, whether through evolution by socialism or through revolution by communism or a combination, will destroy not only our economic system, but our liberty, including the ‘civil’ aspects as well. . . .</p>
<p>“. . . The ‘common ground’ of socialism and communism is a factor to which the American people should be alerted. Without a clear understanding that communism is socialism, the total threat and menace of the cold war can never be comprehended and fought to victory.”</p>
<p>When socialism is understood, we will realize that many of the programs advocated, and some of those already adopted in the United States, fall clearly within the category of socialism. What is socialism? It is simply governmental ownership and management of the essential means for the production and distribution of goods.</p>
<p>We must never forget that nations may sow the seeds of their own destruction while enjoying unprecedented prosperity.</p>
<p>The socialistic-communist conspiracy to weaken the United States involves attacks on many fronts. To weaken the American free-enterprise economy which outproduced both its enemies and allies during World War II is a high priority target of the communist leaders. Their press and other propaganda media are therefore constantly selling the principles of centralized or federal control of farms, railroads, electric power, schools, steel, maritime shipping, and many other aspects of the economy—but always in the name of public welfare.</p>
<p>This carries out the strategy laid down by the communist masters. John Strachey, a top official in the Labor Socialist party of Great Britain, in his book entitled <em>The Theory and Practice of Socialism</em> said:</p>
<p>“It is impossible to establish communism as the immediate successor to capitalism. It is accordingly proposed to establish socialism as something which we can put in the place of our present decaying capitalism. Hence, communists work for the establishment of socialism as a necessary transition stage on the road to communism.” . . .</p>
<p>It is significant that 118 years ago this month the Prophet Joseph Smith, after attending lectures on socialism, made this official entry in church history: “I said I did not believe the doctrine.” (History of the Church, Vol. 6, p. 33.)</p>
<p>No true Latter-day Saint and no true American can be a socialist or a communist or support programs leading in that direction. These evil philosophies are incompatible with Mormonism, the true gospel of Jesus Christ.</p>
<p>What can priesthood holders do? There are many things we can do to meet the challenge of the adversary in our day.</p>
<p>First, we should become informed about communism, about socialism, and about Americanism. What better way can one become informed than by first studying the inspired words of the prophets and using that as a foundation; against which to test all other material. This is in keeping with the Prophet Joseph Smith’s motto, “When the Lord commands, do it.” (Ibid., Vol. 2, p. 170.)</p>
<p>The Foundation for Economic Education, Irvington-on-Hudson, New York on which President J. Reuben Clark, Jr., served as a board member, continues to supply sound freedom literature. We should know enough about American free enterprise to be able to defend it. We should know what makes it possible for six percent of humanity—living under our free economy—to produce about one-half of the earth’s developed wealth each year.</p>
<p>We should know why paternalism, collectivism, or unnecessary federal supervision will hold our standard of living down and reduce productivity just as it has in every country where it has been tried. We should also know why the communist leaders consider socialism the highroad to communism.</p>
<p>Second, we should accept the command of the Lord and treat socialistic communism as the tool of Satan. We should follow the counsel of the President of the Church and resist the influence and policies of the socialist-communist conspiracy wherever they are found—in the schools, in the churches, in governments, in unions, in businesses, in agriculture.</p>
<p>Third, we should help those who have been deceived or who are misinformed to find the truth. Unless each person who knows the truth will “stand up and speak up” it is difficult for the deceived or confused citizen to find his way back.</p>
<p>Fourth, we should not make the mistake of calling people “communist” just because they happen to be helping the communist cause. Thousands of patriotic Americans, including a few Latter-day Saints, have helped the communists without realizing it. Others have knowingly helped without joining the party. The remedy is to avoid name-calling, but point out clearly and persuasively how they are helping the communists.</p>
<p>Fifth, each priesthood holder should use his influence in the community to resist the erosion process which is taking place in our political and economic life. He should use the political party of his choice to express his evaluation of important issues. He should see that his party is working to preserve freedom, not destroy it. He should join responsible local groups interested in promoting freedom and free competitive enterprise, in studying political issues, appraising the voting records and proposed programs, and writing to members of Congress, promoting good men in public office and scrutinizing local, state, and federal agencies to see that the will of the people is being carried out. He should not wait for the Lord’s servants to give instruction for every detail once they have announced the direction in which the priesthood should go. Each member should exercise prayerful judgment and then act. . . .</p>
<p>May God give us the wisdom to recognize the threat to our freedom and the strength to meet this danger courageously.</p>
<p>Yes, perilous times are ahead, but if we do our duty in all things, God will give us inner peace and overrule all things for our good.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">312.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Reuben Clark, Jr., in <em>Deseret News,</em> “Church Section,” 16 June 1945, p. 4</strong></p>
<p>Today government has touched our lives so intimately in all their relationships and all these governmental touchings have been so tabbed as political, that we cannot discuss anything relating to our material welfare and existence without laying ourselves liable to the charge that we are talking politics.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">313.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, April 1968, p. 50</strong></p>
<p>If American freedom is lost, if America is destroyed, if our blood-bought freedom is surrendered, it will be because of Americans. What’s more, it will probably not be only the work of subversive and criminal Americans. The Benedict Arnolds will not be the only ones to forfeit our freedom.</p>
<p><span class="pg">“</span>At what point, then, is the approach of danger to be expected?” asked Abraham Lincoln, and he answered, “If it ever reaches us, it must spring up among us. It cannot come from abroad. If destruction be our lot, we must ourselves be its author and finisher; as a nation of freemen, we must live through all time or die by suicide.” (Springfield, Illinois, January 27, 1837.)</p>
<p>If America is destroyed, it may be by Americans who salute the flag, sing the national anthem, march in patriotic parades, cheer Fourth of July speakers—normally good Americans, but Americans who fail to comprehend what is required to keep our country strong and free—Americans who have been lulled away into a false security. . . .</p>
<p>“Unless those in authority in the United States can be influenced to abandon the suicidal course on which they have embarked—or unless they can be replaced by men who will—we cannot hope to restore in our nation the kind of domestic peace and order which has made our many generations proud to be Americans . . . living in a land of freedom, security, opportunity, and justice under law.</p>
<p><span class="pg">“</span>The crisis we now face is the most serious, the most dangerous, in the history of our country. Each of us must diligently employ our influence and our effort—in speech, letters, and at the ballot box—to help set straight the way.”</p>
<p>The facts are clear. Our problem centers in Washington, D.C. And this applies to the administration of both political parties. In the words of James Madison, “Since the general civilization of mankind, I believe there are more instances of the abridgment of freedom of the people by gradual and silent encroachments of those in power, than by violent and sudden usurpations.” (Elliot’s Debates, Vol. 3, p. 87.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">314.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in <em>Conference Report,</em> October 1961</strong></p>
<p>Our priceless heritage is threatened today as never before in our lifetime: from without by the forces of Godless Communism, and at home by our complacency and by the insidious forces of the Socialist-Communist conspiracy, with the help of those who would abandon the ancient landmarks set by our fathers and take us down the road to destruction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">315.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, in Conference Report, October 1960, p. 101–106</strong></p>
<p>We live today in an age of peril. It is an age in which we are threatened with the loss not only of wealth and material prosperity, but also of something far more precious—our freedom itself. The very thing that distinguishes man from the beasts—man s freedom to act: freedom to choose—is threatened as never before by a total and atheistic philosophy of life known as communism.</p>
<p>In April, I called your attention briefly to the nature of communism. Let us remember these basic facts.</p>
<p>Those who subscribe to this philosophy stop at nothing to achieve their ends. They do not hesitate to destroy—if they are strong enough—whatever stands in their way. Our own generation has witnessed the Russian communists liquidate millions of their fellow countrymen. Even more recently we have seen the Chinese communists wipe out millions of their fellow countrymen—no one knows the exact number.</p>
<p>To the true communist, nothing is evil if it is expedient. Being without conscience or honor, he feels completely justified in using whatever means are necessary to achieve his goal: force, trickery, lies, broken promises, mayhem, and individual and mass murder.</p>
<p>By these ruthless means communism has, in a little over forty years, brought more people under its domination than the total number of Christians now living in the entire world—and Christianity, as the world thinks of it, has been in existence for nearly two thousand years. . . .</p>
<p>Let us have no illusions about them. Their leader has told us bluntly—their purpose is not alone to enslave us—they want to bury us.</p>
<p>And while it is apparently true that Chairman Khrushchev is content for the time being at least to avoid war as a means of communist expansion, there is little doubt that the leaders of Red China view war as inevitable and await only the propitious moment in which to strike.</p>
<p>What we face today is not just a cold war, not just a struggle for the control of land, sea, air, and even outer space, but total competition for the control of men’s minds. Unless we meet it and defeat it, we shall almost inevitably one day face the loss of all that we hold dear.</p>
<p>In less than half a century, I repeat, this evil system has gained control over one-third of mankind, and it is steadily pursuing its vicious goal of control over all the rest of the world. It is time, and past time, for us to be alarmed. “Wo be unto him that is at ease. Wo be unto him that crieth ‘all is well.’<span style="color: white;">.</span>” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/28/24-25#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Nephi 28:24&ndash;25" target="_2_ne2824-25">2 Nephi 28:24&ndash;25</a>.) . . .</p>
<p>The only political party now functioning in Cuba is the Popular Socialist Party, the Communist Party under another name. <span style="font-family: Symbol;">¼</span></p>
<p>We must revivify Western ideals and in particular the ideals of our own great nation. We must call back the spirit of the dauntless leaders of the past. We must meet our present-day challenge not with softness and complacency, but with the depth, wisdom, and daring that characterized America in the days of old. . . .</p>
<p>The communists bring to the nations they infiltrate a message and a philosophy that affects human life in its entirety. Communism seeks to provide, what in too many instances a lukewarm Christianity has not provided, a total interpretation of life. Communists are willing to be revolutionary; to take a stand for this and against that. They challenge what they do not believe in—customs, practices, ideas, traditions. They believe heatedly in their philosophy.</p>
<p>But our civilization and our people are seemingly afraid to be revolutionary. We are too “broadminded” to challenge what we do not believe in. We are afraid of being thought intolerant, uncouth, ungentlemanly. We have become lukewarm in our beliefs. And for that we perhaps merit the bitter condemnation stated in <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/rev/3/16#16" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Revelation 3:16" target="_rev316">Revelation 3:16</a>: “So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth.” . . .</p>
<p>In this dark hour, the fate of the world seems to rest largely in our hands. We who live in this choice land, in fact all of the land of Zion, have the opportunity, the responsibility, and the solemn obligation to stand firm for freedom and justice and morality—the dignity and brotherhood of man as a child of God.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">316.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>David O. McKay, President of the Church, in Conference Report, April 1966, p. 109–110 </strong></p>
<p>In order that there may be no misunderstandings by bishops, stake presidents, and others regarding members of the Church participating in non-church meetings to study and become informed on the Constitution of the United States, Communism, etc., I wish to make the following statements that I have been sending out from my office for some time and that have come under question by some stake authorities, bishoprics, and others.</p>
<p>Church members are at perfect liberty to act according to their own consciences in the matter of safeguarding our way of life. They are, of course, encouraged to honor the highest standards of the gospel and to work to preserve their own freedoms. They are free to participate in non-church meetings that are held to warn people of the threat of Communism or any other theory or principle that will deprive us of our free agency or individual liberties vouchsafed by the Constitution of the United States.</p>
<p>The Church, out of respect for the rights of all its members to have their political views and loyalties, must maintain the strictest possible neutrality. We have no intention of trying to interfere with the fullest and freest exercise of the political franchise of our members under and within our Constitution, which the Lord declared he established “by the hands of wise men whom [he] raised up unto this very purpose” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/101/80#80" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 101:80" target="_dc10180">D&amp;C 101:80</a>) and which, as to the principles thereof, the Prophet Joseph Smith, dedicating the Kirtland Temple, prayed should be “established forever.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/109/54#54" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 109:54" target="_dc10954">D&amp;C 109:54</a>.) The Church does not yield any of its devotion to or convictions about safeguarding the American principles and the establishments of government under federal and state constitutions and the civil rights of men safeguarded by these.</p>
<p>The position of this Church on the subject of Communism has never changed. We consider it the greatest Satanical threat to peace, prosperity, and the spread of God’s work among men that exists on the face of the earth.</p>
<p>In this connection, we are continually being asked to give our opinion concerning various patriotic groups or individuals who are fighting Communism and speaking up for freedom. Our immediate concern, however, is not with parties, groups, or persons, but with principles. We therefore commend and encourage every person and every group who is sincerely seeking to study Constitutional principles and awaken a sleeping and apathetic people to the alarming conditions that are rapidly advancing about us. We wish all of our citizens throughout the land were participating in some type of organized self-education in order that they could better appreciate what is happening and know what they can do about it.</p>
<p>Supporting the FBI, the police, the congressional committees investigating Communism, and various organizations that are attempting to awaken the people through educational means is a policy we warmly endorse for all our people.</p>
<p>The entire concept and philosophy of Communism is diametrically opposed to everything for which the Church stands—belief in Deity, belief in the dignity and eternal nature of man, and the application of the gospel to efforts for peace in the world. Communism is militantly atheistic and is committed to the destruction of faith wherever it may be found.</p>
<p>The Russian Commissar of Education wrote: “We must hate Christians and Christianity. Even the best of them must be considered our worst enemies. Christian love is an obstacle to the development of the revolution. Down with love for one’s neighbor. What we want is hate. Only then shall we conquer the universe.”</p>
<p>On the other hand, the gospel teaches the existence of God as our Eternal and Heavenly Father and declares: “. . . him only shalt thou serve.” (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/matt/4/10#10" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Matt. 4:10" target="_matt410">Matt. 4:10</a>.)</p>
<p>Communism debases the individual and makes him the enslaved tool of the state, to which he must look for sustenance and religion. Communism destroys man’s God-given free agency.</p>
<p>No member of this Church can be true to his faith, nor can any American be loyal to his trust, while lending aid, encouragement or sympathy to any of these false philosophies, for if he does they will prove snares to his feet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">317.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>First Presidency Statement, in <em>Improvement Era,</em> vol. 39 (August 1936), p. 488</strong></p>
<p>With great regret we learn from credible sources, governmental and others, that a few Church members are joining directly or indirectly, the Communists and are taking part in their activities.</p>
<p>The Church does not interfere, and has no intention of trying to interfere, with the fullest and freest exercise of the political franchise of its members, under and within our Constitution which the Lord declared: “I established . . . by the hands of wise men whom I raised up unto this very purpose,” and which, as to the principles thereof, the Prophet, dedicating the Kirtland Temple, prayed should be “established forever.”</p>
<p>But Communism is not a political party nor a political plan under the Constitution; it is a system of government that is the opposite of our Constitutional government, and it would be necessary to destroy our government before Communism could be set up in the United States.</p>
<p>Since Communism, established, would destroy our American Constitutional government, to support Communism is treasonable to our free institutions, and no patriotic American citizen may become either a Communist or supporter of Communism. . . .</p>
<p>Furthermore, it is charged by universal report, which is not successfully contradicted or disproved, that Communism undertakes to control, if not indeed to proscribe the religious life of the people living within its jurisdiction, and that it even reaches its hand into the sanctity of the family circle itself, disrupting the normal relationship of parent and child, all in a manner unknown and unsanctioned under the Constitutional guarantees under which we in America live. Such interference would be contrary to the fundamental precepts of the Gospel and to the teachings and order of the Church.</p>
<p>Communism being thus hostile to loyal American citizenship and incompatible with true Church membership, of necessity no loyal American citizen and no faithful Church member can be a Communist.</p>
<p>We call upon all Church members completely to eschew Communism. The safety of our divinely inspired Constitutional government and the welfare of our Church imperatively demand that Communism shall have no place in America.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">318.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Richard Arens, Staff Director of the House Committee on Un-American Activities, “Issues Presented by the Air Reserve Training Manual” (Hearings), House Committee on Un-American Activities, <em>Congressional Record </em>(1960)</strong></p>
<p>Thus far of the leadership of the National Council of Churches of Christ in America, we have found over 100 persons in leadership capacity with either communist-front records or records of service to communist causes. The aggregate affiliations of the leadership, instead of being in the hundreds as first indicated, is now, according to the latest count, into the thousands, and we have yet to complete our check, which would certainly suggest, on the basis of authoritative sources of this committee, that the statement that there is infiltration of fellow travelers in churches and educational institutions is a complete understatement.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">319.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Robert Doty, <em>New York Times</em> (1965)</strong></p>
<p>The head of the powerful Jesuit Order (Father Pedro Arrupe) charged today (Sept. 27) that atheism constitutes a conspiracy that has infiltrated even the Roman Catholic Church and virtually controls international organizations, finance, and mass communications. . . . [Father Pedro Arrupe said that] “the new godless society operates in an extremely efficient manner, at least in its higher levels of leadership. It makes use of every possible means at its disposal, be they scientific, technical, social, or economic. It follows a perfectly mapped-out strategy. It holds almost complete sway in international organizations, in financial circles, in the field of mass communications: press, cinema, radio, and television.” . . . Father Arrupe, as head of the 36,000-member Jesuit Order, is considered to be one of the half-dozen most influential churchmen in the world, as indicated by his informal title of “Black Pope.”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">320.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Charles Chiniquy, Ex-Catholic Priest, <em>Fifty Years in the Church of Rome</em> (Chick Publications), p. 283</strong></p>
<p>Long before I was ordained a priest, I knew that my church was the most implacable enemy of this republic. My professors . . . had been unanimous in telling me that the principles and laws of the Church of Rome were absolutely antagonistic to the principles which are the foundation stones of the Constitution of the Unites States of America.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">321.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Richard Thompson, <em>The Papacy and the Civil Power,</em> in <em>Fifty Years in the Church of Rome</em> (Chick Publications), p. 285</strong></p>
<p>Nothing is plainer than that, if the principles of the church of Rome prevail here, our Constitution would fall. The two cannot exist together. They are in open and direct antagonism with the fundamental theory of our government and of all popular government everywhere.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">322.</td>
<td valign="top"><em><strong>The Shepherd of the Valley,</strong></em><strong> official journal of the Bishop of St. Louis, 23 Nov. 1851</strong></p>
<p>If Catholics ever gain a sufficient numerical majority in this country, religious freedom is at an end.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">323.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Smith, Jr., President of the Church, <em>History of the Church </em>(Salt Lake City: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 1950), vol. 6, p. 478</strong></p>
<p>If the Catholic church is bad, how can any good thing come out of it?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">324.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John, “The Revelation of St. John the Divine,” chap. 13, verses 1 &amp; 16–17, Joseph Smith’s retranslation of the Bible</strong></p>
<p>And I saw another sign, in the likeness of the kingdoms of the earth; a beast rise up out of the sea, and he stood upon the sand of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. . . .</p>
<p>And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom: Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">325.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ralph Nader, U.S. presidential candidate for the Green Party in the 1996 election and 2000 election</strong></p>
<p>Is there a number or mark planned for the hand or forehead in a new cashless society? Yes, and I have seen the machines that are now ready to put it into operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">326.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Smith, 1844, in <em>Autobiography of Mosiah Hancock,</em> typescript, BYU-S 1834–1865</strong></p>
<p>There will be two great political parties in this country. One will be called the Republican, and the other the Democrat party. These two parties will go to war and out of these two parties will spring another party which will be the Independent American Party. The United States will spend her strength and means warring in foreign lands until other nations will say, “Let’s divide up the lands of the United States,” then the people of the U.S. will unite and swear by the blood of their fore-fathers, that the land shall not be divided. Then the country will go to war, and they will fight until one half of the U.S. army will give up, and the rest will continue to struggle. They will keep on until they are very ragged and discouraged, and almost ready to give up—when the boys from the mountains will rush forth in time to save the American Army from defeat and ruin. And they will say, “Brethren, we are glad you have come; give us men, henceforth, who can talk with God.” Then you will have friends, but you will save the country when it’s liberty hangs by a hair, as it were.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">327.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Wilford Woodruff, 1 Aug. 1880, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 21, p. 301</strong></p>
<p>I believe the Bible; I believe the Book of Mormon; I believe the Doctrine and Covenants, and I believe that the predictions they contain will in their fulfillment roll upon our heads, and upon the heads of this nation, and upon the heads of the people of Zion; and the judgments of God, that have been proclaimed in the hearing of the people for the last fifty years, through the mouth of Joseph Smith and of Brigham Young and the apostles and the elders of Israel, by the gift and power of the Holy Ghost—not one jot or tittle of what has been declared will fall to the ground unfulfilled, and the Latter-day Saints ought to be prepared for them. I know many of these things look dark when men look upon them with the natural vision, and as a consequence doubt and unbelief follow; but when you look upon them with your mind enlightened by the Spirit of God, the spirit of inspiration and revelation, we then are able to understand them, and how easily it is for God to bring to pass the predictions of his servants. . . .</p>
<p>God will not disappoint you in these the last days; he will not disappoint the wicked, he will not disappoint the devils in hell, nor the angels of God in the heaven will not be disappointed with regard to the fulfillment of the revelations; whatever may be the unbelief of this generation it will make no difference with regard to the fulfillment of the revelations of God and the predictions of his servants. . . .</p>
<p>When I contemplate the condition of our nation, and see that wickedness and abominations are increasing, so much so that the whole heavens groan and weep over the abominations of this nation and the nations of the earth, I ask myself the question, can the American nation escape? The answer comes, No; its destruction, as well as the destruction of the world, is sure; just as sure as the Lord cut off and destroyed the two great and prosperous nations that once inhabited this continent of North and South America, because of their wickedness, so will he them destroy, and sooner or later they will reap the fruits of their own wicked acts, and be numbered among the past.</p>
<p>I cannot help it; I would to God they would repent, that their eyes might be opened to see their condition; but the devils has power over them; he rules the children of men, he holds Babylon in his own hand, and leads the people whithersoever he will. There are changes awaiting us, they are even nigh at our very doors, and I know it by the revelations of Jesus Christ; I know it by the visions of heaven; I know it by the administrations of angels, and I know it by the inspiration of heaven, that is given to all men who seek the Lord; and the hand of God will not stay these things. We have no time to lose.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">328.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brigham Young, 8 Oct. 1860, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 8, pp. 204–205</strong></p>
<p>This nation will be shivered to pieces. There is no cohesion in the particles that compose it. If you touch it, it will fall to pieces, for it is shattered from its centre to its circumference. They think it so strange that the “harmonious democracy” can divide. You might as well try to put out the sun as to make them united. God is working with them; he is taking his Spirit from them. They are like water spilled upon the ground; there is no soundness nor stability left in them; they are devoid of good sense. God has called away the intelligence he bestowed upon them, and every move they make will sink them deeper and deeper in the mire, until they are lost and gone for ever.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">329.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Smith, 4 Jan. 1833, in <em>History of the Church,</em> vol. 1 (Salt Lake City, 1932), p. 315</strong></p>
<p>And now I am prepared to say by the authority of Jesus Christ, that not many years shall pass away before the United States shall present such a scene of <em>bloodshed</em> as has not a parallel in the history of our nation; pestilence, hail, famine, and earthquake will sweep the wicked of this generation from off the face of the land, to open and prepare the way for the return of the lost tribes of Israel from the north country.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">330.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Orson Pratt, “American Nation’s Doom,” <em>Millennial Star </em>(6 Oct. 1866), pp. 633–634</strong></p>
<p>The great American Republic is now one of the most powerful Governments in the world. It has a population of over thirty millions, and resources that are almost inexhaustible. But that great—that powerful nation is destined to an utter overthrow. If it be asked, why is America thus to suffer? The answer is, because they have rejected the kingdom of God, and one of the greatest divine messages ever sent to man; because they have sanctioned the killing of the saints, and the martyrdom of the Lord’s Prophets, and have suffered his people to be driven from their midst, and have robbed them of their houses, and homes, and lands, and millions of property, and have refused to redress their wrongs. For these great evils, they must suffer; the decrees of Jehovah have gone forth against them; the sword of the Lord has been unsheathed, and will fall with pain upon their devoted heads. Their great and magnificent cities are to be cut off. New York, Boston, Albany, and numerous other cities will be left desolate. Party will be arrayed in deadly strife against party; State against State; and the whole nation will be broken up; the sanguinary weapons of the dreadful revolution will devour the land. Then shall there be a fleeing from one city to another, from one State to another, from one part of the continent to another, seeking refuge, from the devastations of bandits and armies; then shall their dead be left unburied, and the fowls of heaven shall summer upon them, and the beasts of the earth shall winter upon them. Moreover the Lord will visit them with the deadly pestilence which shall sweep away many millions by its ravages; for their eyes shall fall from their sockets, and their flesh from their bones, and their tongues shall be staid in their mouths, that they shall not be able to blaspheme against their Maker. And it will come to pass, that the heavens will withhold their rains, and their fruitful fields will be turned into barrenness, and the waters of their rivers will be dried up, and left in standing pools, and the fish therein will die; and the Lord will send forth a grievous plague to destroy the horses and cattle from the land. Thus by the sword, and by pestilence, and by famine, and by the strong arm of the Almighty, shall the inhabitants of that wicked nation be destroyed. In that day a remnant shall repent, and be numbered with the people of Zion, and shall know that the Lord hath spoken, and hath fulfilled his decrees upon the land, and executed his fierce justice upon the oppressors of his people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">331.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>A vision of John Taylor, President of the Church, received 16 Dec. 1877, in <em>Unpublished Revelations,</em> vol. 1, 2nd edition (Salt Lake City: Collier’s Publishing Co., 1981), pp. 119–123</strong></p>
<p>I went to bed at my usual hour half past nine o’clock. I had been reading the revelations in the French Language. My mind was calm, more so than usual if possible to be so. I composed myself for sleep but could not sleep. I felt a strange stupor come over me and apparently became partially unconscious, still I was not asleep, nor awake with a strange far away dreamy feeling.</p>
<p>The first thing I recognized was that I was in the Tabernacle at Ogden sitting on the back seat in the corner for fear they would call on me to preach, which, after singing the second time, they did by calling me to the stand.</p>
<p>I arose to speak and said I did not know that I had anything special to say except to bear my testimony to the truth of the latter-day work. When all at once it seemed as though I was lifted out of myself, and I said, “Yes I have something to say, it is this: some of my brethren present have been asking me what is coming to pass, what is the wind blowing up. I will answer you right here what is coming to pass shortly.”</p>
<p>I was immediately in Salt Lake City wandering about the streets in all parts of the city, and on the door of every house I found a badge of mourning, and I could not find a house but what was in mourning. I passed by my own house and saw the same signs there and asked, “Is that me that is dead?” Something gave me an answer, “No you’ll live through it all.”</p>
<p>It seemed strange to me that I saw no person on the street in my wandering about through the city. They seemed to be in their houses with their sick and dead. I saw no funeral procession, or anything of that kind, but the city looked very still and quiet as though the people were praying, and had control of the disease whatever it was.</p>
<p>I then looked in all directions over the territory, east, west, north and south and I found the same mourning in every place throughout the land. The next I knew I was just this side of Omaha. It seemed as though I was above the earth, looking down on it as I passed along on my way east. I saw the roads full of people, principally women, with just what they could carry in bundles on their backs, traveling to the mountains on foot, and I wondered how they could get there with nothing but a small pack upon their backs. It was remarkable to me that there were so few men among them. It did not seem as though the cars were running. The rails looked rusty and the road abandoned and I have no conception how I traveled myself.</p>
<p>As I looked down upon the people I continued eastward through Omaha and Council Bluffs which were full of disease and women everywhere. The states of Missouri and Illinois were in turmoil and strife, men killing each other, and women joining in the fight, family against family, cutting each other to pieces in the most horrid manner.</p>
<p>The next I saw was Washington and I found the city a desolation. The White House empty, the halls of Congress the same, everything in ruins, the people seemed to have fled from the city and left it to take care of itself.</p>
<p>I was next in the city of Baltimore and in the square where the monument of 1812 stands in front of St. Charles. And at the hotels I saw the dead piled up so as to fill the square. I saw mothers cut the throats of their own children for the sake of their blood, which they drank from their veins to quench their thirst and then lie down and die. The waters of the Chesapeake River and of the city were so stagnant and such a stench arose from them on account of the putrification of dead bodies that the very smell caused death. And that was singular again; I saw no men except they were dead, lying in the streets, and very few women, and they were crazy mad, and in a dying condition. Everywhere I went I beheld the same all over the city, and it was horrible beyond description to look at.</p>
<p>I thought this must be the end. But no, I was seemingly in Philadelphia and there, as in Baltimore, everything was still. No living soul was to be seen to greet me, and it seemed as though the whole city was without an inhabitant. In Arch and Chestnut Street and in fact everywhere I went the putrification of the dead bodies caused such a stench that it was impossible for any creature to exist alive, nor did I see any living thing in the city.</p>
<p>I next found myself in Broadway, New York, and there it seemed the people had done their best to overcome the disease. But in wandering down Broadway I saw the bodies of beautiful women lying stone dead, and others in a dying condition on the sidewalk. I saw men crawl out of the cellars and rob the dead bodies of the valuables they had on them, and before they could return to their coverts in the cellars, they themselves would roll over a time or two and die in agony.</p>
<p>On some of the back streets I saw mothers kill their own children and eat raw flesh and then in a few minutes die themselves. Wherever I went I saw the same scenes of horror and desolation, rapine and death. No horses or carriages. No buses or streetcars, but death and destruction everywhere.</p>
<p>I then went to the Grand Central Park and, looking back, I saw a fire start, and just at that moment a mighty east wind sprang up and carried the flames west over the city, and it burned until there was not a single building left standing whole, even down to the wharfs. And the shipping all seemed to be burned, and swallowed up in the common destruction and left nothing but a desolation where the great city was a short time before. The stench from the bodies that were burning was so great that it was carried a great distance across the Hudson River and Bay, and thus spread disease and death wherever the flames penetrated. I cannot paint in words the horror that seemed to encompass me around about. It was beyond description or thought of man to conceive.</p>
<p>I supposed this was the end, but I was here given to understand that the same horror was being enacted all over the country, north, south, east and west, that few were left alive, still there were some.</p>
<p>Immediately after, I seemed to be standing on the west bank of the Missouri River opposite the city of Independence, but I saw no city. I saw the whole states of Missouri and Illinois and part of Iowa were a complete wilderness with no living human being in them. I then saw a short distance from the river twelve men dressed in the robes of the temple standing in a square or nearly so. I understood it represented the twelve gates of the New Jerusalem and they were with hands uplifted consecrating the ground and laying the cornerstones. I saw myriads of angels hovering over them and around about them and also an immense pillar of a cloud hover over them. And I heard the angels singing the most beautiful music. The words were “Now is established the Kingdom of our God and His Christ, and He shall reign forever and ever, and the Kingdom shall never be thrown down, for the Saints have overcome.” And I saw people coming from the river and from different places a long way off to help build the Temple, and it seemed that the hosts of the angels all helped to get the material to build the Temple. And I saw some come who wore their temple robes to help build the Temple and the city and all the time I saw the great pillar of cloud hovering over the place.</p>
<p>Instantly I found I was in the Tabernacle at Ogden and yet I could see the building going on and I got quite animated in calling to the people in the Tabernacle to listen to the beautiful music that the angels were singing. I called to them to look at the angels as the house seemed to be full of them and they were singing the same words that I heard before, “Now is the Kingdom of our God and His Christ established forever and ever.” And then a voice said, “Now shall come to pass that which was spoken by Isaiah the Prophet, That seven women shall take hold of one man saying, etc.”</p>
<p>At this time I seemed to stagger back from the pulpit and F.D. Richards and someone else caught me and prevented me from falling when I requested Brother Richards to apologize to the audience for me because I stopped so abruptly, and tell them I had not fainted but was exhausted. I rolled over in my bed and heard the City Hall clock strike twelve o’clock.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">332.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brigham Young, President of the Church, 15 July 1860, <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 8, pp. 123–124</strong></p>
<p>“Do you think there is calamity abroad now among the people?” Not much. All we have yet heard and all we have experienced is scarcely a preface to the sermon that is going to be preached. When the testimony of the Elders ceases to be given, and the Lord says to them, “Come home; I will now preach my own sermons to the nations of the earth,” all you now know can scarcely be called a preface to the sermon that will be preached with fire and sword, tempests, earthquakes, hail, rain, thunders and lightnings, and fearful destruction. What matters the destruction of a few railway cars? You will hear of magnificent cities, now idolized by the people, sinking in the earth, entombing the inhabitants. The sea will heave itself beyond its bounds, engulphing mighty cities. Famine will spread over the nations, and nation will rise up against nation, kingdom against kingdom, and states against states, in our own country and in foreign lands; and they will destroy each other, caring not for the blood and lives of their neighbors, of their families, or for their own lives. They will be like the Jaredites who preceded the Nephites upon this continent, and will destroy each other to the last man, through the anger that the Devil will place in their hearts, because they have rejected the words of life and are given over to Satan to do whatever he listeth to do with them. You may think that the little you hear of now is grievous; yet the faithful of God’s people will see days that will cause them to close their eyes because of the sorrow that will come upon the wicked nations. The hearts of the faithful will be filled with pain and anguish for them.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">333.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Heber C. Kimball, First Counselor in the First Presidency, as related in <em>Wilford Woodruff’s Journal,</em> entry 17 Dec. 1866, vol. 6, p. 305 </strong></p>
<p>While at the Endowment House, [Bro. Kimball] prophesied that when the final last struggle came to this nation it would be at the Hill Cumorah where both of the former Nations were destroyed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">334.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>J. Golden Kimball, member of the First Council of the Seventy and son of Heber C. Kimball, in unpublished manuscript, quoted in <em>Inspired Prophetic Warnings,</em> 2nd edition(Salt Lake City: N. B. Lundwall, 1940),  p. 59</strong></p>
<p>Heber C. Kimball said it was revealed to him that the last great destruction of the wicked would be on the lakes near the Hill Cumorah.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">335.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Wilford Woodruff, 1857, speaking in his Journal, as quoted in <em>Wilford Woodruff, His Life and Labors,</em> comp. Matthias F. Cowley (Salt Lake City:  Deseret News, 1916), p. 393</strong></p>
<p>The judgments of God will now begin to rest more fully upon this nation and will be increased upon it, year by year. Calamities will come speedily upon it and it will be visited with thunder, lightning, storms, whirlwinds, floods pestilence, plagues, war and devouring fire; and the wicked will slay the wicked until the wicked are wasted away.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">336.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Revelation received through Wilford Woodruff, 26 Jan. 1880, in <em>Wilford Woodruff’s Journal,</em> vol. 7, pp. 615–617</strong></p>
<p>The nation is ripened in iniquity and the cup of the wrath of mine indignation is full and I will not stay my hand in judgments upon this nation or the nations of the earth.</p>
<p>I have decreed wars and judgments upon the wicked and my wrath and indignation are about to be poured out upon them and the wicked and rebellious shall know that I am God. . . .</p>
<p>And thus, with the sword and by bloodshed, and with famine and plagues and earthquakes and the thunder of heaven and the vivid lightenings shall this nation and the nations of the earth be made to feel the chastening hand of an Almighty God until they are broken up and destroyed and wasted away from under heaven, and no power can stay my hand.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">337.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Wilford Woodruff of the Quorum of the Twelve, 8 Oct. 1875, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 18, p. 128</strong></p>
<p>Forty-five years ago, in speaking to the Church, the Lord said—“You are clean, but not all, and I am not well pleased with any who are not clean, because all flesh is corrupted before my face, and darkness prevails among all the nations of the earth.” This causes silence to reign, and all eternity is pained. The angels of God are waiting to fulfill the great commandment given forty-five years ago, to go forth and reap down the earth because of the wickedness of men. How do you think eternity feels to-day? Why there is more wickedness, a thousand times over, in the United States now, than when that revelation was given. The whole earth is ripe in iniquity; and these inspired men, these Elders of Israel, have been commanded of the Almighty to go forth and warn the world, that their garments may be clear of the blood of all men.</p>
<p>I tell you that God will not disappoint Zion or Babylon, the heavens or the earth, in regard to the judgment which he has promised in these last days, but every one of them will have its fulfillment upon the heads of the children of men; and when they are fully ripened in iniquity the nations of the earth will be swept away as with the besom of destruction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">338.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Ezra Taft Benson, President of the Quorum of the Twelve, 4 Oct. 1980, at Saturday Afternoon Session of General Conference, in <em>Ensign,</em> Nov. 1980, p. 34</strong></p>
<p>Too often we bask in our comfortable complacency and rationalize that the ravages of war, economic disaster, famine, and earthquake cannot happen here. Those who believe this are either not acquainted with the revelations of the Lord, or they do not believe them. Those who smugly think these calamities will not happen, that they somehow will be set aside because of the righteousness of the Saints, are deceived and will rue the day they harbored such a delusion.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">339.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Joseph Smith, Jr., President of the Church, 2 July 1839, in an address to the Quorum of the Twelve, <em>History of the Church,</em> vol. 3, pp. 390–391</strong></p>
<p>Wars are at hand; we must not delay; but are not required to sacrifice. We ought to have the building up of Zion as our greatest object. When wars come, we shall have to flee to Zion. The cry is to make haste. The last revelation says, Ye shall not have time to have gone over the earth, until these things come. It will come as did the cholera, war, fires, and earthquakes; one pestilence after another, until the Ancient of Days comes, then judgment will be given to the Saints.</p>
<p>I saw men hunting the lives of their own sons, and brother murdering brother, women killing their own daughters, and daughters seeking the lives of their mothers. I saw armies arrayed against armies. I saw blood, desolation, fires. The Son of Man has said that the mother shall be against the daughter, and the daughter against the mother. These things are at our doors. They will follow the Saints of God from city to city. Satan will rage, and the spirit of the devil is now enraged. I know not how soon these things will take place; but with a view of them, shall I cry peace? No! I will lift up my voice and testify of them. How long you will have good crops, and the famine be kept off, I do not know; when the fig tree leaves, know then that the summer is nigh at hand.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">340.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>John Taylor, President of the Church, 6 Oct. 1879, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 20, p. 319</strong></p>
<p>Were we surprised when the last terrible war [the Civil War] took place here in the United States? No; good Latter-day Saints were not, for they had been told about it. Joseph Smith had told them where it would start, that it should be a terrible time of bloodshed and that it should start in South Carolina. But I tell you today the end is not yet. You will see worse things than that, for God will lay his hand upon this nation, and they will feel it more terribly than ever they have done before; there will be more bloodshed, more ruin, more devastation than never they have seen before. Write it down! You will see it come to pass; it is only just starting in. And would you feel to rejoice? No; I would feel sorry. I knew very well myself when this last war was commencing, and could have wept and did weep, over this nation; but there is yet to come a sound of war, trouble and distress, in which brother will be arrayed against brother, father against son, son against father, a scene of desolation and destruction that will permeate our land until it will be a vexation to hear the report thereof.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">341.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Orson Pratt of the Quorum of the Twelve, 9 March 1879, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 20, pp. 151–152</strong></p>
<p>What about my own nation—the American nation? What can I say more than I have said in times that are past? They have had a great desolating war; a war between the North and the South in which many hundreds of thousands were destroyed. This war was foretold twenty-eight years before it took place; the very place where it should commence was marked out by the Prophet Joseph Smith, that young man of whom I have spoken. . . . That war that destroyed the lives of some fifteen or sixteen hundred thousand people was nothing, compared to that which will eventually devastate that country. The time is not very far distant in the future, when the Lord God will lay his hand heavily upon that nation. “How do you know this? inquires one.” I know from the revelations which God has given upon this subject. I read these revelations, when they were first given. I waited over twenty-eight years and saw their fulfillment to the very letter. Should I not, then, expect that the balance of them should be fulfilled? That same God who gave the revelations to his servant Joseph Smith in regard to these matters, will fulfil every jot and every tittle that has been spoken, concerning that nation. What then will be the condition of that people, when this great and terrible war shall come? It will be very different from the war between the North and the South. Do you wish me to describe it? I will do so. It will be a war of neighborhood against neighborhood, city against city, town against town, county against county, state against state, and they will go forth destroying and being destroyed and manufacturing will, in a great measure, cease, for a time, among the American nation. Why? Because in these terrible wars, they will not be privileged to manufacture, there will be too much bloodshed—too much mobocracy—too much going forth in bands and destroying and pillaging the land to suffer people to pursue any local vocation with any degree of safety. What will become of millions of the farmers upon that land? They will leave their farms and they will remain uncultivated, and they will flee before the ravaging armies from place to place; and thus will they go forth burning and pillaging the whole country; and that great and powerful nation, now consisting of some forty millions of people, will be wasted away, unless they repent.</p>
<p>Now these are predictions you may record. You may let them sink down into your hearts. And if the Lord your God shall permit you to live, you will see my words fulfilled to the very letter. They are not my words, but the words of inspiration—the words of the everlasting God who has sent forth his servants with this message to warn the nations of the earth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">342.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brigham Young, President of the Church, 6 April 1861, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 9, p. 5</strong></p>
<p>I am thankful that we live to see this day, and have the privilege of assembling ourselves in these valleys. We are not now mingling in the turmoils of strife, warring, and contention, that we would have been obliged to have mingled in, had not the Lord suffered us to have been driven to these mountains—one of the greatest blessings that could have been visited upon us. It has been designed for many generations to hide up the Saints in the last days until the indignation of the Almighty be over. His wrath will be poured out upon the nations of the earth. We see the nations steadily driving along to the precipice. The Lord has spoken from the heavens, and he is about to fulfil the prophecies of his ancient and modern Prophets. He will bring the nations into judgment, and deal with them and make a full end of them. Do you wish to see it done to-day? Are you prepared for the crisis that will eventually come? No. . . .</p>
<p>We are blessed in these mountains. This is the best place on the earth for the Latter-day Saints. Search the history of all the nations, and every geographical position on the face of the earth, and you cannot find another situation so well adapted for the Saints as are these mountains. Here is the place in which the Lord designed to hide his people. . . .</p>
<p>The whole Government is gone; it is as weak as water. I heard Joseph Smith say, nearly thirty years ago, “They shall have mobbing to their heart’s content, if they do not redress the wrongs of the Latter-day Saints.” Mobs will not decrease, but will increase until the whole Government becomes a mob, and eventually it will be State against State, city against city, neighborhood against neighborhood, Methodists against Methodists, and so on. Probably you remember reading, not a week ago, an account of a Conference being held in Baltimore, in the course of which they seceded from their fellow churches in the free States. It will be the same with other denominations of professing Christians, and it will be Christian against Christian, and man against man; and those who will not take up the sword against their neighbors must flee to Zion.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">343.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Heber C. Kimball, First Counselor in the First Presidency, 28 Sept. 1856, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 4, p. 106</strong></p>
<p>I am very thankful that so many of the brethren have come in with hand-carts; my soul rejoiced, my heart was filled and grew as big as a two-bushel basket. Two companies have come through safe and sound. Is this the end of it? No; there will be millions on millions that will come much in the same way, only they will not have hand carts, for they will take their bundles under their arms, and their children on their backs, and under their arms, and flee; and Zion’s people will have to send out relief to them, for they will come when the judgments come on the nations. And you will find that judgments will be more sore upon this people, if they do not repent and lay aside their pride and their animosities, their quarrelling and contentions, their disputations among themselves.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">344.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Brigham Young, President of the Church, 12 Aug. 1860, in <em>Journal of Discourses,</em> vol. 8, p. 143</strong></p>
<p>The nations will consume each other, and the Lord will suffer them to bring it about. It does not require much talent or tact to get up opposition in these days. you see it rife in communities, in meetings, in neighborhoods, and in cities. That is the knife that will cut down this Government. The axe is laid at the root of the tree, and every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit will be hewn down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">345.</td>
<td valign="top"><strong>Heber C. Kimball, First Counselor in the First Presidency, May 1868, in <em>Deseret News,</em> 23 May 1931; see also Conference Report, Oct. 1930, p. 58–59</strong></p>
<p>An army of Elders will be sent to the four quarters of the earth to search out the righteous and warn the wicked of what is coming. All kinds of religions will be started and miracles performed that will deceive the very elect if that were possible. Our sons and daughters must live pure lives so as to be prepared for what is coming.</p>
<p>After a while the Gentiles will gather by the thousands to this place, and Salt Lake City will be classed among the wicked cities of the world. A spirit of speculation and extravagance will take possession of the Saints, and the results will be financial bondage.</p>
<p>Persecution comes next and all true Latter-day Saints will be tested to the limit. Many will apostatize and others will be still not knowing what to do. Darkness will cover the earth and gross darkness the minds of the people. The judgments of God will be poured out on the wicked to the extent that our Elders from far and near will be called home, or in other words the gospel will be taken from the Gentiles and later on carried to the Jews.</p>
<p>The western boundary of the State of Missouri will be swept so clean of its inhabitants that as President Young tells us, when you return to that place, there will not be left so much as a yellow dog to wag his tail.</p>
<p>Before that day comes, however, the Saints will be put to a test that will try the integrity of the best of them. The pressure will become so great that the more righteous among them will cry unto the Lord day and night until deliverance comes.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td style="padding: 5px;" colspan="2">
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial,Helvetica;"><strong>COMPILER’S NOTE: PLEASE MAKE COPIES AND DISTRIBUTE FREELY!</strong></p>
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial,Helvetica;">Last Updated: 27–MAR–2006</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/articles/our-awful-situation/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Secret Combinations</title>
		<link>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/ezra-taft-benson/secret-combinations/</link>
		<comments>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/ezra-taft-benson/secret-combinations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2008 08:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ezra Taft Benson</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ezra Taft Benson]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conspiracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Constitution]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ezra taft benson]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Freedom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[law of the land]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[secret combination]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://localhost/LOCAL/LDSC2012/secret-combinations/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Elder Ezra Taft Benson of the Council of the Twelve Apostles. General Conference, October 1961. My brethren and sisters and friends, in keeping with the spirit of the keynote address of our beloved President, I desire, if the Lord will bless me, to speak to you about the American heritage of freedom&#8211;a plan of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>by Elder Ezra Taft Benson of the Council of the Twelve Apostles. General Conference, October 1961. </em><span id="more-242"></span></p>
<p>My brethren and sisters and friends, in keeping with the spirit of the keynote address of our beloved President, I desire, if the Lord will bless me, to speak to you about the American heritage of freedom&#8211;a plan of God.</p>
<p>I direct my remarks particularly to the men of America and more especially to those in the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, who hold the Holy Priesthood of God.</p>
<p>Every member of the priesthood should understand the divine plan designed by the Lord to raise up the first free people in modern times. Here is how scripture says it was achieved:</p>
<p>First: Prophecy is abundant that God deliberately kept the American continent hidden until after the Holy Roman Empire had been broken up and the various nations had established themselves as independent kingdoms. Keeping America hidden until this time was no accident. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/1/6%2C8#6" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Nephi 1:6, 8" target="_2_ne16%2C8">2 Nephi 1:6, 8</a>.)</p>
<p>Second: At the proper time, God inspired Columbus to overcome almost insurmountable odds to discover America and bring this rich new land to the attention of the gentiles in Europe. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/13/12#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 13:12" target="_1_ne1312">1 Nephi 13:12</a>; Admiral of the Ocean Sea, by Dr. Samuel Eliot Morison, pp. 46-47.)</p>
<p>Third: God revealed to his ancient American prophets that shortly after the discovery of America there would be peoples in Europe who would desire to escape the persecution and tyranny of the Old World and flee to America. ( <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/13/13-16#13" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 13:13&ndash;16" target="_1_ne1313-16">1 Nephi 13:13&ndash;16</a>.)</p>
<p>Fourth: God told his prophets that the kingdoms in Europe would try to exercise dominion over the people who had fled to America, but that in the wars for independence the American settlers would win. (This is a remarkable prophecy in that 2,300 years before the Revolutionary War was fought, God through his prophets predicted who would win it.) (Ibid., 13:16-19.)</p>
<p>Fifth: The prophets were told that in the latter days when the gentiles came to America they would establish it as a land of liberty on which there would be no kings. The. Lord declared that he would protect the land and whosoever would try to establish kings either from within or without would perish. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/10/8-14#8" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Nephi 10:8&ndash;14" target="_2_ne108-14">2 Nephi 10:8&ndash;14</a>.)</p>
<p>Sixth: Having declared America to be a land of liberty, God undertook to raise up a band of inspired and intelligent leaders who could write a constitution of liberty and establish the first free people in modern times. The hand of God in this undertaking is clearly indicated by the Lord himself in a revelation to the Prophet Joseph Smith in these words</p>
<p>&#8220;. . . I established the Constitution of this land, by the hands of wise men whom I raised up unto this very purpose&#8230;.&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/101/80#80" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 101:80" target="_dc10180">D&amp;C 101:80</a>.)</p>
<p>Seventh: God declared that the United States Constitution was divinely inspired for the specific purpose of eliminating bondage and the violation of the rights and protection which belongs to &#8220;all flesh.&#8221; (Ibid., 101:77-80.)</p>
<p>Eighth: God placed a mandate upon his people to befriend and defend the constitutional laws of the land and see that the rights and privileges of all mankind are protected. He verified the declaration of the founding fathers, that God created all men free. He also warned against those who would enact laws encroaching upon the sacred rights and privileges of free men. He urged the election of honest and wise leaders and said that evil men and laws were of Satan. (Ibid., 98:5-10.)</p>
<p>Ninth: God predicted through his prophets that this great gentile nation, raised up on the American continent in the last days, would become the richest and most powerful nation on the face of the earth; even &#8220;above all other nations.&#8221; (See <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/13/15%2C30#15" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 13:15, 30" target="_1_ne1315%2C30">1 Nephi 13:15, 30</a>; <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/2/12#12" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 2:12" target="_ether212">Ether 2:12</a>.)</p>
<p>Tenth: Concerning the United States, the Lord revealed to his prophets that its greatest threat would be a vast, worldwide &#8220;secret combination&#8221; which would not only threaten the United States but also seek to &#8220;overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/25#25" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:25" target="_ether825">Ether 8:25</a>.)</p>
<p>Eleventh: In connection with attack on the United States, the Lord told the Prophet Joseph Smith there would be an attempt to overthrow the country by destroying the Constitution. Joseph Smith predicted that the time would come when the Constitution would hang, as it were, by a thread, and at that time &#8220;this people will step forth and save it from the threatened destruction.&#8221; (Journal History, Brigham Young&#8217;s Speech, July 4, 1854.)</p>
<p>It is my conviction that the elders of Israel, widely spread over the nation will at that crucial time successfully rally the righteous of our country and provide the necessary balance of strength to save the institutions of constitutional government.</p>
<p>Twelfth: The Lord revealed to the Prophet Nephi that he established the gentiles on this land to be a free people forever, that if they were a righteous nation and overcame the wickedness and secret abominations which would arise in their midst, they would inherit the land forever. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/14/1-2#1" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 14:1&ndash;2" target="_1_ne141-2">1 Nephi 14:1&ndash;2</a>.)</p>
<p>Thirteenth: But on the other hand, if the gentiles on this land reject the word of God and conspire to overthrow liberty and the Constitution, then their doom is fixed, and they &#8220;. . . shall be cut off from among my people who are of the covenant.&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/1_ne/14/6#6" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 1 Nephi 14:6" target="_1_ne146">1 Nephi 14:6</a>; <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/3_ne/21/11%2C14%2C21#11" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 3 Nephi 21:11, 14, 21" target="_3_ne2111%2C14%2C21">3 Nephi 21:11, 14, 21</a>; <a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/84/114-115%2C117#114" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 84:114&ndash;115, 117" target="_dc84114-115%2C117">D&amp;C 84:114&ndash;115, 117</a>.)</p>
<p>Fourteenth: The great destructive force which was to be turned loose on the earth and which the prophets for centuries have been calling the &#8220;abomination of desolation&#8221; is vividly described by those who saw it in vision. Ours is the first generation to realize how literally these prophecies can be fulfilled now that God, through science, has unlocked the secret to thermonuclear reaction.</p>
<p>In the light of these prophecies there should be no doubt in the mind of any priesthood holder that the human family is headed for trouble. There are rugged days ahead. It is time for every man who wishes to do his duty to get himself prepared&#8211;physically, spiritually, and psychologically&#8211;for the task which may come at any time, as suddenly as the whirlwind.</p>
<p>Where do we stand today? All over the world the light of freedom is being diminished. Across whole continents of the earth freedom is being totally obliterated.</p>
<p>Never in recorded history has any movement spread its power so far and so fast as has socialistic-communism in the last three decades. The facts are not pleasant to review. Communist leaders are jubilant with their success. They are driving freedom back on almost every front.</p>
<p>It is time, therefore, that every American, and especially every member of the priesthood, became informed about the aims, tactics, and schemes of socialistic-communism. This becomes particularly important when it is realized that communism is turning out to be the earthly image of the plan which Satan presented in the pre-existence. The whole program of socialistic- communism is essentially a war against God and the plan of salvation&#8211;the very plan which we fought to uphold during &#8220;the war in heaven.&#8221;</p>
<p>Up to now some members of the Church have stood aloof, feeling that the fight against socialistic-communism is &#8220;controversial&#8221; and unrelated to the mission of the Church or the work of the Lord. But the President of the Church in our day has made it clear that the fight against atheistic communism is a major challenge to the Church and every member in it.</p>
<p>During the general conference of the Church in October 1959, President David O. McKay, in discussing the threat of communism, referred to W. Cleon Skousen&#8217;s book, The Naked Communist, and said, &#8220;I admonish everybody to read that excellent book.&#8221; He then quoted the following from the flyleaf: &#8220;The conflict between communism and freedom is the problem of our time. It overshadows all other problems.&#8221;</p>
<p>The fight against godless communism is a very real part of every man&#8217;s duty who holds the priesthood. It is the fight against slavery, immorality, atheism, terrorism, cruelty, barbarism, deceit, and the destruction of human life through a kind of tyranny unsurpassed by anything in human history. Here is a struggle against the evil, satanical priestcraft of Lucifer. Truly it can be called, &#8220;a continuation of the war in heaven.&#8221;</p>
<p>In the war in heaven the devil advocated absolute eternal security at the sacrifice of our freedom. Although there is nothing more desirable to a Latter-day Saint than eternal security in God&#8217;s presence, and although God knew, as did we, that some of us would not achieve this security if we were allowed our freedom&#8211;yet the very God of heaven, who has more mercy than us all, still decreed no guaranteed security except by a man&#8217;s own freedom of choice and individual initiative.</p>
<p>Today the devil as a wolf in a supposedly new suit of sheep&#8217;s clothing is enticing some men, both in and out of the Church, to parrot his line by advocating planned government guaranteed security programs at the expense of our liberties. Latter-day Saints should be reminded how and why they voted as they did in heaven. If some have decided to change their vote they should repent&#8211;throw their support on the side of freedom&#8211;and cease promoting this subversion.</p>
<p>When all of the trappings of propaganda and pretense have been pulled aside, the exposed hard-core structure of modern communism is amazingly similar to the ancient Book of Mormon record of secret societies such as the Gadiantons. In the ancient American civilization there was no word which struck greater terror to the hearts of the people than the name of the Gadiantons. It was a secret political party which operated as a murder cult. Its object was to infiltrate legitimate government, plant its officers in high places, and then seize power and live off the spoils appropriated from the people. (It would start out as a small group of &#8220;dissenters&#8221; and by using secret oaths with the threat of death for defectors it would gradually gain a choke hold on the political and economic life of whole civilizations. )</p>
<p>The object of the Gadiantons, like modern communists, was to destroy the existing government and set up a ruthless criminal dictatorship over the whole land.</p>
<p>One of the most urgent, heart-stirring appeals made by Moroni as he closed the Book of Mormon was addressed to the gentile nations of the last days. He foresaw the rise of a great world-wide secret combination among the gentiles which &#8221; . . . seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries; . . .&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/25#25" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:25" target="_ether825">Ether 8:25</a>. Italics added.) He warned each gentile nation of the last days to purge itself of this gigantic criminal conspiracy which would seek to rule the world.</p>
<p>The prophets, in our day, have continually warned us of these internal threats in our midst&#8211;that our greatest threat from socialistic-communism lies within our country. Brethren and sisters, we don&#8217;t need a prophet&#8211;we have one&#8211;we need a listening ear. And if we do not listen and heed, then, as the Doctrine and Covenants states, &#8221; . . . the day cometh that they who will not hear the voice of the Lord, neither the voice of his servants, neither give heed to the words of the prophets and apostles, shall be cut off from among the people.&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/1/14#14" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 1:14" target="_dc114">D&amp;C 1:14</a>.)</p>
<p>The prophets have said that these threats are among us. The Prophet Moroni, viewing our day, said, &#8220;Wherefore the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation.&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/ether/8/24#24" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: Ether 8:24" target="_ether824">Ether 8:24</a>.)</p>
<p>Unfortunately our nation has not treated the socialistic-communist conspiracy as &#8220;treasonable to our free institutions,&#8221; as the First Presidency pointed out in a signed 1936 statement. If we continue to uphold communism by not making it treasonable, our land shall be destroyed, for the Lord has said that &#8221; . . . whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret combinations, to get power and gain, until they shall spread over the nation, behold they shall be destroyed; . . .&#8221; (Ibid., 8:22.)</p>
<p>The Prophet Moroni described how the secret combination would take over a country and then fight the work of God, persecute the righteous, and murder those who resisted. Moroni therefore proceeded to describe the workings of the ancient &#8220;secret combinations&#8221; so that modern man could recognize this great political conspiracy in the last days: &#8220;Wherefore, O ye Gentiles, it is wisdom in God that these things should be shown unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not that these murderous combinations shall get above you, which are built up to get power and gain&#8211;and the work, yea, even the work of destruction come upon you,</p>
<p>&#8220;Wherefore, the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this secret combination which shall be among you; . . .</p>
<p>&#8220;For it cometh to pass that whoso buildeth it up seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations and countries; and it bringeth to pass the destruction of all people, for it is built up by the devil, who is the father of all lies; . . .&#8221; (Ibid., 8:23-25. Italics added.)</p>
<p>The Prophet Moroni seemed greatly exercised lest in our day we might not be able to recognize the startling fact that the same secret societies which destroyed the Jaredites and decimated numerous kingdoms of both Nephites and Lamanites would be precisely the same form of criminal conspiracy which would rise up among the gentile nations in this day.</p>
<p>The stratagems of the leaders of these societies are amazingly familiar to anyone who has studied the tactics of modern communist leaders.</p>
<p>The Lord has declared that before the second coming of Christ it will be necessary to &#8220;. . . destroy the secret works of darkness, . . .&#8221; in order to preserve the land of Zion&#8211;the Americas. (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/2_ne/10/11-16#11" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: 2 Nephi 10:11&ndash;16" target="_2_ne1011-16">2 Nephi 10:11&ndash;16</a>.)</p>
<p>The world-wide secret conspiracy which has risen up in our day to fulfil these prophecies is easily identified. President McKay has left no room for doubt as to what attitude Latter-day Saints should take toward the modern &#8220;secret combinations&#8221; of conspiratorial communism. In a lengthy statement on communism, he said:</p>
<p>&#8220;. . . Latter-day Saints should have nothing to do with the secret combinations and groups antagonistic to the constitutional law of the land, which the Lord &#8216;suffered to be established,&#8217; and which &#8216;should be maintained for the rights and protection of all flesh according to just and holy principles.&#8217; &#8221; (Gospel Ideals, by David O. McKay p. 306. Italics added.)</p>
<p>There are those who recommend that the clash between communism and freedom be avoided through disarmament agreements. Abolishing our military strength and adopting an unenforceable contract as a substitute to protect us would go down in history as the greatest mistake free men could make in a time of peril.</p>
<p>President McKay declared:</p>
<p>&#8220;Force rules in the world today, consequently, our government must keep armies abroad, build navies and air squadrons, create atom bombs to protect itself from the threatened aggression of a nation which seems to listen to no other appeal than compulsion.&#8221; (Ibid., p. 304.)</p>
<p>This parallels the historic statement by George Washington when he vigorously warned:</p>
<p>&#8220;There is a rank due the United States among the nations that will be totally lost by the reputation of weakness. If we would avoid insult we must be able to repel it, if we would secure the peace it must be known that we are at all times ready for war.&#8221;</p>
<p>Some timid, vacillating political leaders proclaim that communism is something we will have to learn to live with . . . whether it is Khrushchev, or some other leader. The present communist system, they declare, will continue because there is no alternate system to replace communism. The policy of increasing power, of pushing their system outward and using the communist party, they say, will go on.</p>
<p>Such a negative attitude writes off the hundreds of millions behind the iron curtain as a lost cause. Surely no courageous, liberty-loving citizen will treat the communist secret combination as &#8220;something we will have to learn to live with.&#8221;</p>
<p>There is a more courageous and sounder point of view. President McKay expressed it in these words:</p>
<p>&#8220;Men will be free. I have hoped for twenty years that the Russian system would break up. There is no freedom under it, and sooner or later the people will rise against it. They cannot oppose those fundamentals of civilization and of God. They can&#8217;t crush their people always. Men will be free.&#8221; (Church Section, Deseret News, November 6 1957, in an article entitled, &#8220;President McKay receives Senator Kennedy at Church Offices.&#8221;)</p>
<p>What is the official position of the Church on communism? In 1936 the First Presidency made an official declaration on communism which has never been abrogated. I quote the concluding paragraph:</p>
<p>&#8220;We call upon all Church members completely to eschew communism. The safety of our divinely inspired constitutional government and the welfare of our Church imperatively demand that communism shall have no place in America&#8221;</p>
<p>We must ever keep in mind that collectivized socialism is part of the communist strategy. Communism is fundamentally socialism. We will never win our fight against communism by making concessions to socialism. Communism and socialism, closely related, must be defeated on principle. The close relationship between socialism and communism is clearly pointed out by Senator Strom Thurmond of South Carolina in a letter to the editor of the Washington Post, of August 6, 1961, in these words:</p>
<p>&#8220;. . . Both socialism and communism derive from the teachings of Marx and Engels. In fact, the movements were one until the split over methods of approach, which resulted after the Russian revolution in 1905&#8230;. The aim and purpose of both was then and is now world socialism, which communism seeks to achieve through revolution and which socialists seek to achieve through evolution.</p>
<p>&#8220;The industrial achievements of the U. S. are the result of an economic system which is the antithesis of socialism. Our economic system is called &#8216;capitalism&#8217; or &#8216;private enterprise&#8217; and is based on private property rights, the profit motive and competition.</p>
<p>&#8220;Both communism and socialism seek to destroy our economic system and replace it with socialism; and their success, whether through evolution by socialism or through revolution by communism or a combination, will destroy not only our economic system, but our liberty, including the &#8216;civil&#8217; aspects as well&#8230;.</p>
<p>&#8220;. . . The &#8216;common ground&#8217; of socialism and communism is a factor to which the American people should be alerted. Without a clear understanding that communism is socialism, the total threat and menace of the cold war can never be comprehended and fought to victory.&#8221;</p>
<p>When socialism is understood, we will realize that many of the programs advocated, and some of those already adopted in the United States, fall clearly within the category of socialism. What is socialism? It is simply governmental ownership and management of the essential means for the production and distribution of goods.</p>
<p>We must never forget that nations may sow the seeds of their own destruction while enjoying unprecedented prosperity.</p>
<p>The socialistic-communist conspiracy to weaken the United States involves attacks on many fronts. To weaken the American free-enterprise economy which outproduced both its enemies and allies during World War II is a high priority target of the communist leaders. Their press and other propaganda media are therefore constantly selling the principles of centralized or federal control of farms, railroads, electric power, schools, steel, maritime shipping, and many other aspects of the economy&#8211;but always in the name of public welfare.</p>
<p>This carries out the strategy laid down by the communist masters. John Strachey, a top official in the Labor Socialist party of Great Britain, in his book entitled The Theory and Practice of Socialism said:</p>
<p>&#8220;It is impossible to establish communism as the immediate successor to capitalism. It is accordingly proposed to establish socialism as something which we can put in the place of our present decaying capitalism. Hence, communists work for the establishment of socialism as a necessary transition stage on the road to communism.&#8221;</p>
<p>The paramount issue today is liberty against creeping socialism. It is in this spirit that President McKay stated:</p>
<p>&#8220;Communism is antagonistic to the American way of life. Its avowed purpose is to destroy belief in God and free enterprise&#8230;. The fostering of full economic freedom lies at the base of our liberties. Only in perpetuating economic freedom can our social, political, and religious liberties be preserved.&#8221; (Excerpt from Inaugural address for Dr. Henry A. Dixon, President of USU, delivered by President McKay at the USU fieldhouse, Logan, Utah, Monday, March 18, 1954.)</p>
<p>Again President McKay warned, citing the words of W. C. Mullendore, president of Southern California Edison Company:</p>
<p>&#8220;During the first half of the twentieth century we have traveled far into the soul-destroying land of socialism and made strange alliances through which we have become involved in almost continuous hot and cold wars over the whole of the earth. In this retreat from freedom the voices of protesting citizens have been drowned by raucous shouts of intolerance and abuse from those who led the retreat and their millions of gullible youth, who are marching merrily to their doom, carrying banners on which are emblazoned such intriguing and misapplied labels as social justice equality, reform patriotism social welfare.&#8221; (Gospel Ideals, p. 273.)</p>
<p>It is significant that 118 years ago this month the Prophet Joseph Smith, after attending lectures on socialism, made this official entry in church history: &#8220;I said I did not believe the doctrine.&#8221; (History of the Church, Vol. 6, p. 33.)</p>
<p>No true Latter-day Saint and no true American can be a socialist or a communist or support programs leading in that direction. These evil philosophies are incompatible with Mormonism, the true gospel of Jesus Christ.</p>
<p>What can priesthood holders do? There are many things we can do to meet the challenge of the adversary in our day.</p>
<p>First, we should become informed about communism, about socialism, and about Americanism. What better way can one become informed than by first studying the inspired words of the prophets and using that as a foundation; against which to test all other material. This is in keeping with the Prophet Joseph Smith&#8217;s motto, &#8220;When the Lord commands, do it.&#8221; (Ibid., Vol. 2, p. 170.)</p>
<p>The Foundation for Economic Education, Irvington-on-Hudson, New York on which President J. Reuben Clark, Jr., served as a board member, continues to supply sound freedom literature. We should know enough about American free enterprise to be able to defend it. We should know what makes it possible for six percent of humanity&#8211;living under our free economy&#8211;to produce about one-half of the earth&#8217;s developed wealth each year.</p>
<p>We should know why paternalism, collectivism, or unnecessary federal supervision will hold our standard of living down and reduce productivity just as it has in every country where it has been tried. We should also know why the communist leaders consider socialism the highroad to communism.</p>
<p>Second, we should accept the command of the Lord and treat socialistic communism as the tool of Satan. We should follow the counsel of the President of the Church and resist the influence and policies of the socialist-communist conspiracy wherever they are found&#8211;in the schools, in the churches, in governments, in unions, in businesses, in agriculture.</p>
<p>Third, we should help those who have been deceived or who are misinformed to find the truth. Unless each person who knows the truth will &#8220;stand up and speak up&#8221; it is difficult for the deceived or confused citizen to find his way back.</p>
<p>Fourth, we should not make the mistake of calling people &#8220;communist&#8221; just because they happen to be helping the communist cause. Thousands of patriotic Americans, including a few Latter-day Saints, have helped the communists without realizing it. Others have knowingly helped without joining the party. The remedy is to avoid name-calling, but point out clearly and persuasively how they are helping the communists.</p>
<p>Fifth, each priesthood holder should use his influence in the community to resist the erosion process which is taking place in our political and economic life. He should use the political party of his choice to express his evaluation of important issues. He should see that his party is working to preserve freedom, not destroy it. He should join responsible local groups interested in promoting freedom and free competitive enterprise, in studying political issues, appraising the voting records and proposed programs, and writing to members of Congress, promoting good men in public office and scrutinizing local, state, and federal agencies to see that the will of the people is being carried out. He should not wait for the Lord&#8217;s servants to give instruction for every detail once they have announced the direction in which the priesthood should go. Each member should exercise prayerful judgment and then act.</p>
<p>Sixth, and most important of all, each member of the priesthood should set his own house in order. This should include:</p>
<p>1. Regular family prayer, remembering especially our government leaders.</p>
<p>2. Getting out of debt.</p>
<p>3. Seeing that each member of the family understands the importance of keeping the commandments.</p>
<p>4. Seeing that the truth is shared with members of the family, with neighbors, and with associates.</p>
<p>5. Seeing that each member is performing his duties in the priesthood, in the auxiliary organizations, in the temple, and in the civic life of the community.</p>
<p>6. Seeing that every wage earner in the home is a full tithepayer and fulfilling other obligations in financial support of the kingdom.</p>
<p>7. Providing a one-year supply of essentials.</p>
<p>In doing these things a member of the Church is not only making himself an opponent of the adversary, but a proponent of the Lord.</p>
<p>In the prophecies there is no promise except to the obedient. To a modern prophet the Lord said:</p>
<p>&#8220;Therefore, what I say unto one, I say unto all: Watch, for the adversary spreadeth his dominions, and darkness reigneth;</p>
<p>&#8220;And the anger of God kindleth against the inhabitants of the earth;</p>
<p>&#8220;. . . I give unto you directions how you may act before me, that it may turn to you for your salvation.</p>
<p>&#8220;I, the Lord, am bound when ye do what I say; but when ye do not what I say, ye have no promise.&#8221; (<a href="http://scriptures.lds.org/en/dc/82/5-6%2C9-10#5" title="LDS Scriptures Internet Edition: D&amp;C 82:5&ndash;6, 9&ndash;10" target="_dc825-6%2C9-10">D&amp;C 82:5&ndash;6, 9&ndash;10</a>.)</p>
<p>May God give us the wisdom to recognize the threat to our freedom and the strength to meet this danger courageously.</p>
<p>Yes, perilous times are ahead, but if we do our duty in all things, God will give us inner peace and overrule all things for our good. God grant it may be so, I pray, in the name of Jesus Christ. Amen. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.latterdayconservative.com/ezra-taft-benson/secret-combinations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

